Technical Response - ETHIOPIA Tender 141001v2 PDF

DVB-T2 N e t w o r k Proposal
The Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia Public Procurement and Property

Disposal Service
Subject of Procurement: Procurement of Design, Supply,

Installation, Testing And Commissioning
of DVB-T2 Network Rollout solution in
Ethiopia.
Procurement Reference Number PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006
GatesAir.com
PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006
Procurement of Design,Supply, Installation,
Testing And Commissioning of DVB‐T2 Network Rollout solution in Ethiopia

Publication Information
©2014 GatesAir, Inc. Proprietary and Confidential.
This document including any attachments or addendums contains material that is confidential or
proprietary to GatesAir. It is meant solely for use by the intended recipient. Any review, reliance or
distribution of such material by others, or forwarding of such material without express permission,
is strictly prohibited.
GatesAir reserves the right, without notice to make such changes in equipment, design,
specifications, components, or documentation as progress may warrant to improve the
performance of the product.
Trademarks
Maxiva™, Flexiva™, Intraplex®, PowerSmart® are trademarks of GatesAir or its subsidiaries. Microsoft® and
Windows® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. All other trademarks and tradenames are the
property of their respective companies.
Contact Information
GatesAir has office locations around the world. For locations and contact information see:
http://www.gatesair.com/contact-us/.
The Americas France

5300 Kings Island Drive Immeuble le Signac
Cincinnati, OH, USA, 45040 5 allée des Bas Tilliers
Tel: 1 800-622-0022 92 230 Gennevilliers, France
Fax: 513-459-3796 Ph: +33 01 4792 4400
Fax: +33 01 4798 2967
3200 Wismann Lane
PO Box 4290 Singapore
Quincy, IL, USA, 62301 300 Tampines Avenue 5
Tel: 217-222-8200 #06-04 Tampines Singapore 529653

Ph +65 6595 4600
Ethiopia
Technology Systems & Solutions Plc.
P.O.Box 12446
Office No.: 702, Mega House, Bole Road
Addis Ababa - Ethiopia
Tel: +251 115 528013
Mobile: +251 912 616144; +251 911
201991
GatesAir.com Page 2 of 461


Primary Contacts
Sales Team
Paul Anderson
Regional Sales Manager
GatesAir
5300 Kings Island Drive
Mason, OH 45040
phone +1 (513) 459 3659
Mob + 1 (513) 739 2007
Efax + 1 (513) 459 3796
Paul.Anderson@gatesair.com
Systems Architect
Carlos Calvo
Proposal Engineer
GatesAir
Immeuble le Signac
5 allée des Bas Tilliers
92 230 Gennevilliers, France
phone +33 (0)1 47 92 44 02
fax +33 (0)1 47 98 29 67
Carlos.Calvo@gatesair.com
GatesAir.com Page 3 of 461

Part 2: Statement of Requirements Section 6: Statement of Requirements

Table of Contents
Contents
Table of Contents
1. Introduction to GatesAir
1.1. Equipment List
Executive Summary
1.2.
2. Compliance STATEMENT
3. Transmission Site General Consideration
Video Head‐End (VHE)
3.1.
4. VOD Presentation

5. DVB‐T2 Transmitter Specifications
5.1. General Specifications of the DVB‐T2 Transmitter
5.2. DVB‐T2 Transmitter Exciter
5.3. Transmitters in Main/Alternate (1+1) Configuration
5.4. DVB‐T2 Transmitter Cooling System
5.5. DVB‐T2 Transmitter Safety
5.6. DVB‐T2 Transmitter Monitoring and Control
5.7. DVB‐T2 Transmitter RF Amplifiers and Power Supply
6. Radio Frequency Auxiliaries
6.1. Band‐Pass Filter
6.2. Dummy Load
6.3. Interconnecting Coaxial Lines
7. Towers
Antennas
7.1.
7.2. Feeder Systems Specifications
7.3. Network Management System (NMS)

Page 4 of 461

8. Satellite Uplink
8.1. Satellite Downlinks
9. On‐Site Services
E.1. Site Survey
E.2. Transmission Site Services
10. Scope Of Work
11. Part I. Head End: Drawings & Data Sheets

11.1. Part II. Transmitter upgrade: Drawings & Data Sheets

11.2. Part III. Regional Earth Station: Drawings & Data Sheets

11.3. Part IV. New complete DVB‐T2 Transmitter: Drawings & Data Sheets
11.4 Recommended design and drawing for head End and transmitter site
12. Civil Engineering
12.1. Civil Engineering Minimum Expected On‐site:
12.2. Installation of Antennas, Feeder and Mast Services
13. Training
13.1. FactoryTraining

13.2. On‐Site Training
14. GatesAir User List & References

14.1. Global Service and Support

14.2. Declaration of Resources

14.3. ISO Certificates
15. Harmonic Technical Statement
GatesAir Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale
http://www.gatesair.com/company/legal-compliance/terms-conditions.aspx

Page 5 of 461

1. Introduction to GatesAir
GatesAir (GA) is pleased to offer a technical solution to The Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia
and to answer The Public Procurement and Property Disposal Service tender for a digital system in
view of Design, Supply, Installation, Testing And Commissioning of DVB-T2 Network Rollout solution in
Ethiopia.
GatesAir connects a legacy of innovation with a vision for the future. GatesAir has been an innovator
in over-the-air broadcasting for nearly 100 years, and today offers the industry’s broadest portfolio to
help broadcasters deliver and monetize content. The company’s roots date to 1922, when Henry C.
Gates founded the Gates Radio and Supply Company. Henry’s son, Parker Gates, quickly established
the company’s reputation as a visionary, responsible for industry firsts in audio and electronics. These
innovations laid the foundation for groundbreaking over-the-air radio and television transmitter designs
that continue to this day.
Today, GatesAir architects market-leading solutions for over-the-air broadcasting and public safety
communications, leveraging the best use of wireless spectrum to maximize performance for
multichannel, mission-critical services. In broadcasting, GatesAir powers over-the-air analog and
digital radio/TV stations and networks worldwide with the industry’s most operationally efficient
transmitters. The company continues to innovate new design efficiencies with each product generation
that reduce size, energy use and more to establish the industry’s lowest total cost of ownership.
GatesAir’s innovations extend to the studio, where turnkey solutions help our customers create and
manage content across on-air and production facilities in alignment with today’s rapidly evolving
requirements. This forward-looking philosophy extends to innovations in media transport, where both
broadcasters and public safety/emergency response teams utilize our solutions to reliably move voice,
data, audio and video between locations using traditional and emerging connections, from RF to IP.
Headquartered in Mason, Ohio the company is widely recognized for its product quality and reliability,
engineering excellence and customer service, and has earned nearly 100 technological firsts and more
than 50 awards for technical innovation. For more information, please visit gatesair.com.
History
The GatesAir legacy dates back to 1922 with the founding of Gates Radio. The company
became the first manufacturer to demonstrate a digital transmitter — one of more than
70 major technological “firsts” we can claim today. Over the years, GatesAir has grown
into a global industry leader in both radio and television broadcast through organic
growth and tactical acquisitions.
Broad, Solutions-Based Portfolio

Through continual investments in R&D and a series of strategic acquisitions, GatesAir
has built the industry’s broadest portfolio of hardware and software technology, which
now supports every aspect of the media workflow from traffic to transmission. More
important for today’s complex broadcast operations, our singular focus on interoperability
has produced highly integrated platforms and systems that enable customers to ready
content for distribution over multiple platforms more efficiently, cost effectively and
profitably.

Page 6 of 461

Global Presence
GatesAir has a well-established, on-the-ground presence in markets around the world.
Every day, our more than 300 employees strive to deliver world-class solutions and
service to customers in more than 130 countries. W e manufacture transmitters in Brazil
and Russia to provide up-close support for regional digital transitions. And we staff
dozens of sales and support facilities in markets as diverse as Argentina, Singapore and
Dubai. This round-the-world presence ensures that every customer feels comfortable
doing business with GatesAir.
R&D
GatesAir continuously invests in research and development to drive the industry forward
through open standards and technological innovation. By funding a global team of 200
diversely skilled engineers, we continue to pioneer the technology that broadcasters are
using to propel the industry from analog to HD to 4K and beyond. Our deep roots in
broadcast and ground-up understanding of our customers’ operations ensure our R&D
investments align with evolving market requirements.
World-Class Support
In market surveys, GatesAir consistently ranks within the top tier of the industry when it
comes to customer service. Our commitment to provide best-in-class support is
demonstrated by factory pre-staging of customer systems to enable faster on-site setup;
by customized training courses, 24/7 live technical support, online software updates and
no-hassle module exchange; and by the dozens of GatesAir service centers that provide
local support to customers around the world.
Meeting Customer Requirements

GatesAir is a company that can serve any need — from a single component to the design
and deployment of an entire facility. Customers who partner with GatesAir not only gain
access to the industry’s broadest technology portfolio, they also gain access to a team of
industry insiders who will collaborate to specify a broadcast operation’s technology
requirements by business outcomes — enabling broadcast operations to work smarter,
faster and more profitably.
Technology Innovation
For nearly a century, GatesAir has pioneered the technologies that drive the world’s
leading television and radio broadcast operations. Our legacy of innovation has earned
us nearly 250 global patents and more than 50 industry awards. From developing the
world’s first digital broadcast FM exciter, to helping launch the first commercial DTV
station in the U.S., to enabling the first TV broadcast of a sporting event in 3D, GatesAir
innovation helps our global customers keep pace with a continually evolving market.
Company Ownership
GatesAir is a portfolio company of The Gores Group, a global investment firm
headquartered in Los Angeles, California. Founded in 1987, The Gores Group has
approximately $3.3 billion in assets under management and a diverse portfolio that
includes technology, telecommunications, business services, industrial, healthcare,
media & entertainment, and consumer products.
Page 7 of 461

The Gores Group collaborates closely with portfolio companies to establish viable operational
blueprints, launch marketing and product initiatives and determine areas to invest for growth, to build
stronger and better companies. For more information, please visit www.gores.com
This document addresses the specified technical requirements of the system, including references to
appropriate system functionality, hardware, software, and services, together with associated additional
information about our solution. Any item or functionality not detailed in this response shall not be
considered as being in any way, part of GatesAir’ proposal.
Page 8 of 461

2. Executive Summary
In view to establish a Digital Terrestrial Television Network throughout the Ethiopia country.
The proposed system response to LOT 1 of this tender includes the following four categories:
I. Head End System
II. Upgrading of existing 74 dual cast UHF TV transmitters which are put in two clusters:
a. The first cluster is 28 transmitters with 4X28 R&S DVB-T exciters
b. second cluster, with 46 transmitters with 4X46 UBS DVB-T exciters (Annex I)
III. Supplying of 26 new Complete DVB-T2 Transmitter Systems
IV. The supply of transmitting and receiving satellite stations (uplink and downlink system) for
contribution network (from studio to national head end) and distribution network (from National
head end to transmitter sites)
Contribution Signal Network
This transmission system will package multiple programs (DTH/FTA + National + Regional + Local +
Private) which can be in HDTV and in SDTV programs with an interactive channel included. As a result
of this the number of channels/programs that can be streamed into one digital channel and /or package
would be at least with minimum of different 22 channel types.
Video Head-End (VHE)
The different broadcast sources from different studios located in different parts of the country shall be
sent to the national head end placed in Addis Ababa, Geja Jewe, through the contribution network and
after being multiplexed and streamed into a package should be again transmitted to the digital
transmitter through the distribution network.
The transmission will carry high definition (HDTV) and standard definition (SDTV) service that will be
available through satellite as multi-channel per carrier (MCPC) down link for feeding to each transmitter
site and to the new 26 DVB-T2 transmitters.
Transmission
The DVB-T2 digital terrestrial TV transmission system will be deploy throughout the entire nation with
74 existing TV transmitter sites located at different parts of the country and 26 new complete DVB-T2
transmitters in UHF band in a turnkey solution project.
The multiplexed HD/SDTV program channel output shall be distributed to each transmitter site through
C-band DVB-S2 satellite uplink. The ASI/IP output from professional IRDs (DVB-S2 receiver decoder)
is to be fed to the input of the transmitter.
Page 9 of 461

Monitoring and Network Management System
Content providers (TV and Radio) expect the Signal Distributor to provide 24/7 service with no
disruption. To achieve this, the system and its main equipments are secured with a high level of
redundancy.
Addis Ababa will host a Centralised Monitoring and Control room. In case of issue on one of the VHE
or Transmitter sites, a supervisor will receive a notification and will take the appropriate action to
correct the issue in a timely manner. Each Regional Center can run independently and is equipped
with its own local monitoring system.
The Network Monitoring System will log all events. This will allow scheduling preventive maintenance
as well as managing any dispute with customers.
The network is configured outline in four (4) sections:
- Headend
- Regional Earth Stations
- Transmitter Upgrades
- New Transmitter sites.
Future Proof
The system is compliant with the current international standards. The equipment is hardware and
software based. When a new standard is released, we will develop and deliver new software so that
the system will always be at the state of the art. The system has been designed so that it could fulfil the
future market needs. For example, the modularity of the proposed solution allows the addition of new
TV and Radio by simply adding boxes or software licence.
Page 10 of 461

Total Cost of Ownership (TCO)
Over the past 30 years, GatesAir has a rich history of developing energy-efficient broadcast solutions,
and our current advances do more than just reduce your power costs. We have optimized our
equipment architecture to significantly reduce waste heat, which in turn reduces the cooling
requirements for your room. Increased redundancy reduces potential time off-air, and with our
improved system modularity, maintenance is easier and less expensive. GatesAir provides the best
transmission systems on the market, assuring you the longevity, fidelity, and power that you need. We
want to help you see a quicker return-on-investment and fewer costs impacting your margins.
Knowledge Transfer
For project’s success, employees are key. Operators and Maintenance Engineers will be deeply
trained on the system and equipments and able to understand, manage and operate the Network.
To facilitate and accelerate the deployment of infrastructure, all sites will be similar. Additional
advantages of this choice are: identical spare parts for efficient and less expensive service; all
operators and engineers can work on any site, i.e. human resource management is facilitated.
Robustness and Efficiency of Transmitters
On a technical and operational point of view, High

Efficiency TV transmitters from GatesAir are designed for
easy operation and maintenance. Redundant modules
allow 24/7 operation.
GatesAir provides a single, integrated approach, thus

enabling the customer to benefit from our expertise in
providing a system which is flexible, reliable and
responsive. Utilizing the latest proven broadcast
equipment and software architectures, give the most
efficient workflow, management, and control processes
available. Our system is designed to support the
customer by offering reliability and efficiency as well as
the potential for considerable cost savings over the long
term.
Page 11 of 461

3. Compliance STATEMENT
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
Procurement of Design, Supply, Installation, Testing

Subject of Procurement: And Commissioning of DVB-T2 Network Rollout
solution in Ethiopia.
Procurement Reference Number: PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006
Technical Specification + Technical Offer + Compliance Sheet

Place and Date: 18 November 2014
Procurement Reference No.: PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To:
Public Body: Public Procurement and Property Disposal Service.

Attention: Mr. Solomon Betre.
Floor/Room number: 5th Block 1st Floor office number 110.
P.O. Box: 1905
Street Address: King George Avenue (at 6 kilo)
Town/City: Addis Ababa
Post Code:
Country: Ethiopia
Page 12 of 461

A. The Bidders are requested to complete the template, as follows:

The second column shows the requested specifications (not to be modified by the
Bidder).
The fifth column to be filled in by the Bidder shows what is offered (the words
“compliant” or “yes” are not sufficient).
The sixth column allows the Bidder to state whether the offered items "comply" or do "not
comply" giving details of the areas of non-compliance and to make remarks on his proposed
equipment and to indicate references to the documentation supplied.
The seventh column is to be left empty for the evaluator's remarks.
B. The Bidder is required to furnish as part of its Bid the statement of deviations and exceptions to the
provisions of the Statement of Requirement, if applicable.
C. The Bidder may offer other standards of quality, brand names, and/or catalogue numbers,
provided that it demonstrates, to the Public Body’s satisfaction, that the substitutions ensure
substantial equivalence or are superior to those specified in the Statement of Requirement.
D. The Bidder must submit a description of the organization of the warranty offered, which must be
in accordance with the conditions laid down in GCC Clause 23.
E. The documentation supplied should indicate (highlight, mark) the models selected and the options
included, if any, so that the evaluators can see the exact configuration.
F. All equipment offered must be international brand names; not self assembled by a supplier.
G. The Bidder must be clear enough to allow the evaluators to make an easy comparison
between the requested specifications and the offered specifications. Bids that do not permit to identify
precisely the models and the specifications may be rejected by the evaluation committee.
Lot 1: Systems, Subsystems, Equipments and Goods
Bidder's Remark on Evaluator'
Minimum
Item Unit of Specification Offered Compliance of s Remark
Technical Quant
No. Measure Specification Offered on
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I. Head End
1 Earth Station (with DVB‐T2 SFN Sys 1 Assuming 22 MPEG‐4 SD ch’s Comply
accessories)

for DVB‐T2 SFN HE.
SDFN HE
Model 7.3 KXC 2 set 7.3 Meter Vertex Model 7.3 Comply

KXC‐7.3M Cassegrain
Antenna
BAS C73KX1FRCN‐G/C (3544)
C24
Model 7.3 KXC ‐ 7.3M
Cassegrain Antenna

* C‐band 4 port, Circular
Polarized, TX/RX Feed
Page 13 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
2 2 The LS 2150 series of active Comply
L – Band Splitters QUINTECH
model LS24 (unity gain or zero loss) L-
band (950-
2150A
2150 MHz) splitters permit
simple splitting of RF signals
to multiple
destinations. Configurations
available from 2 to 64 ports,
including dual
and quad units. A variety of
powering options and
features are available.
Active units will power
LNBs. The active splitters are
DC blocked on all
outputs..
3 Multi format PVR‐7100 8 DTA Receiver decoder with Comply
Integrated IRD 4xL_B inputs, IP and ASI
Receiver Decoder outputs
(IRD) (receive
from regional)
4 Professional ELC‐9200 4 3+1 Red MPEG‐4 SD/HD Comply
Encoder/Trans‐ enc’s, SDI in
coder And Dual IP out.
5 Complete data
center facility
6 Multicast 10 GbE Cisco‐3750X‐24 2 24 ports 1G Traffic Switches Comply
switch (with all Giga ports
accessories)
7 Statistical PSM‐9100 2 Prostream‐9100 mux Comply

Multiplexer controls ELC‐9K VBR enc’s, up
to 64 ch’s in 1 VBR pool.

8 ASI Matrix Switch ASI Guard SW‐ 1 Using ASI Seamless switch to Comply
Enensys keep SFN Sync.
9 DVB‐T2 Gateway T2‐Gateway , 2 Using Enensys T2‐Gateway Comply

Enensys for SFN synchronization.
10 ASI Switch ASI Guard SW ‐ 1 Using ASI Seamless switch to Comply

Enensys keep SFN Sync.
Page 14 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
11 DVB‐S2 SMD‐9300 2 DVB‐S2 Modulator, Comply
Modulator Q/8PSK/16APSK, 36
Mbaud.
12 CA System (with NAGRA NAGRA is offering a cardless Compliant:

all accessories) solution using a hardware Nagra provide a
root of trust in the STB. A cardless CAS solution
Cardless solution avoids the based on IBM AIX OS for
logistic of the smartcard and the main component
using a NAGRA certified avoiding the usage of
chipset will provide a similar anti‐virus and constant
level of security than a update of the OS. Nagra
standard smartcard. The is fully simulcrypt up to
cardless solution provides version 4 and can
the capabilities to enable also provide a CAS solution
PayTV services using the leveraging DVB‐CSA3 as
same CAS solution. For more standard algorithm as
information, please read the latest NAGRA chipsets
system and technical (NOCS3) are all
overview and the operator supporting DVB‐CSA3.
guide. Nagra CAS can manage
Free to Air, Free Access
and Scrambled content
with transition from
one to another at event
level. The CAS design is
d 3
Page 15 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
13 SMS (with all MagnaQuest 1 SMS, Billing and CRM system Comply
accessories) handles end to end
operations of the service
provider supporting
Subscriber Management,
Pricing/Packaging,
Promotions Management,
Contract Management,
Prepaid & Postpaid
Billing, Collections,
Customer Care,
Provisioning and
Mediation, Inventory
Management, Dealer
Sales management, Web
Self-care etc.

MagnaQuest Subscriber
Management System
Subscriber Management
system with Free Access,
Setup costs + First 500,000
users Yearly fee for Year 1.
14 NMS Client‐ NMX 7.x 2 1+1 Redundancy, Comply
Server, 24‐port Management sys control,
Ethernet Switch Manage and monitoring
(with all
accessories)
Page 16 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
15 EPG (with all SeaChange 1 SeaChange Comply
accessories) CASIS LITE Edition (LE) ‐ 25
services LicensingProgram
Guide, Now/Next, full Seven
Day , 50 ServicesNon
Redundant
1) Description of Product:
The CASIS Event
Information Scheduler
can be responsible for
the generation of the
MPEG PSI and DVB SI
tables, including EPG,
Software downloads
(SSU) and Access Criteria
management. The
generated tables are
played out by the CASIS
TableCycler subsystem
(Spooler) in one or
multiple outgoing ASI or
IP multicast streams.
This is dependent on the
version and modules
purchased.
2) Terrestrial Networks:
CASIS generates
MPEG/DVB‐compliant
PSI/SI tables, Access
Criteria and manages
MUX profile scheduling,
supporting cable,
terrestrial, satellite or IP
networks.
3) DVB Standards: CASIS
supports the generation
of all mandatory tables
and descriptors
according to both DVB‐SI
(ETSI EN 300 468) and
MPEG‐PSI (ISO/IEC
13818:2000), and a large
number of private
descriptors such as the
Logical Channel
descriptors.
4) Present / Following: Yes

the SeaChange solution
provides for Present and Page 17 of 461
F ll i EIT

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
16 Monitoring Assuming HE 1 Assuming 2xPVR‐7K IRD’s, Comply
Decoder and Mon. sys to Multiviewer and LCD Mosaic.
Multi Screen monitor in
viewer with multi parallel all HE
viewer interface uplink ch’s.
processor
17 Play out server OMNEON 1 The SystemManager acts as Comply
and accessories the administrative hub of all
Omneon systems including
Spectrum, MediaGrid,

Omneon Spectrum™
MediaPort 7000 series
products provide ingest and
playout of HD and SD video
and digital audio for storage
on Omneon Spectrum media
servers.MediaDeck,
ProBrowse and ProXchange.
18 Transport Stream DEKTEC 1 Convenient, compact USB comply

Analyzer with DTU‐245 adapter that can be used to
Monitoring and capture and generate MPEG‐
ASI/IP input 2 transport streams (DVB‐
ASI) and uncom‐pressed
serial digital video (SDI)
USB powered ‐ no power
supply required
Simultaneous input and
output operation for
transport streams
Huffman compression of
SDI signals for reducing the
required USB bandwidth
16‐Mbytes local RAM for
sustained real‐time
streaming

Page 18 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
19 C‐band reception SUPERIOR 5 C‐band reception system
unit SATELLITE include:
ENGINEERS, Navigator 37 ‐ Prodelin 3.7M
INC. antenna, SSE proprietary
dual axis mount, Thomson
Saginaw actuators,
RC2000A controller
SSE4‐4C‐CIRC ‐ SSE C‐band
circular RO feed system for
Navigator 37
3220 ‐ 20º C‐band PLL LNB
±10KHz
20 Operation and
monitoring work
station
II. upgrading Transmitter Sites
1 Professional PVR‐7100 2 1+1 Red. IRD’s L_B in to Dual Comply
Integrated ASI out
Receiver Decoder
2 ASI Switch PVR‐7K 2 ASI Seamless Switch with 2 Comply
ASI in and advantage 2x
ASI/IP out’s on same switch,
can be connected to either
ASI/IP exciter, no need
switch replacing in field.
3 DVB‐T2 Exciter GATESAIR 74*2 New GatesAir DVB‐T2 Comply

M2X exciters will be integrated
into the existing transmitters.
4 Set‐Top‐Box (STB) 100 DVB T2 STB with Nagra Comply

DIVITECH CAS for FTV and
Subscription TV
III. Studio Earth Station
Page 19 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
1 SD/ HD Encoder ELC‐9200 2 Quad ch SD/HD enc, Comply
encoder 1+1 Red. ASI or IP outputs.
2 ASI Switch Not Required 0 Not required in our cost Comply

effective solution, No local
NMS to manage and Single
Point of Failure.
3 DVB‐S2 SMD‐9300 2 DVB‐S2 Mod’s , Comply

Modulator Q/8PSK/16APSK, 1+1 Auto
Red. by GPI.
4 IF Switcher 10943B 1 2:1 L_band A/B Switch Comply
5 L‐ band patch L_B T/P 1 L_B T/P for saving cost. P/P Comply

panel can be supply as well but not
make sense.
6 Earth Station SUPERIOR 11 Earth Station UP LINK 3.8M Comply

(with all SATELLITE
accessories) ENGINEERS, 11x Navigator 45 ‐ SSE8345
INC. 4.5M antnena, dual axis
mount,
90V 1/2HP DC motors,
Outdoor box, 5‐ton Joyce
Dayton actuators,
RC2000A controller
includes pad foundation
kit

22x SSE‐ESA46C1/1.06 ‐ C‐
band circular Tx/Rx feed
system for Navigator 45

22x 400 Watt C‐band
outdoor HPA with L‐band
input
7 Professional PVR‐7100 1 Monitoring Receiver Decoder Comply
Integrated , L_B in to IP out in Clear
Receiver Decoder
(IRD)
Page 20 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
8 Output Monitor LCD 1 LCD Mosaic for Mon. 4 Ch’s Comply
Display in parallel.
IV DVB‐T2 Transmitter new site
3 kW DVB‐T2 GATEAIR 26*2 Maxiva Series ULXT6‐T2, Comply

1 Television ULX6‐T2 DVB‐T2, high Efficiency
Transmitter broadband UHF liquid cooled
transmitter.
Main/Aternate system (1+1)
2 DVB‐T2 GATESAIR 26*2 Maxiva Series M2X DVB‐T2 Comply

Modulator M2X Exciter/Modulator. Included
as part of the ULXT‐6T2
Transmitter
3 Integrated PVR‐7100 2 DTA Receiver decoder with Comply

Receiver‐Decoder up 4x L_B in and ASI/IP
(IRD) outputs
4 RF Analyzer with PIE rack 26 Gates will provide a complete Comply

Monitor DTU 245 PIE rack for test monitoring.
Including an analyzer MPEG‐
2 transport streams (DVB‐
ASI)
Page 21 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
5 Self‐Supporting SABRE MODEL 26 SABRE MODEL S4T‐L SELF‐ Comply
Tower S4T‐L SUPPORTING TOWER
Materials to be provided
include:
Complete tower steel and
hardware
Anchor bolts and templates
Construction step bolts (see
notes)
Climbing step bolts (one leg
only)
Required angle waveguide
supports (leg‐mounted) for
the 3" flex line
Required top plate with
supports at the 262'
elevation
Required lighting mounts
Safety cable kit and leg
brackets without harness
(300')
EIA standard grounding kit
One (1) 3' x 5/8" lightning rod
copper clad
Export packing
Tower profile and foundation
drawings
Final erection drawings
Page 22 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
6 Automatic Model AVR 47kVA Comply
Voltage Regulator WHR34WTT32‐ 380 volt, three phase wye,
(AVR) M 50/60HZ
Wide range, Individual phase
control, Manual Bypass
Rated for 47kVA at 380 volts
/ 72 amps maximum
Input correction range: +15%
to ‐30%
Output accuracy: ±1% to 3%
selectable
7 Standby Diesel (US 26 United Generator Generator Comply

Generator (SDG) Manufactured 43 KW (US Manufactured)
Kubota 70 HP 4 cylinder
Turbo Diesel
Residential muffler, 200
gallon fuel base tank
Water jacket block heater
with thermostat
Air cleaner staus
indicator,manual tank fill
pump,
electric fuel fill pump,
auto/manual fuel pump
control
Page 23 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
8 UPS For the UPS Socomec of 26 UPS Socomec of the model Comply
Transmitter the model Masterys BC 3ph 400V input
Station Masterys BC /
3ph 230V output, 30kVA
Electrical switchboard with
external by‐pass and
surge protection integrated
LAN card for SNMP/HTTP,
model NETVISION5CARD.
Code NET‐VISION5CARD
Dry contacts board 3in/4out,
code MAS‐OP‐ADC
Electrical cables 4 x 25mm2
& GND
9 C‐Band antenna (US 26 3.7 Meter Downlink QTY 26 Comply

Manufactured
(26) Navigator 37 ‐ Prodelin
3.7M antenna, SSE
proprietary
dual axis mount, Thomson
Saginaw actuators,
RC2000A controller

(26) SSE4‐4C‐CIRC ‐ SSE C‐
band circular RO feed system
for

(26) Navigator 37
3220 ‐ 20º C‐band PLL LNB
±10KHz
Page 24 of 461

Minimum
Technical Quant
Requirements
Specificatio
Including
10 UHF Wide band 16 16 Panels and feed system Comply
Dipole system for antenna
panel antenna Dielectric’s TUA‐M Series
panel antenna is designed for
broadband horizontally
polarized
operation. The panel is a key
building block for antenna
system kit. The kit includes
flexline
jumpers and power dividers,
and can be configured to
provide antennas with
specific azimuth
and elevation patterns.
• Horizontally polarized,
economical broadband
design
• Configurable for specific
azimuth and elevation
patterns
• Operating range: 470–860
MHz
Name Paul Anderson

In the capacity of Regional Sales Manager
Signed
Duly authorized to sign the bid for and on behalf of GatesAir
Dated on 7th day of November, 2014
Attachments:
1. Descriptive technical literature in accordance with ITB Clause 17, (if required in BDS);
2. Description of the organization of the warranty offered in accordance with the conditions laid
down in GCC Clause 23;
3. Manufacturer Authorization Letter in accordance with ITB Clause 5.6.
Page 25 of 461

4. Transmission Site General Consideration
4.1. Standard
The digital terrestrial broadcasting system complying with ETSI EN 302 755 (DVB-T2), MPEG4
standards
4.2. Coverage of the Country

For the Digital Terrestrial Television (DTT) network
As per ERTA design The DTT Network is expected to meet the following requirements:
Provide nationwide coverage (approximately 100% of coverage)
To cover around 100 % of the population, ERTA prediction study utilized existing broadcasting sites as
much as possible.
74 existing sites have been identified and 26 new sites created. Once the 74 sites will be on air, some
area may not receive DTT, Gap fillers will ensure additional coverage for those blank area.
Frequencies and power level are under ERTA management.
The new antennas will have to ensure the interference level with the neighboring countries to be less
than 27dBuv/m based on ITU-R-P.1546 and ITU-R-P.1812.
The network deployed will be inter-operable with other licensed broadcast Signal Distribution
Networks.
4.3. Proposed Site Equipments

For each site, the proposed system includes equipments in Main & Backup mode or with very modular
design for robustness and reliability of the solution.
4.3.1. Upgrading Site

After GateAir engineer site survey in:
Furi Site in date of September 18th, (25km from Addis Ababa)
Adama Site September 19th, (100km from Addis Ababa)
There are no technical issues regarding replacement of exciters in the existing system. GatesAir will
implement the exciter replacement with our M2X exciter. There are no clearance issue in the racks
because the two existing 1 RU exciters each have a 1 RU blank panel above them. The existing
exciter switcher could be used since it senses RF levels and switches based on level only.

Page 26 of 461

If decided to place one new exciter in each existing transmitter, then the exciter switchers need to be
left in manual selection mode, to prevent accidently switching from T2 over to the analog exciter.
GatesAir will include RTAC (Real Time Adaptative Correction) couplers, cables and attenuators as
needed in our kit of parts for Real Time Adaptative Correction.
4.3.2. New Sites Equipment

DVB-T2 transmitter, Main Alternate configuration (1+1) for redundancy
A band pass filter to avoid interference with other sites, as per ETSI requirement
Dummy load for maintenance purpose
Electrical key equipments:
- Generator
- UPS & AVR
Antenna & Feeder
Other ancillary equipments

Transmitter 1+1 Configuration
4.3.1. Electrical Power

All active (powered) equipment must operate on voltage range:
220v +/- 20v for single-phase voltage
380V +/- 20% for three-phase voltage, with nominal frequency 50Hz +/- 2Hz.
All active equipment will include power plugs standard in Ethiopia.

Page 27 of 461

Electrical key equipments:
Standby Generator
UPS
AVR.
Electrical distribution
4.3.2. Power Distribution and Wires

The electrical supply system is composed of complete transmitter and auxiliary’s electrical connection
as:
AC Distribution Panel
AC wire
Conduit
4.3.2.1. Surge Suppressors /Surge Arrestors
Single phase 110V-240V

Protection between Lightning and Surge Suppression
Parallel surge protection device combining spark gap type 1 lighting protection and pluggable
MOV type 2 transient protection in a NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure for 110V to 240V
single or split phase applications.
Three phase 400V

Parallel Solid state with Lightning and Surge Suppression
Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 - 480VAC

Page 28 of 461

Operating Frequency: 47 - 63 Hz
Response Time: <1 nanosecond
Operating Humidity: 5% to 9%
Non-condensing

4.3.2.2. Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR)

Each n e w t ransmission station will include an AVR system with the following fittings:
4Poles input circuit breaker with tripping coil (short circuit protection)
surge arresters (lightning protection)
manual by-pass (installed in a separate cabinet)
terminals for connection of external push button (input circuit breaker
tripping)
voltmeter with selector to read input/output voltage
input pilot lamps
input/output terminal boards
Input voltage 3PH+N 400VAC
Input voltage range ±20%
Output voltage 3PH+N 400VAC RMS stabilized
Output voltage accuracy ±1%
Frequency 50/60Hz ±5%
4.3.2.3. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

Each new transmission station will include an UPS system, which will be able to support the entire
equipment chain which is capable of transmitting a valid broadcast signal for a period of not less
than 10 minutes after the mains power failure, till such time as the power generator automatically
takes over the transmission station power requirements.
Autonomy: 30 minutes
UPS Startup Services. One required per site.
UPS install material
with bypass
Input voltage Rectifier : 400 V Three phase + neutral
Bypass : 400 V Three phase + neutral
Rectifier and bypass mains inputs 2 Separate mains Rectifier and Bypass
Output voltage 400 V Three phase + neutral
Frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Battery 10 min
Mounted in cabinet
Control panel with graphic display
Connection (Ethernet network).
Remote monitoring and control 2 slots available for extra communication options

Page 29 of 461

AC unit installation in Uganda (Kololo site)
4.3.3. Generator
Each new site will have a Standby Diesel Generator (SDG) including the installation of the generator
and associated equipment.
Description of the generator system:
Power standby generator is composed of 1 generator

3φ, 400V/phase,
50Hz
Automatic Transfer switch ATS
Outdoor solution.

Page 30 of 461

Uganda site Phase 1(July2013) Shelter and Generator Installation
4.3.4. Program Input Equipment Rack

No compromise on quality and service - For local signal processing, control and monitoring, each site
will have a dedicated “PIE Rack” (Program Input Equipment).
PIE Rack
The PIE rack will consist of IRD and Audio, Video monitoring equipments. A PC allows launch of the
transmitter web browser for monitoring, setup and software download.

Page 31 of 461

5. Video Head-End (VHE)
The proposed solution will allow future expansion such as, but not limited: upgrade SD program in HD,
additional TV/Radio services insertion.
The VHE is able to encode and multiplex TV & Radio programs, with a mix of High Definition (HD) or
Standard Definition (SD). To ensure the robustness of the solution, a redundant configuration is
proposed.
Statistical Mux is proposed in order to optimize the Head-End encoding efficiency.
The solution includes a T2 MI gateway, enabling SFN operation. The final transport stream is
compliant with DVB-T2 standard, Single / Multiple PLP's (Physical Layer Pipe).
The system will be ready for mobile handset application.
All Head-End systems support the insertion of DVB subtitles in SD or HD services.
Each component from the VHEs can be operated locally or remotely from a central management
software based in Addis Ababa.
TV/Radio content providers are responsible to provide their signal to the Head-End sites.
For more details, please, refer to Thomson Video Network System Description.
PLEASE REFER TO HARMONIC TECHNICAL FOLDER

Page 32 of 461

6. DVB-T2 Transmitter Specifications

The Maxiva™ HE, is a new technology, high efficiency, air and liquid-cooled UHF solid-state
transmitter. The state-of-the-art design combines GatesAir’s PowerSmart 3D™ architecture and
Maxiva compact drive to provide today’s broadcaster unmatched efficiency, performance, reliability
and quality. Designed with future broadcasting needs in mind, the Maxiva UAXHE transmitter is a
single transmitter platform capable of DVBT/H, DVB-T2, ATSC, ATSC Mobile DTV, ISDBTb, CMMB,
CTTB, and other digital standards.
A DVB-T2 transmitter comprises all functions of a chain starting with the input of a MPEG-4 Transport
Stream over IP with a bit rate as specified in ETS 302 755 (for DVB-T2 standard), and ending with the
power output of the DVB-T2 signal after the output filter. All transmitters are able to operate in a Single
Frequency Network.
6.1. General Specifications of the DVB-T2 Transmitter
On a technical and operational point of view, MAXIVA High Efficiency TV transmitter ranges (Air and
Liquid cool) advantages are:
High efficiency,
- This simplifies the cost and management of the spares
Common spares along the range, like Power Amplifier pallets and Power Supply, Exciter
- This simplifies the cost and management of the spares
Weight of the Power Amplifier Module

- Only one technician to replace the faulty part on site (no need for two
technicians)
Hot-plug Power Amplifier and Power Supply

- This allows maintenance while the transmitter is on air
UHF TV transmitters are Broadband

- This is unique for High-Efficiency TV transmitters in the market because this
allows on-site channel change and makes the spares management efficient.
Power Supply from the Telecom market.

- This makes the system very robust
Architecture of the transmitters is user friendly

- This allows our customer to change individual components by
themselves (this is unique!)

Page 33 of 461

Robustness of the transmitter, Liquid-cooled: 1 Power Supply per Power Amplifier module
- Better fault tolerance
Robustness of the transmitter, Air-cooled: Dual redundant Power Supply (Hot Swap)
- Better fault tolerance.
DVB-T2 transmitters receive a DVB T2-MI signal and generates a DVB-T2 modulated signal in
UHF frequency including power amplification.
The transmitters generate a high quality signal for the transmission of the DVB-T2 digital
television standard on entire UHF bands.
The transmitters design is compliant with any channels of the complete UHF bandwidth
without modification.
The DVB-T2 transmitter is able to operate in all configurations (modes) normatively specified
in EN 302 755 for 8 MHz use.
The DVB-T2 transmitter is able to perform SFN synchronization for use in single frequency
networks according to TS 102 773 (T2-MI).
For single PLP use the DVB-T2 transmitter in MFN operation is able to accept an input MPEG-
4 TS (to be broadcast), without using T2-MI, and perform Bit Rate Adaptation by means of
adding or removing stuffing packets in the incoming MPEG-4 transport stream.
With Bit Rate Adaption PCR re-stamping is done and the TS after Bit Rate Adaption is in
accordance with the PLP capacity of the actual T2 system configuration according to EN
302 755.
Each transmitter is equipment with dual exciters. Failure of main exciter results in automatic
change over to the standby one. It is also possible to change over the exciters manually.
The transmitter can be operated in DVB-T2 and DVT-T2 Lite modes without hardware
upgrade requirement.
The transmitters supports continuous operation at full rated power levels.
The transmitters are made in modular construction consisting of discrete functional modules.
The transmitter systems is assembled, wired and tested in the manufacturer’s plant to
minimize assembly time during installation.

Page 34 of 461

6.2. DVB-T2 Transmitter Exciter

RealTime Adaptive Correction (RTAC™)
Digital adaptive group delay equalization
Optimized correction for tube and solid-state transmitters

Frequency agility – Band I, III, IV, V (L-Band option available)
Built in GPS option for synchronous frequency network
(SFN) support
Built in UPS option to support vital frequency critical
components for SFN operation
Space saving, 2RU design
Easy to use operator interface via standard Web browser and external PC
SNMP information available to higher level agent
Dual video or transport stream inputs with auto switching
Built-in GUI Interface: The graphical user interface (GUI) in the Maxiva M2X works with any
Windows® PC running a standard web browser. The interface enables in-depth monitoring
and easy setup.
Seamless integration with new GatesAir transmitter control systems
GatesAir Exciter for current and future Standards

Page 35 of 461

6.3. Transmitters in Main/Alternate (1+1) Configuration

For redundant Television and Radio transmission systems (1+1) configurations, GatesAir will use their
Multi-System Controller (MSC)
Failure of the main transmitter selected results in automatic change over to the stand-by transmitter.
The MSC monitors the operating status and parameters of the main transmitters and keeps the +1
reserve in standby. When the MSC detects a failure, it safely disables the main transmitter and
activates the standby transmitter.
Users have the option of monitoring and controlling the MSC though the front panel pushbutton
controls with an alphanumeric display, or remotely via a web browser or optional, parallel I/O.

Page 36 of 461

6.4. DVB-T2 Transmitter Cooling System
Transmitter cooling system is refreshing either by Liquid or by Air.
All transmitters for power class 2.5kW and less is air-cooled type:
- Air-Tracker controller maximizes efficiency by automatically adjusting the Ducted Air
System flow to match the variable transmitter air flow requirements. Wall or ceiling
mount kit provided for fan assembly
Transmitter for power class higher than 2.5kW are liquid-cooled:

- The cooling system has redundant pumps on active reserve configuration.
- Internal or External pump system for models up to 5.5 kW COFDM
- The heat exchanger has redundant fan systems.
Removal of any module or combination of modules does not affect the cooling of the
remaining modules, which may be operated indefinitely.
Pump and Fittings (inside the cabinet) Cooling system control panel

Page 37 of 461

6.5. DVB-T2 Transmitter Safety

The system is protected against open or short circuit, all phase angles. Capable of operation into
infinite VSWR with user adjustable fold back threshold. Factory preset to 2.8% of nominal nameplate
power (VSWR = 1.4:1)
VSWR fold back circuitry is provided, allowing uninterrupted operation at a reduced power if VSWR
slowly increases beyond a preset point. As VSWR increases, forward power will reduce automatically
to maintain a constant level of reflected power. Decreasing VSWR will cause the power level to
increase until the original output power will be restored.
An Automatic Gain Control circuit is included to ensure constant average output power during any
changes in RF module power gain such as may occur due to varying ambient temperature conditions:
Fast acting, all digital linear and nonlinear precorrection, using exclusive Maxiva RealTime Adaptive
Correction (RTAC).
* RBW 30 kHz Marker 1 [T1 ]

* VBW 100 Hz -15.68 dBm
Ref 15 dBm * Att 30 dB SWT 6.8 s 746.000000000 MHz
0 Delta 2 [T1 ]
-47.23 dB
*
-4.200000000 MHz A
-10
Delta 3 [T1 ]
1 AP
-47.36 dB
CLRWR
-20 4.200000000 MHz
1
-30
3 AP
VIEW -40
-50
-60
-70
2 3
-80
-90
-100
Center 746 MHz 2 MHz/ Span 20 MHz
Date: 18.SEP.2009 14:29:11
Additional > 20 dB shoulders due to Compensation of mask filter

RTAC amplitude characteristic due to
RTAC

Page 38 of 461

6.6. DVB-T2 Transmitter Monitoring and Control
The transmitter can be controlled from anywhere in the world with an intuitive browser based
GUI or SNMP over TCP/IP via a telecom or network connection with password protection.
Parameters of each exciter, each transmitter, automatic exciter switchover and external
cooling system are available via monitoring software.
All parameters and settings available locally are available remotely except channel frequency
change.
Change of transmitter parameters are secured by password.
E-mail and SMS alert capability should be supported.
An internal static FIFO memory will be able to store at least 2000 transmitter events.
It must be possible to read this memory locally and remotely.
Control and monitoring of the transmitter realized by a Web Server and by SNMP agent.
The main controller is responsible for all system level functions, including: overall cabinet
control, remote control interface and VSWR Fold back.
As an example the following parameters can be monitored:

- RF frequency,
- All exciter modulation configurations,
- Average forward & reverse power,
- VSWR fault,
- AC Line voltages fault,
- Fault summary,
- Power amplifier fault,
- Power supply fault.
- Parameters (shoulders and ripple)
When the control and monitoring systems is inoperative or is

removed for servicing the transmitter system will continue to
operate. The current status of transmitter fault conditions and interlocks
are displayed locally via front panel indicators.

Page 39 of 461

6.7. DVB-T2 Transmitter RF Amplifiers and Power Supply
All RF amplifiers stages shall be 100% solid state
All solid-state RF amplifier units are able to deliver the nominal power over complete UHF
band without any re-tuning or change of components/subsystems/subunit when changing
frequency.
All solid-state RF amplifier unit can be removed or installed during normal on-air operation of
the transmitter.
All final PA modules shall be completely interchangeable to each other’s units.
For high on-air availability, parallel power amplifier modules are employed.
Each solid-state RF module shall employ internal self-protection circuitry against:

- Over-temperature
- VSWR
- Over-voltage
- Over-current.
Front panel LED status indicators indicate the failing module.
To assure optimum on-air reliability, each power amplifier must have its own embedded power
supply.
All power supply modules are mechanically and electrically identical, allowing full
interchangeability and reduced spares inventory requirements

Page 40 of 461

7. Radio Frequency Auxiliaries

7.1. Band-Pass Filter
A 6 cavity band-pass filter shall be installed at the output of the transmitter.
The filter shall be installed on a external separate rack.
The filter shall be tunable between in the range of 470 – 860MHz.
Impedance: 50Ω.
Crest Factor: 13dB.
VSWR: 1.15:1

7.2. Dummy Load
A suitably rated dummy load shall be provided for each site.

The frequency range of the dummy load shall be DC – 1GHz.
Impedance: 50Ω.
Temperature interlock safety switch will be included for loads carrying more than 1kW.
VSWR (470 – 860 MHz): 1.07:1

7.3. Interconnecting Coaxial Lines

The interconnecting coaxial lines between the transmitter, patch panel, filter, dummy load
and antenna feeder shall be of rigid type for power higher than 1.5kW.
The interconnecting coaxial lines used for transmitters less than 3.5kW shall be 1 5/8” and
for transmitters of 6kW shall be 3 1/8”.
The frequency range of the rigid lines shall be 470 – 860MHz.

Page 41 of 461

8. Towers
Existing masts will be used for 74 UHF TV transmitters to be upgraded
Additionally, new transmission sites will be equipped with a new self-supporting tower.
Height:80m
Material Hot dip galvanized steel
Design Assumptions
Antenna load:
- UHF TV antenna system, 4 panels on 4 faces, located at the top of the tower, (about
10kg per panel)
- 1.5m Dishes (qty:2) at 50m Height
Maximum wind speed: 160 km/h at 10m above ground level, wind speed increases with tower
height.
10m of straight top section
Feeder size 4”1/2
Others Options:
Night beaconing (220V): 2 or 3 levels -according to tower height with photo electric cell
Paint to ICAO Regulations
Earthing Materials for Mast Base and Stay Anchors
Climbing Ladder with fall arrest system

Page 42 of 461

9. Antennas
The proposed Antennas are Panel Antenna. This kind of antenna brings advantages like modularity
and easy to deploy.
GatesAir will provide UHF Broadband Antenna system including 16 panels, 4 in elevation, and 4
around configuration.
The antenna should also include all required power dividers, hardware and interconnecting distribution
feeders.
The broadband frequency range of the Antenna will be from 470 to 860 MHz
UHF Antenna Specifications

The UHF Digital TV Broadcast Antenna meet the characteristics of the spectrum coverage
plan for each Transmission station.
The polarization is Horizontal
The UHF antennas work in the UHF channel band 21 – 60.
Proposed antennas:
- Full antenna model parameters.
- Antenna gains.
- Antenna Horizontal and Vertical radiation patterns.
- Antenna mounting hardware and design.
- Antenna aperture requirements.

The antenna system power rating will accommodate at least an extra MUX for future
expansion.

Page 43 of 461

Antenna system
Text 4/4/4/4
10. Feeder Systems Specifications

All systems use 50 ohm coaxial feeders.

The feeder systems for each of the proposed sites meet the required power ratings.
The feeder will be equipped with dehydrator which includes a self contained completely
automated air drying system that utilizes a pressure swing moisture absorption cycle to
provide pressurized dry air while continuously purging the collected moisture to the
atmosphere.
The feeder line is Standard Air Dielectric Coaxial Cable, corrugated copper, in, black PE jacket
The frequency range of the rigid are 470 – 860MHz.
The feeder system power rating will accommodate at least an extra MUX for future expansion
Feeder attenuation Average Power

Feeder attenuation
dB/100m (600 MHz) (kW)
3" Air dielectric 1.11 dB 15.2 KW

Page 44 of 461

11. Network Management System (NMS)

Executive Summary
NFB Consulting and SuiteLife Systems is pleased to provide this response to the Ethiopia DVB-T2
Television Transmitter System which includes a section for remote control and monitoring, this
response is intended to cover that section of the tender and is only for the use of GatesAir in their
response to the their portion of the tender. NFB Consulting has reviewed the compliance table that
details the requirements for the transmitter site and studio monitoring and has responded to each item
with a detailed explanations of the software and services proposed. NFB Consulting has also provided
a conceptual drawing to be included in the response to the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia.
NFB Consulting has provide a preliminary Scope of Work outlining the deliverables and services
provided by NFB Consulting.
The follow outlines the integration of the Axess Remote Monitoring System throughout the DVB-T2
network. The network is configured outline in four (4) sections:
- the Headend,
- Regional Earth Stations,
- Transmitter Upgrades
- New Transmitter sites.
NFB Consulting is proposing to install one (1) Axess server located at the studio to control and monitor
the equipment outlined in section 2.4.I of the tender document. The quote and scope of work provided
is divided to reflect the four sections of the tender. The Axess server located at the Studio will be
configured for six (6) Plugins (Plugins are the protocols used to connect Axess to monitored devices
i.e. SNMP Serial MODBUS), thirty five (35) Device Connections (Device Connections are the physical
connections between Axess and the device to be monitored i.e. Ethernet, RS232) and four hundred
eighty (480) Channels (Channels are the data points within the device that will be monitored or
controlled i.e. Froward Power, TX On/Off, Input TS OK). Below is preliminary connection list based on
assumptions made by NFB Consulting in response to the compliance table.

Page 45 of 461

I - Studio Site Preliminary Configuration

The Axess configuration at the Studio Site shall include the following:
• Plugins
o SNMP
o Serial
o TCP/IP MODBUS
o Virtual Device
o SMTP
o Database
o Additional Plugins can be added through change order
• Connections (The below list is inferred from tender response and can be expanded during design or
installation.)
o 1+1 C-Band Upconverters
o 1+1 HPA 400 Watt
o Multi-format IRD
o Professional Encoders and Transcoders
o Transport Stream Multiplexers
o DVB-T2 Gateway
o TS Monitor
o CA System, SMS System, EPG, Playout Servers ( Hardware monitoring through WMI
only unless application level monitoring is available)
o Additional Device Connections can be added through change order
• Channels/Data points
o Basic Channels will be configured at installation for testing; customer input required for
detailed configuration.
o Additional Channels/Data points can be added through change order

Page 46 of 461

II - Regional Earth Station Preliminary Configuration

The Eleven (11) Regional Earth Station sites will be configured to add an additional One Hundred
Twenty one (121) Device Connections (Device Connections are the physical connections between
Axess and the device to be monitored i.e. Ethernet, RS232) and One Thousand Two Hundred (1200)
Channels (Channels are the data points within the device that will be monitored or controlled i.e.
Froward Power, TX On/Off, Input TS OK) to the Axess server located at the Studio. Below is
preliminary connection list based on assumptions made by NFB Consulting in the response to the
section 2.4.III of the tender.
The Axess configuration at the Studio Site to support the Regional Earth Stations shall include the
following:
• Connections (List inferred from tender response and can be expanded during design or installation.)
o 1+1 C-Band Upconverters
o 1+1 HPA 400 Watt
o Multi-format IRD
o Professional Encoders and Transcoders
o Transport Stream Multiplexers
o STL (Optional Connection)
o IP Switches/Routers (Optional Connection)
o Temp / Humidity Module (Optional Connection)
o Genset (Optional Connection)
• Channels/Data points
o Basic Channels will be configured at installation for testing; customer input required for
detailed configuration.
III - Transmitter Upgrade Sites Preliminary Configuration

The Seventy Four (74) transmitter sites that will be upgraded to DVB-T2 will be configured to add an
additional One Hundred Forty Eight (121) Device Connections (Device Connections are the physical
connections between Axess and the device to be monitored i.e. Ethernet, RS232) and One Thousand
Four Hundred (1400) Channels (Channels are the data points within the device that will be monitored
or controlled i.e. Froward Power, TX On/Off, Input TS OK) to the Axess server located at the Studio.
Below is preliminary connection list based on assumptions made by NFB Consulting in the response to
the section 2.4.II of the tender.
The Axess configuration at the Studio Site to support the additional Transmitter Site Upgrades shall
include the following:
o 1+1 DVB-T2 Exciter
o 1+1 Existing Transmitters
o Multi-format IRD
• Channels/Data points o Basic Channels will be configured at installation for testing; customer input
required for detailed configuration.

Page 47 of 461

IV - New Transmitter Sites Preliminary Configuration

The Twenty Six (26) transmitter sites that are new installations will be configured to add an additional
One Hundred Thirty (130) Device Connections (Device Connections are the physical connections
between Axess and the device to be monitored i.e. Ethernet, RS232) and One Thousand Five
Hundred (1500) Channels (Channels are the data points within the device that will be monitored or
controlled i.e. Froward Power, TX On/Off, Input TS OK) to the Axess server located at the Studio.
Below is preliminary connection list based on assumptions made by NFB Consulting in the response to
the section 2.4.IV of the tender.
The Axess configuration at the Studio Site to support the additional New Transmitter Sites shall
include the following:
o 1+1 Transmitters
o Multi-format IRD
• Channels/Data points o Basic Channels will be configured at installation for testing; customer input
required for detailed configuration.
Please, refer to additional SUITELIFESYSTEM diagrams.

Page 48 of 461

12. Satellite Uplink
In Addis Ababa, a satellite Band-C Uplink system is proposed.
The satellite Uplink is composed of:
Redundant IRD (Encoder/modulator) system

Redundant amplification
The modulation allowed DVBS2
Sized to support a multiplex in a full transponder.
Rack mounted
7.3 meter motorized Up link antenna
C band Transmit 5.650 ‐ 6.725 GHz & C band Receive
3.2 GHz ‐ 4.8 GHz
C‐Band Up‐converter & Down Converter in main and standby
mode (redundant) configuration
HPA Output 750 Watts in main and standby mode (redundant)
configuration
Accessories like Antenna controller unit, Beacon receiver, C‐band LNA, Waveguides and
Dehydrator
13. Satellite Downlinks

The proposal includes satellite downlinks, TVRO (Television Receive Only) on each main Regional
Center
The demodulators (IRD) include an internal network adapter to allow a direct connection to digital
transmitters or other units thanks to its ASI interfaces.
Satellite reception Dish with feeder, mechanical and fiberglass Radome 3.7 meter, Dual Axis
Motorized
DVB-S2 satellite demodulator: two (2) units for redundancy
Concrete slab for TVRO

Page 49 of 461

14. On-Site Services

14.1. Site Survey
GatesAir engineer will do a site survey.
Note: The station layout provided with the technical proposal are provided as an example, these layout
are typical ones for installation, the locations of equipment and other systems (ventilation, etc ...) will
be made after the configuration and availability of each of the local host.
14.2. Transmission Site Services
14.2.1. Installation and Commissioning
GatesAir will provide:

Supervision of installation
Startup and adjustment of equipment
Performance monitoring of equipment and commissioning will be done in parallel with
customer engineer.
Customer engineer will participate to the transmitter acceptance test. A convocation will be
sent (1) week before the date of equipment presentation.

Page 50 of 461

15. Scope Of Work

GatesAir standard terms and condition of sales apply.
Includes labor and expenses (International transportation and local living expense) for GatesAir
representatives.
Includes installation and commissioning services on all equipment supplied by GatesAir at each site.
Does not include repair work or modification to any existing transmitters or any other equipment that
maybe used in final configuration. Any work required will be discussed and quote as necessary as
additional scope.
Transmission equipment
o Transmitter (if liquid cooled includes cooling system)
o RF Mask filter
o RF switch and or Patch panel if supplied
o RF test load if supplied
o Interconnecting RF line between transmitter and all other GatesAir supplied equipment.
o Includes complete commissioning of all supplied equipment by GatesAir utilizing GatesAir
calibrated test equipment (testing to be performed into known good test load)
o Includes on-site training in purchased at completion of commissioning of system
Electrical work
o AVR if supplied (final sizing to be confirmed at time of site survey and receipt of loading
data from other customer suppliers of head end, downlink and antenna/tower equipment
o UPS if supplied (final sizing to be confirmed at time of site survey and receipt of loading
data from other customer suppliers of head end, downlink and antenna/tower equipment
o Transient suppressor if supplied
o Automatic transfer switch if supplied
o Generator and interconnecting cabling to existing or new electrical distribution panels.
GatesAir will install concrete pad for generator

GatesAir will install generator on concrete pad and interconnect to automatic
transfer switch.
Assumes customer will supply fuel for testing and ongoing operation
Assumes customer will supply additional fuel tank if additional capacity is needed
o Electrical distribution panels and interconnecting wiring
Panels to be sized to support GatesAir equipment and additional equipment as
identified by site survey, customer and other vendors.

Page 51 of 461

Assumes customer or other vendors will supply GatesAir with appropriate
information to ensure proper number and sizes of breakers are included prior to
ordering the distribution panels.
GatesAir to interconnect all GatesAir supplied equipment to distribution panels
Assumes necessary wiring and conduit to electrically connect equipment not
supplied by GatesAir will be completed by customer or others hired by customer.
o Site electrical and RF ground system
GatesAir will interconnect new equipment into existing site grounding system
Recommendation to ground system to be made at time of site survey and
assumes customer to make necessary modification to site ground prior to
GatesAir arrival to site
o GatesAir will perform acceptance testing on third party supplied products (i.e. UPS and
AVR) by showing proper function.
HVAC (air condition or ventilation)

o Assumes all HVAC and or ventilation systems to support GatesAir supplied transmitters
and other supplied equipment shall be completed by customer or others prior to GatesAir
arrival to site
o GatesAir to provide recommendations at time of site survey to ensure long term stable
operation of GatesAir equipment
Building and or facilities modification

o Assumes all building modification necessary to support GatesAir supplied equipment shall
be identified at time of site survey and be responsibility of customer and will be completed
prior to GatesAir installation services.
o Assume any concrete work necessary to support installation of transmitter cooling system
will be completed by customer or others prior to GatesAir arrival to site
Tower , Antenna, satellite and outside transmission line

o GatesAir will install tower per tower manufacturer’s drawings.
o GatesAir will install antennas and antenna transmission line and terminated at RF switch
or patch panel.
o GatesAir will install up to 20’ of ice bridge cable tray from tower to building.
o GatesAir will perform sweep test of antennas.
o GatesAir will ground each leg of the tower.
Transportation
o GatesAir will transport all GatesAir provided equipment to the site.
Other Project Assumption and details

Assumes customer will clear all equipment and material through Customs.
Assumes all taxes and duties, if any will be paid by customer.
Assumes customer will install tower and generator foundations.

Page 52 of 461

Assumes customer to provide all in country travel and security for up to 3 GatesAir installation
teams operating in parallel
Assumes site access 10 hours per day 7 days a week.
Assumes customer qualified staff shall be on site with each GatesAir team to provide site access
and interface with local staff throughout the entire project
Assumes all GatesAir work can be completed at each site completely prior to move to next site
Assumes customer staff on site to sign acceptance document at completion of commissioning or
training session at each site without delay. GatesAir’s standard proof of performance document
will serve as the acceptance document.
Assumes GatesAir standard DVBT2 performance test documentation to be used on site as final
acceptance document. Any additional testing to be discussed and agreed upon prior to start of
project
Other Project Assumption and details continued
Assumes English language for training and interfacing with customer staff daily
Assumes customer to supply appropriate fresh water for cooling system flush and fill up on all
liquid cooled transmitter supplied, if any.
Assumes training class if purchase to commence immediately after system commissioning and
that no more than 10 students
Assumes customer has protected storage space in which GatesAir can store tools, test equipment
and spare parts as necessary for duration of project.

Page 53 of 461

16. Part I. Head End: Drawings & Data Sheets

Page 54 of 461
Ethiopia – 21SD+1HD MPEG-4 ch’s – 1xMux DVB-T2 SFN Head End
PVR-7100
DTA IRD’s, 4xLB-1TS
. Regional & International
DVB-S2 L_B 12:1 Cold Bak. Prostream-9100
T/P Mux,Statmux,CAS
18 ch ACE Txcoding ASI Seamless ASI ASI Seamless
1 PVR-7100-1
L_Bx4
IP-1 18xDiv_MX, 4xDiv_IP Switch T2-GW Switch
(IPx2)
L_B 12 ch’s
SD/HD
T/P ASI
PVR-7100-7 PSM-9100 Main
7 T/P
12 x Regional ch’s L_Bx4 IP-7 GBE ASI-1
1-22 ch’s
Main
Cisc-3750X-24TE GPS 1
ASI T2 GW
SD/HD
ASI-1 T2-MI ASI Main-1
8 PVR-7100-Bak.
A
L_B x 4 IP-8 DToIP Pool
ASI T2-MI
MUX1=22 ch ASI
Cascading
(IPx2)
7:1 Cold Bak. T2 Guard T/P To 1+1 DVB-S2 Modulators
Web Mang.
DVB-S2
SD/HD DiV_MX GPS
ASI-Bak. 2 (Up to 150Meters )
ASI-1 T2-MI
PSM-9100 Bak. T2-MI

1 PVR-7100-1 ASI
L_Bx4 B
IP-9 ASI-1
(IPx2) 1+1 Red.
Web Manag.
Web Manag.
Cisco-3750X-24TE
L_B Bak.
6 ch’s SD/HD GBE
T/P 1+1 Red.
6 x International ch’s
Web Manag.
PVR-7100-5
6
To Mod’s Manag. Switch
GPI
IP-13
GPI
GPI
L_Bx4
(IPx2)
GPI
SD/HD
SDI Vid. P/P P/P
T/P 16 ELC-9200-1
X 1-4 IP-14
Playout Server 16
4 ch SDI (IPx2) 4 Local Ch’s
1 SDI-1
SDI-1
SD MPEG-4 SD/HD
/ ELC-9200-Bak. VBR Enc. S-410 GPI In / SNMP Trap out
IP-15
4 HD
SDI-4 (IPx2)
0 SDI-4
SNMP Traps
Mat. 1+1 Red.
(4+4 ch’s) A B
4 x Local ch’s Cisco-2960X-48

Eth Eth Eth Eth Eth Eth Eth
Cisco-2960X-48 Managemnt switch

Eth Eth
PVR-7100
Monitoring IRD
Notes:
L_b ASI IP
1. Assuming 12 Regional ch + 6 International ch’s + 4 Local SDI ch’s from Playout.
in In In
2. CAS provided by Nagra, SMS and PSI/SI EPG by AUCOM.
3. Assuming DVB-S2 Modulators and Monitoring System in different location and separate rack 1+1 SMS & Billing NMX
4. Assuming 1 DTT MUX with 22 ch’s.
PSI/SI & EPG Nagra CAS Supply by Manag. Sys NMX Bak.
KVM
1+1 Not Included AUCOM LCD
5. Required CAMs and smart cards for DTA receivers to be supply by customer.
Supply by
6. Ch’s lineup of the DTA Satellite ch’s is required.
AUCOM
7. Wired Rack by Harmonic, L_B, SDI and ASI Termination Panels. SD/HD- ASI
8. GatesAir/Customer shall take care for Management and ASI cables wiring and connection CV SDI OUT
between Main HE Cisco Mang. Switch and ASI Ter. Panel to Cisco Manag. switch and OUT
ASI T/P located in Modulators uplink rack. T2-MI Deframing
Q.No: 2014- 235301 Ethiopia DVB-T2 SFN Head End
V1.1 Designed by: Zohar Adiv SHEET:

2.11.2014
1 of 8
Page 55 of 461
Satellite Distribution for DVB-T2 Transmit Sites
SMD-9300
Modulation,
36Mbaud
Q/8PSK
ASI T/P 10943B-IP L_B T/P

SMD-9300 Main
ASI Main L_B Main
ASI Main L_B OUT
2:1
T2-MI TX
LB 7.3M Uplink Dish
From Main HE ASI L_B OUT L_B By GatesAir
(Max. distance 150 Meters)
A/B RX Distribution to DVB-T2 Sites
T/P SW
T/P
SMD-9300 Bak.
ASI Bak. ASI Bak. L_B Bak.
T2-MI
L_B In
1+1 Red.
L_B Head End Monitoring System

Splitter PVR-7100 IRD, T2MI
2 1
Deframing, Decoder,
MCH Decryption
(T2-MI) L_B In IP
IP
B MultiViewer
(T2-MI) L_B In MPEG
IP
Clear
from HE NMX Manag. Switch Cisco-2960X-24
HDMI
SD/HD-SDI ASI
Eth Eth Eth Monitoring
A Cisco-2960X-24 Management switch
Cisco-2960X-24
Notes:
1. Modulators and Monitoring System in same Rack. 22 ch’s LCD Mosaic
2. Rack is provided by Harmonic
3. Rack ASI and L_B Termination Panels
4. Monitoring System provided by Harmonic
Ethiopia – Satellite Distribution

Q.No: 2014-234781 to Transmit sites
V1.1 Designed by: Zohar Adiv 2.11.2014 SHEET:

2 of 8
Page 56 of 461
ETHIOPIA DTT HE SITE 22 CHANNEL MONITORING
L_b
1:2
Pas. NETWORK
L_B
IRD-PVR-7100
L_b
Switch
Split
IRD-PVR-7100
Cisco-2960X
DVI/HDMI
AA
DVB-SR1
Notes:
IRD’s and IP Switch by Harmonic , the rest by ONSET SAMSUNG ED-46C
DESKTOP SPEAKERS
1 of 11xREGIONAL SITES 4 CHANNEL MONITORING

L_b
IP / ASI
IRD-PVR-7100
Notes: Wohler – MPEG-2443

IRD by Harmonic , the rest by ONSET
Page 57 of 461
Ethiopia – 4 x SD ch’s, Play/Record & Content Scheduling System for DTT HE
Playout Control Network Switch – CNS-2924B-CXF

*Spd Mode off = 10Mbps 10/100/1000Base-T Ports (1-24T) - Ports are IEEE Auto MDI/MDI-X Dual-Personality Ports: 10/100/1000-T (T) or Mini-GBIC (M)
ProCurve ProCurve Switch
Use only one (T or M) for each Port

2900-24G flash = 100Mbps Link 1 Mode 3 5 7 9 11 Link 13 Mode 15 17 19 21T 23T Link 21 M Mode 23 M
J9049A
on = 1000Mbps
ProCurve Networking
Power
Status HP Innovation
10G Act
RPS LED FDx
Mode
Fault Fan Spd *
Test Usr
Locator Console Auxiliary Port

Reset Clear Link 2 Mode 4 6 8 10 12 Link 14 Mode 16 18 20 22T 24T Link 22 M Mode 24 M
CNS-2924B-CXF
Ingest-1
4 Channels Playout Server
8 x ProDrive Application licenses Ingest-2 Play-1
inc. Playlist Schedular Play-2 16
SW only, Installed on customer X
provided 2 x Workstation. 16
MIP-7100-DVS MPC-7002 MIP-7100-DVS
SD/HD
SDI
Ingest-3
Ingest-4 Play-3 Mat.
NSM 2012K (Shared
Play-4
System Manager With the
Server Configuration DTH
HE
and Monitoring MIP-7100-DVS MPC-7002 MIP-7100-DVS System)
FTP
Customer Files (FTP/UNC)

Promedia Carbon
File to File Transcoder
SW only, Installed on
Customer Workstation. Gig-E
(ports)
Gig-E
Ports/eth Gig-E
MPC-2200-2CH
Notes: MediaDirecto
1. Analog Black Burst Sync to be connected in r
each MIP Module. Spectrum MediaCenter

2. Customer to provide 2xWorkstations for ProDrive, 1+3 Lic. each With 16TB online Storage
and 1x Workstation for Carbon SW.
3. 16TB Online Storage, 4 x SD ch’s, 2 Weeks.
SDI Video Format SD, DV

2 ch’s
Ethiopia 4 SD Ch’s Playout Sys
Audio Format
1GbE Private connection Expansion Capability depending on Video Bitrate Spectrum MediaCenter with 16TB – 4 SD channels
to MIP Storage Capacity 16TB online Storage Quotation Reference 2014-235210
1 GbE external RAID Configuration 2(4+2) Modified/ Created/
connection to Switch by 30 October 2014 by Zohar Adiv Page 58 of 461

IP Bandwidth COPYRIGHT OMNEON VIDEO NETWORKS NBC DTH HE -Playout Diagram
Part I. Head End
Data sheet
Page 59 of 461
Electra™ 9200
Universal Multi-Service Encoder
HIGHLIGHTS
t High-quality low-bitrate MPEG-2 or
MPEG-4 AVC encoding of SD or HD
video with Harmonic’s Hierarchical
LookAhead and pre-processing
technologies
The latest evolution of Harmonic’s market-leading Electra™ compression family, the Electra 9200 is a multi-
t Optional dual independently
compressed outputs per input channel, multi-service encoder in a compact, energy-efficient 1-RU chassis. Part of a complete video headend
solution, the encoder supports main and secondary SD or HD channels of constant bitrate (CBR) or variable
t Up to 8 broadcast services per chassis bitrate (VBR) video using either MPEG-2 or MPEG-4 AVC encoding. It offers high bandwidth efficiency and
t Flexible internal video router feeds channel density—up to four audio/video input processing modules per chassis.
any audio/video processing module
from any source
Superior video quality merges with Harmonic intelligent function integration in the Electra 9200 to deliver
t Broadcast-grade up/down converter a high-performance unit that helps increase efficiency while lowering service providers’ capital and
and deinterlacer operating expenses. Comprehensive features include integrated audio encoding tools, GbE networking,
t Integrated statmux, or statmux over IP flexible internal video routing, and enhanced serviceability via removable power supplies, fan assembly,
for LAN and WAN compression modules and processing cards.
t High-quality integrated decoding

with FLEX® technology option
t Harmonic’s Iris advanced analytics for CBR & VBR

ASI, IP and RF inputs 3-Pass Hierarchical LookAhead Integrated Statmux
video quality monitoring with FLEX decoder
& over IP LAN/WAN
t Rich audio functionality Integrated Electra 9200 Second output:

low resolution (PIP)
Pre-processing Video & Audio to full HD
t 3DTV frame compatible
Additional audio channels DiviTrackIP over

& encoding options AVC HD, AVC SD, MPEG-2 HD, MPEG-2 SD LAN/WAN
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 60 of 461
1
Electra™ 9200
MARKET BENEFITS BUSINESS BENEFITS

Flexible Solution for Cable Reduced CAPEX and OPEX
The Electra 9200 incorporates proven Harmonic compression technology Multiple services and functions can be delivered from a single
to support legacy CBR and VBR applications in both HD and SD MPEG-2 high-density, low-power platform.
formats, and offers support for new IPTV-over-cable applications. Pay As You Grow
4:1 HD MPEG-2 for Cable Processing modules and licenses can be added to the Electra 9200 chassis
The Electra 9200 can encode up to four statistically multiplexed HD as your market needs evolve, so you pay only for the features required.
MPEG-2 services within a single chassis, using either compressed or SD MPEG-2 Business Continuity
uncompressed inputs. Content is increasingly produced and distributed exclusively in HD,
Maximize Channel Capacity for Satellite although legacy SD MPEG-2 set-top boxes are still in widespread use. The
Harmonic compression technology maximizes bandwidth efficiency to Electra 9200 resolves this issue by simultaneously generating both an HD
provide more channels per transponder. AVC and an SD down-converted output signal from a single HD input.
Ideal for IPTV Maximize Service Uptime
Designed to deliver broadcast-quality HDTV at less than 5 Mbps, the Electra 9200’s field-replaceable power supply, fan assembly and processing
Electra 9200 maximizes reach and supports Microsoft® Mediaroom® modules improve serviceability while reducing maintenance costs.
picture-in-picture.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Statmux Over IP

Compression Performance The Electra 9200 maximizes the efficiency and flexibility of statistical
The Harmonic Hierarchical LookAhead™ multi-pass encoding architecture multiplexing with the Harmonic DiviTrackIP™ technology. Applicable for
employs market-leading ASIC and programmable DSP/FPGA technologies either LAN or distributed WAN environments, DiviTrackIP can support up to
to provide superior video quality at the lowest possible bitrates. This silicon 300 ms of WAN roundtrip delay, auto-adjust to IP network variations, and
architecture also provides high-quality deinterlacing. form systems with up to 64 channels per pool. All pools may be monitored
Integrated Secondary Output simultaneously with Harmonic’s Iris® advanced video analytics software.
A secondary output on Electra 9200 effectively doubles encoder capacity Preprocessing
while offering support for hybrid applications such as down-converting the Advanced integrated noise reduction capabilities include Harmonic’s
main channel from HD to SD, or providing a primary VBR channel and a signature motion-compensated temporal filtering (MCTF), and an
secondary CBR channel (or vice versa). adaptive deblocking and mosquito noise reduction filter designed to
Dual Power Supplies attenuate compression artifacts that may be present in the video source.
Optional redundant, hot-swappable power supplies offer high reliability A sharpening filter can also enhance the appearance of incoming material.
and simplified serviceability. These same technical foundations support powerful deinterlacing to
cleanly deliver progressive formats.
Integrated Crosspoint Router
An internal video crosspoint router allows video to be routed at will from Audio Processing
any input to any audio/video processing module. Electra 9200 supports embedded audio and can natively encode up to three
stereo pairs (or a single multichannel encode) of MPEG-1 Layer II audio. Dolby®
Rich Feature Set
Digital (AC-3), Dolby Digital Plus (E-AC-3) and Dolby E audio can be passed
Available functionality includes IP or ASI outputs, support for multiple
through, and AC-3 and AAC/HE-AAC encoding is available via firmware
audio processing adapters, and optional FLEX integrated multiformat
license. Optional audio input modules (AHC-RAC, IOM-RAC2) can extend
decoder with IP, ASI or 8-VSB inputs.
Electra’s functionality to address a variety of audio processing scenarios.
Integrated Statmux
Audio Leveling
The Electra 9200 streamlines system architectures and reduces the
Integrated Jünger Level Magic™ enables compliance with the CALM Act
hardware footprint with DiviTrackMX™, Harmonic’s widely deployed
by automatically eliminating audio level changes both within a channel
integrated statistical multiplexing solution.
and when switching from one channel to another.
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 61 of 461
2
Electra™ 9200
VIDEO SPECIFICATIONS INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

Video Compression and Bitrate Video Inputs Up to four serial digital inputs per SMPTE
(CBR/VBR) 4:2:0 Encoding Options 259M (SD-SDI) or SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI)
MPEG-2 MP @ ML 1-15 Default Audio Inputs Embedded audio; up to three stereo pairs or
MPEG-2 MP @ HL 2-23 Mbps one multichannel per video service
24-45 Mbps, MPEG-2 @ 29.97Hz Transport Outputs MPEG-2 transport stream over UDP/IP
MPEG-4 AVC MP @ L3 0.3-8 Mbps (redundant 100/1000 BaseT connectors)
MPEG-4 AVC HP @ L4 1-20 Mbps Transport Stream Input Options AVC over ASI or GbE
Video Processing Hierarhical LookAhead multipass processing MPEG-2 over ASI, GbE or 8VSB
Scene-cut and fade/dissolve detection Transport Stream Output Option ASI
Dynamic GOP management with adaptive
I-picture and B-picture placement
Automatic input format (1080i or 720p)
detetion and switching SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Video Input Filtering Motion-compensated temporal filtering (MCTF) Harmonic NMX™ Digital Service Manager
Horizontal filter Stand-alone web user interface
Mosquito noise reduction filter
Sharpening filter
Input deblocking filter
Aspect Ratios 4:3 and 16:9
POWER
AFD and WSS control Input Voltage Range 85-132 VAC or 170-264 VAC
42-60 VDC
SD Resolutions and Frame Rates 576i @ 25
480i @ 29.97 x 720, 704, 640, 544, 528, 480, Line Frequency 47-63 Hz
352 pixels Typical Consumption 150 W (one channel)
HD Resolutions and Frame Rates 720p @ 50 and 59.94 x 1280 pixels 200 W (two channels)
1080i @ 25 and 29.97 250 W (three channels)
1080PsF24, x 1920, 1440 and 1280 pixels 300 W (four channels)
Up/Down/Cross Conversion 480i @ 29.97, 720p @ 59.94, and 1080i @ 29.97 Dual Power Supply Option
576i @ 25, 720p @ 50, and 1080i @ 25
720p @ 59.94 and 1080i @ 29.97 or 1080i @
29.97 and 720p @ 59.94
PHYSICAL
ANCILLARY DATA SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions (W x H x D) 19 in x 1.75 in x 27 in (1 RU)
48.26 cm x 4.45 cm x 68.69 cm
Closed Captioning CEA 608 from Line 21
CEA 708 VANC extraction per SMPTE 334M Weight 32 lbs/14.5 kg
CEA 708 external caption server per SMPTE 333M
Range of Legacy Support Options 608 to 708 conversion
Ancillary Data and VBI Digitized waveform or VANC extraction per
ENVIRONMENTAL
SMPTE 2031 Cooling Eight fans, temperature controlled air flow
AFD and Bar, VITC, AMOL, TV Guide, WST (Teletext), front to right side
Inverted WST, WSS, VPS, PSIP spooling Operating Temperature +32º to +122º F
Digital Program Insertion SCTE 35 insertion via SCTE 35 and SCTE 104 0º to +50º C
DPI triggers Storage Temperature -4º to +176º F
-20º to +80º C
Operating Humidity < 95% non-condensing
AUDIO SPECIFICATIONS Electromagnetic Compliance FCC Part 15 Class A CE Mark
Channels Up to three stereo pairs or one 5.1 multichannel EN 55022:201
per video service EN 55024:1998/A1:2001/A2:2003
Audio Formats MPEG-1 Layer II, AC-3 (2.0), AAC, HE-AAC EN 61000-3-2:2600+A1:2009+A2:2009
(v1 and v2) native encoding EN 61000-3-3:2008
AC-3 (2.0 and 5.1), E-AC-3 (2.0 and 5.1) and Safety UL 1950 and cUL C22.2#950
AAC/HE-AAC (2.0 and 5.1) passthrough EN 60950-1:2006+A11:2009
Operating Modes Mono, stereo
Encoding Bitrate
MPEG-1 Layer II 56-384 kbps
AC-3 56-640 kbps
AAC 32-384 kbps
HE-AAC 32-128 kbps
Optional Audio Modules AHC-RAC, IOM-RAC2
(See Electra 9200 Audio Input Modules datasheet)
Audio Level Control Jünger Level Magic™ (available with IOM-RAC2
Audio Input Module)
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 62 of 461
3
Electra™ 9200
HARDWARE OPTIONS
Part Number Description
ELC-9200-CHS-AC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. AC power supply.
ELC-9200-CHS-DC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. DC power supply.
ELC-9200-CHS2-AC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. Dual AC power supplies.
ELC-9200-CHS2-DC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. Dual DC power supplies.
ELC-9K-SID Electra 9200 serial digital video input module. Each module supports two HD/SD SDI inputs with up to three stereo pairs of embedded audio per video.
ELC-9K-AVPM1 Electra 9200 audio/video processing module, providing up to two broadcast or eight multiscreen output streams per module.
IOM-FLEX-DHC-1 Optional video/audio decoding module for Electra 9200 encoders. Supports up to two video and two audio services per card.
IOM-ASI DVB-ASI input/output module for Electra and Ion encoders. Four DVB-ASI inputs or outputs. BNC connectors.
IOM-8VSB ATSC receiver input module for Electra and Ion encoders. Includes four 8VSB tuners. MPEG-2 TS outputs with signal lock indication. For use in
conjunction with the FLEX decoder module only.
IOM-AHC-RAC Optional multichannel audio encoding module for Electra encoders, supporting AC-3 2.0, AC-3 5.1, AAC 2.0, AAC 5.1, HE-AAC v2 2.0 audio encoding
IOM-RAC2 Optional dense multichannel audio decoding board for Electra encoders, supporting up to 16 streams of AC-3 and E-AC-3 encoding; Dolby E, AC- 3,
E-AC-3, AAC/HE-AAC and MPEG-1 Layer II decoding; and simultaneous Dolby E to AC-3 2.0 and 5.1 transcoding.
IOM-AB-PWR-SWITCH A/B power switch module for Electra and Ion encoders. Allows connection of dual, switchable power sources to the same Ion/Electra chassis.
Autosensing. AC 110-240V power sources only.
www.harmonicinc.com
© 2013 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, Electra and Ion are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Dolby,
Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus and Dolby E are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Implementations of AAC/HE-AAC by Fraunhofer IIS. Other company, product and service names mentioned herein
may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. All product and application features and specifications are subject to change at Harmonic’s sole discretion at any time and without notice.
04.01.14
Page 63 of 461
4
= T c f ^ a Z b
ASIGuard II
Seamless ASI switch
0__[XRPcX^]b
• 1+1 automatic changeover for:
• DVB standards (DVB-T/T2/H/S/C)
• DTMB standard
• ISDB standards
• ATSC/ATSC-MH standards
ASIGuard II is ENENSYS cost-effective ASI seamless switch
• TS seamless switch-over
that enables 1+1 automatic redundancy mechanism of ASI equipments
• SFN seamless switching
ASIGuard II performs an automatic change-over between two MPEG-2 Transport • Alignement of 2 identical MPEG-2 TS but
Streams according to the validity of the incoming streams. Upon ETR290 errors or ASI delayed in a MFN environment
• DVB-T2 seamless switch-over
signal problems, ASIGuard II switches automatically from the faulty input to the valid
• Seamless 1+1 redundancy of T2Gateways
input. It includes optionally a second ASI switch function within the same unit to enable
with T2Guard patent technology
a seamless change-over between an additional peer of MPEG-2 TS.
• Alignement of 2 identical T2-MI/MPEG-2 TS
The 0B86dPaS88strives to provide a true seamless switch-over under the following with delayed in a MFN or SFN environment
conditions :
1 In 3E1CSingle Frequency Networks, the 0B86dPaS88enables a unique, automatic 1T]TUXcb
and secured SFN seamless change-over between two ENENSYS SFN Adapter, NN6-MIP • Avoid TV black-out in SFN (and MFN in DVB-T2)
DVB, with the patented technology SFNguardTM. This is mandatory to guarantee a SFN • Seamless switch-over with delayed source
broadcasting, where all DVB-T SFN transmitters must receive the same content to • Multi-standard applicable (DVB,ATSC,ISDB,DTMB)
transmit it over the same frequency at the very same time. • EXST^PV]^bcXR : MPEG-2 or MPEG-4/H.264
• Flexible dual switch offering (enabling T/T2 mix)
6?B • Maintain service continuity
NN6-MIP
itters
DVB
• High-grade broadcast product
ansm
MPEG-2 TS
ASIGuard II • Easy integration into any NMS
SFN Cell
to tr
B5=VdPaS
n
ibutio
MPEG-2 TS
2WPaPRcTaXbcXRb
Distr
• Automatic switch between 2 MPEG-2 TS

2 In 3E1C!, the 0B86dPaS88can seamlessly switch-over redundant T2-MI streams. It • Automatic switch between 2 T2-MI streams
can provide an automatic 1+1 redundancy mechanism between two DVB-T2 Gateways. • Up to 2 seamless switch function in the same unit
Combined with the ENENSYS DVB-T2 Gateway, ==%C!6PcTfPh, and the patented • 1+1 redundancy for Head-end components
technology C!6dPaSC<, the 0B86dPaS88offers a safe and seamless redundancy solution • Several switching modes
for SFN and MFN DVB-T2 broadcasting. • Flexible switching condition configuration
3 Distribution or contribution of MPEG-2 TS signals can be delivered through redun- • ETR290 based switching conditions
dant links. Both links may have different delays (satellite/IP, IP/IP with different • Passive and Advanced Passthru mechanisms
network paths). ASIGuard II enables to realign both streams to seamlessly and • Real-time monitoring of incoming streams
automatically switch-over one link to another link. Thus, changing-over one network to • Easy to use web-based GUI
another network as no effect on the audiovisual content carried over MPEG-2 TS. This • Full SNMP v2 support
applies also for T2-MI streams carried over different network paths.
Copyright 2003-2012 ENENSYS Technologies S.A. - ENENSYS name and logo are registered trademarks of ENENSYS Technologies S.A.
DVB is a Trade Mark of the DVB Digital Video Broadcasting Project (1991 to 1996)
ENENSYS Technologies reserves the right to change the specifications without notice
Page 64 of 461
www.enensys.com
= T c f ^ a Z b
ASIGuard II
Seamless ASI switch
8]_dc8]cTaUPRT
MPEG2-TS 2x ASI inputs by default
2x ASI additional inputs with
dual switch option
Control 10/100 Base-T for standard web

based interface
>dc_dc8]cTaUPRT
MPEG2-TS 2x Mirrored ASI outputs by default ?WhbXRP[
2x additional mirrored ASI outputs Height 44 mm / 1.7 in.
with dual switch option Width 444 mm / 17.48 in.
Packet/Burst mode Depth 274 mm / 10.79 in.
Format 1 RU, width 19”
Availability Basic passthru replicating the inputs
Advanced passthru maintaining the Power supply 100-240VAC
last selected switch 48V DC (option)
Power consumption 20W

Monitoring 1xASI output to monitor incoming TS
ASI1 ASI1 ASI2 ASI2
Network Interfaces
In Out In Out
Control 1 10/100 Control 2 Data 1 10/100/GbE Data 2
TS1 t In
Ou
TS2
Monitoring C NO NC + Gnd
?a^RTbbX]V
Out Alarms
ASI3 ASI3 ASI4 ASI4
In Out In Out
ASIGuardII with dual switch and dual power options

Inputs Realign the stream stemming from
resynchronization different network with different >aSTaX]V
delays to output one single MPEG-2 TS
ASIGuard II Seamless ASI switch
SFN preservation Enables seamless switch in case one Options
distribution fails while maintaining • Seamless TS MFN and SFN seamless TS switch
SFN synchronization
• Seamless T2-MI T2-MI MFN and SFN seamless switch
Switching modes Automatic swith from one input to the • Dual Switch Additional seamless switch function
other one upon failure • NN6-DualPower Redundant power supply
Automatic switch with input priority • NN6-48VIn 48V DC input
Manual switch
Switching conditions ASI sync loss

ENENSYS Technologies
ETR290 and new T2-MI alarms
Video and audio minimum bit rate Le Germanium
GPI input 80 avenue des Buttes de Coesmes
35700 Rennes
Monitoring Real-time monitoring of incoming FRANCE
streams, Web-based GUI
Office (+33) 810 ENENSY
Supervision Full SNMP v2 support (+33) 810 36 36 79
Easy integration into NMS Fax (+33) 2 99 36 03 84
Dry relay output
RoHS
2002/95/EC sales@enensys.com
Page 65 of 461
www.enensys.com
NN6-T2Gateway
DVB-T2 Gateway
Applications
• DVB-T2 SFN/MISO build-up
• DVB-T2 Network control
• DVB-T2 Multi-PLP management
• Seamless 1+1 redundancy (patented technology)
• DVB-T2 regionalisation
==%C!6PcTfPhXb4=4=BHB{3E1C!6PcTfPhcWPcT]RP_bd[PcTb
^]TâbTeTaP[<?46!CaP]b_âcBcaTP\bX]c^P3E1C!\d[cX_[Tg Benefits
X]bTacbbh]RWa^]XiPcX^]SPcPc^P[[^fBX]V[T5aT`dT]Rh=TcfâZ • Broadcast-grade equipment
Qa^PSRPbcX]VP[[^RPcTSPcPX]c^cWTSXUUTaT]c?WhbXRP[;PhTa?X_Tb • Central body of the DVB-T2 network
P]SVT]TaPcTbC!<8_PRZTcbêTa0B8P]S8? • Quick handling of the DVB-T2 complexity
• Improve coverage when broadcasting over SFN
Ad]]X]VPccWTWTPST]ScWT==%C!6PcTfPhT]RP_bd[PcTbcWT<?46! • Avoid TV black-out during 1+1 redundancy
CBbcT\\X]VUa^\Pch_XRP[3E1C\d[cX_[TgTaX]c^3E1C!1PbT1P]S • Interoperability proven with major DVB-T2 transmitters
UaP\Tb8c^dc_dcbcWTaTbd[cX]V3E1C!\d[cX_[TgdbX]VcWTC!<8 • Straight integration into any NMS
<^Sd[Pcâ8]cTaUPRT_a^c^R^[cWa^dVW0B8P]S8? • Reuse existing network equipment
CWT==%C!6PcTfPhXbcWTRT]caP[Q^ShÛcWT^_TaPcX^]P[3E1C! Characteristics
• Encapsulation into DVB-T2 baseband frame
]TcfâZPbXc_aêXSTbX]QP]SR^]ca^[P]SbXV]P[X]Vc^P[[cWT3E1C!
\^Sd[PcâbFWT]dbX]V<d[cX_[T?;??WhbXRP[;PhTa?X_Tbc^_aêXST • Configuration of DVB-T2 modulators
bTaeXRTb_TRXUXRa^Qdbc]TbbcWT==%C!6PcTfPhT]PQ[TbP[[cWT\^Sd[P • DVB-T2 SFN Adaption wih MISO support
• Single and Multiple PLP management
câbc^VT]TaPcTcWTbP\TSPcPX]PSTcTa\X]XbcXR\P]]Ta
• Individual addressing of T2 transmitters
• Future Extension Frame (FEF) broadcasting
0[b^cWT==%C!VPcTfPhT]PQ[TbB5=Qa^PSRPbcX]VêTa3E1C!8c
• Generation of T2-MI packets over ASI and IP
_aêXSTbX]QP]SP]S^dcÛQP]Sbh]RWa^]XiPcX^]X]Uâ\PcX^]c^P[[
• Validation of DVB-T2 transmission parameters
\^Sd[Pcâbc^VT]TaPcTcWTbP\TSPcPPccWTeTahbP\TcX\TêTacWT
• Easy-to-use web based GUI
bP\TUaT`dT]Rh8cP[b^bd__âcb<8B>Qa^PSRPbcX]Vc^X]RaTPbTB5=
• Full SNMPv2 support
_TaUâ\P]RT
4=4=BHB_PcT]cTScTRW]^[^VhC!6dPaSXb 6?B
cWTd]X`dT aTSd]SP]Rh\TRWP]Xb\cWPc NN6-T2 Gateway

x8
MPEG-2 TS T2MI/MPEG-2 TS
VdPaP]cTTbPbTP\[TbbbfXcRWêTaX]B5= MPEG-2 TS ASIGuard II T2MI/MPEG-2 TS
P]S<5=\^STbc^Pe^XSP]hCEQ[PRZ^dc
MPEG-2 TS
C!VdPaS SFN Cell
x8
SdaX]VbfXcRWêTa^_TaPcX^]QTcfTT]cf^ MPEG-2 TS
MPEG-2 TS
T2-MI/MPEG-2 TS
aTSd]SP]cC!6PcTfPhbCWTC!6dPaSP__[XTb MPEG-2 TS
NN6-T2 Gateway
fXcWcf^C!6PcTfPhbcWPcPaTaTSd]SP]cfXcW
0B86dPaS884=4=BHBbTP\[Tbb0B8bfXcRW
Page 66 of 461
www.enensys.com
NN6-T2Gateway
DVB-T2 Gateway
8]_dcb DVB TS
DVB TS
ASI1..6
Data1 IP
T2
BBFrame
Encaps.
SFN
Synchro
PLP
Mgt
T2-MI
packets
Generation
ASI1
ASI2
T2-BB/T2-MI/TS
DVB TS Input
Control 2x Fast Ethernet for GUI and SNMP x8

1 PPS
10 MHz Data1 T2-BB/T2-MI/TS
IP Output
1 RF GPS Data2
MPEG2-TS 6x ASI inputs Ctrl1

Cont r ol a nd Moni t or i ng Dry Relay
1x Gigabit Ethernet IP input Ctrl2

HTTP Server
110–220VAC or -48V
Power
GPS 1x TNC input for internal GPS 110–220VAC or -48V
Management
1x PPS and 1x 10 Mhz inputs
>dc_dcb ?WhbXRP[
T2-MI/MPEG2-TS 1x Gigabit Ehternet IP output Height 44 mm / 1.7 in.
2x Mirrored ASI outputs Width 444 mm / 17.48 in.
Depth 274 mm / 10.79 in.
GPS 1xPPS and 1x10MHz outputs Format 1 RU, width 19”
Power supply 100-240VAC/48V DC (option)
5TPcdaX]V Power consumption 20W
DVB-T2 encapsulation Encapsulation into baseband T2Guard
ASI3
In
ASI4
In
ASI5
In
ASI6
In
1PPS
Out
10 MHz
Out
Network Interfaces
Control 1 10/100 Control 2 Data 1 Data 2
10/100/GbE
frames
RF GPS 1 PPS 10 MHz t In
Ou
In In In
C NO NC + Gnd
Alarms
ASI1 ASI1 ASI2 ASI2
In Out In Out
Full support of BB frame modes

>aSTaX]V
DVB-T2 network In-band control of T2 modulators
configuration Individual addressing ==%C!6PcTfPh)4]RP_bd[PcX^]ÛCBX]c^3E1C!BcaTP\
FEF management >_cX^]b
• Multi-PLP-2 : Management of 2 PLP
SFN Adaptation Integrated SFN adapter
MISO Support • Multi-PLP-4 : Management of 4 PLP
T2-MIP generation • Multi-PLP-8 : Management of 8 PLP
• NN6-T2G-IPInput : Up to 8 TS IP input
PLP management Single and Multi-PLP handling
• T2guard : 1+1 seamless redundancy
Type1 and type2 management
Static and dynamic PLP allocation • NN6-In48V : 48 V input instead of 110V/220V
• NN6-DualPower : Redundant power supply
T2-MI output Generation of T2-MI packets • NN6-GPSv2 : Built-in GPS
IP output featuring Pro MPEG
Forum CoP#3/SMPTE 2022
Optimized bandwidth output ENENSYS Technologies
Le Germanium
T2Guard Patented 1+1 seamless switch-over 80 avenue des Buttes de Coesmes
between two T2 Gateways
35700 Rennes
One-click configuration
FRANCE
Monitoring and Validation of DVB-T2 parameters Office (+33) 810 ENENSY
Supervision Easy-to-use web based GUI (+33) 810 36 36 79
User management Fax (+33) 2 99 36 03 84
Full SNMPv2 support RoHS
2002/95/EC sales@enensys.com
Page 67 of 461
www.enensys.com
ProView™ 7100
Integrated Receiver-Decoder, Transcoder and Stream Processor
HIGHLIGHTS
t Four TS descramblers with four
integrated DVB-CI slots
t MPEG-2 4:2:0 8-bit and MPEG-4 AVC

4:2:2 10-bit decoding
Harmonic’s ProView™ 7100 is the industry’s first single-rack-unit, scalable, multiformat integrated receiver-
t Broad SD/HD format support, decoder (IRD), transcoder and MPEG stream processor. Leveraging Harmonic expertise in Intelligent
including 1080p decoding Function Integration, it adds broadcast-quality SD/HD MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 AVC 4:2:0/4:2:2 10-bit decoding
and video transcoding to the feature-rich ProView IRD platform, allowing content providers, broadcasters,
t Up to eight channels of MPEG-4 AVC
cable MSOs and telcos to easily and cost-effectively streamline their workflows and decrease operating
to MPEG-2 transcoding with down-
conversion option costs. For applications in which preserving pristine video quality is paramount, the ProView 7100 supports
AVC HD 4:2:2 10-bit decoding up to 1080p.
t Single/dual-channel decoder in 1 RU
The ProView 7100 IRD harnesses a flexible and modular design to address the vast spectrum of content
t Four stereo pairs of audio decoding
reception applications, from decoding, descrambling and multiplexing of multiple transport streams to
t Four independent ASI outputs MPEG-4 to MPEG-2 transcoding. With an advanced and dense multichannel descrambler, the ProView
7100 simplifies the deployment of (or migration to) an all-IP headend solution and powers the launch of
t Four IP outputs with 1+1 redundancy added-value services. The flexible hardware design is easily reconfigured with firmware upgrades, enabling
support seamless adaptation to new inbound video formats and codecs, such as MPEG-4 AVC.
t HD-SDI, SD-SDI, HDMI and analog
video outputs The ProView 7100 utilizes powerful processing capabilities to multiplex transport streams that include
local and regional data, and also to perform determinisitc remultiplexing for SFN distribution. It supports
t Any-to-any remultiplexing capabilities transcoding of up to eight channels of AVC to MPEG-2, allowing programmers to efficiently distribute
superior-quality video content while using minimal satellite transponder capacity. Content can be received
t Deterministic remultiplexing for SFN
and transcoded to any resolution required.
distribution
t T2-MI deframing to MPEG TS A rich set of options includes input of multiple DVB-S/S2, IP and DVB-ASI feeds. Support for advanced
content delivery redundancy schemes includes the ability to provide simultaneous primary satellite and
t Regeneration of PSI/SI and MPEG tables backup IP network feeds.
t Graphical user interface provides easy
drag-and-drop management
TS Descrambling Multiformat Decoding Remultiplexing
Any-to-Any Transcoding
TS Outputs:
Four DVB-S/S2 Four ASI, Four IP
ASI
IP
ProView 7100 Digital and Analog
Video and Audio
High-end IRD, transcoder and stream processor
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 68 of 461
1
ProView™ 7100
BUSINESS BENEFITS TECHNICAL BENEFITS

Lower CAPEX Fully Integrated Platform
Integrating and combining multiformat decoding, multi-program descrambling The ProView 7100 combines all headend reception functionality—such as
and remultiplexing capabilities, the ProView 7100 dramatically streamlines multiple transport-stream descrambling, multiformat and codec decoding,
system architectures. Its unequalled density and flexibility makes it the clear and any-to-any transcoding—with full remultiplexing capabilities, including
choice for CAPEX investment. PID filtering, remapping and table regeneration.
Business Continuity High-Fidelity Decoding

The trend towards HD and AVC content distribution creates business continuity The ProView 7100 offers integrated 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 10-bit precision decoding
issues with legacy receivers. The ProView 7100 can be repurposed via hardware for DVB-S/S2, DVB-ASI and IP applications, enabling content providers to
options and firmware upgrades for different uses and new applications, such decode SD and HD content with pristine picture fidelity.
as migration from SD MPEG-2 to HD AVC.
Superior Transcoding
Expanding Channel Lineup The ProView 7100 can be equipped with two decoding or transcoding cards
Integrating multiple DVB-S/S2 demodulation and streaming descrambled for SD/HD MPEG-2 and AVC formats. Harmonic’s industry-leading compression
content over IP, the ProView 7100 enables operators to quickly and cost- algorithms assure the distribution of superior-quality video for all added-value
effectively launch new services, leveraging their existing IP or legacy ASI services, including HD and VOD.
infrastructure.
Expanded Input Options
OPEX Friendly Able to simultaneously receive content over DVB-S/S2, ASI and IP, the ProView
Able to house a multiformat decoder and descramble up to four full Multi- 7100 allows operators to maximize flexibility and optimize redundancy schemes.
Program Transport Streams (MPTS) in a 1-RU chassis, the dense ProView 7100
Support for All-IP Infrastructures
is perfectly suited for operators mindful of their energy cost and rack space.
The ProView 7100, in combination with the integrated Harmonic FLEX® decoder,
Lower OPEX enables an all-IP headend architecture, resulting in a more scalable and lower-
Harmonic’s unique DSR technology can save up to 90% of satellite or IP cost transition to IP-based services.
bandwidth and increase architecture flexibility in regional DVB-T SFN
T2-MI Deframing to MPEG TS
distribution networks. The common national programs do not need to be
The ProView 7100 converts the PLPs (physical layer pipes) in a T2-MI stream into
retransmitted in each region, and both the national and regional signals can
a regular transport stream. Up to four simultaneous T2-MI-to-TS conversions can
be distributed over different networks.
be performed, eliminating the need to distribute separate TS for baseband
decoding and for feeding the headend.
APPLICATIONS
Broadcast-Quality Down-Conversion
The ProView 7100 performs HD down-conversion and aspect ratio adaptation
t Contribution and distribution t DVB descrambling to generate broadcast-quality baseband analog video and audio that can be
t Decoding for re-encoding t All-IP headends easily integrated with existing cable network infrastructures.
t Digital turnaround t DTT Distribution—MFN and SFN Friendly Management

The ProView 7100 can be simply configured through a stand-alone interface or
with Harmonic’s NMX™ Digital Service Manager for mass configuring, monitoring
and automated redundancy in centralized or distributed architectures.
Advanced DSR Processing

The ProView 7100 performs regional program insertion in a national common
multiplex at each DVB-T SFN transmission site. DSR supports CBR and VBR
content replacement or insertion of any number of programs or PIDs. A special
EAS mode is provided for emergency alert program switching.
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 69 of 461
2
ProView™ 7100
RF INPUT INTERFACES — DVBS/DVBS2 2 TRANSPORT STREAM PROCESSING

Number of Inputs One (standard) Four TS multiplexing (any to any)1
Four L-band (optional)
Seamless switching between two incoming, identical TS on different networks1
Connectors One or four F-type, 75 Ω (working
Service-level remultiplexing from any input to any output
simultaneously)
Service-level filtering
Frequency Range 950-2,150 MHz
High-accuracy PCR restamping
RF Input Level (-65) to (-25) dBm
PSI /SI processing and regeneration
LNB Power 13 VDC, 18 VDC / 350 mA
T2-MI deframing to MPEG TS1
Auto generation or passthrough of PSI/SI tables
TRANSPORT STREAM INPUT INTERFACES
CA signaling removed when descrambling
DVB-S
Constellation QPSK Deterministic remultiplexing of local content into the national TS for DVB-T SFN
Symbol Rate 1-45 Msym/s content distribution1
FEC All ratios compliant with standard
DVB-S22 CONDITIONAL ACCESS 1
Constellation QPSK, 8PSK 1
Symbol Rate 1-45 Msym/s BISS Embedded, up to full TS
FEC All ratios compliant with standard DVB-CI Interface Two independent CI slots EN-50221, allowing
FEC Blocks Short and normal descrambling of up to four TS (number of PIDs
Roll Off 0.05, 0.2, 0.25 and 0.35 dependent on the CAMs)
Mode CCM, VCM CA Methods MultiCrypt, SimulCrypt
Pilots On & off CAS Viaccess®, Irdeto®, Conax®,
Nagravision® (partial list)
ASI
Number of Inputs Four
Connectors BNC, 75 Ω VIDEO DECODING 2,3
Packet Length 188 byte packets
TS Max Bitrate 160 Mbps Configuration Single or dual channel
Compliant with CENELEC EN 50083-9 Decoding Formats1
MPEG over IP1 MPEG-2 SD 4:2:0 MP @ ML
Number of Inputs Four simultaneous SPTS/MPTS 4:2:2 @ ML
Sockets Four MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 MP @ HL
Encapsulation Protocols MPEG-2 TS over UDP 4:2:2 P @ HL
Addressing Multicast/unicast MPEG-4 AVC SD 4:2:0 MP @ L3
Connectors Two 100/1000 Base-T RJ45 for redundancy 4:2:2 HP @ L3
MPEG-4 AVC HD 4:2:0 MP @ L4.0 / HP @ 4.1
G.7032 4:2:2 @ HiP/Hi10P/Hi422P @ L4.1 (8 and 10 bit)
Connectivity DS3
Number of Ports Two Maximum Video Rate
Input Data Rate 44.736 Mbps MPEG-2 SD 4:2:0 – 15 Mbps
Levels (Compliance) ITU-T G.823/G.824 4:2:2 – 50 Mbps
ANSI T1.102-1993 MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 – 50 Mbps
Interface B3ZS 4:2:2 – 80 Mbps
MPEG-4 AVC SD 4:2:0 – 10 Mbps
4:2:2 – 50 Mbps
TRANSPORT STREAM OUTPUT INTERFACES MPEG-4 AVC HD 4:2:0 – 20 Mbps (MP), 25 Mbps (HP)
4:2:2 – 100 Mbps (CAVLAC), 50 Mbps (CABAC)
ASI
Number of Outputs Four (duplicate or independent)1 Video Formats 1080p @ 29.97, 30, 25 fps
Connectors BNC, 75 Ω 1080i @ 29.97, 30, 25 fps
Packet Length 188 720p @ 59.94, 50, 60 fps
TS Maximum Output Bitrate 108 Mbps 480i @ 29.97 fps
Compliant with CENELEC EN 50083-9 576i @ 25 fps
480p @ 59.94 fps
MPEG Over IP
Number of Outputs Four simultaneous SPTS/MPTS1 Analog Video Output PAL-B/G/I/M/N/D, NTSC, Russian SECAM
Sockets Four
Encapsulation Protocols MPEG-TS over UDP
Redundancy 1+1 physical layer support VIDEO PROCESSING 2,4
Addressing Multicast HD Video Down Converted Letterbox, center cut, AFD
Connectors 100/1000Base-T, RJ45 to SD with Aspect Ratio Conversion
Aspect Ratio Conversion 16:9 to 4:3
VBI Reinsertion Composite video, embedded in SDI
Descrambling Four TS with four DVB CAM slots
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 70 of 461
3
ProView™ 7100
AUDIO DECODING 2,4 CONTROL AND MONITORING

Stereo Pairs per Video Channel Four1 Web browser interface
Audio Formats MPEG-1 Layer-II Ethernet – RJ45 10/100BaseT control interface
Dolby® Digital (AC-3) stereo down-mix
Front panel keypad and LCD
Dolby Digital 5.1 passthrough
Dolby Digital Plus (E-AC-3) SNMP traps and alarms
Dolby E passthrough Telnet
AAC
Audio leveling Terminal via RS-232 or RS-485
Presets
VIDEO AND AUDIO INTERFACES 2,4
Video Outputs PHYSICAL

Composite Video Interfaces Two (per video channel) Dimensions (H x W x D) 1.75 in x 19 in x 15.5 in (1 RU)
SD/HD/3G-SDI with Embedded Audio Two (per video channel) 4.4 cm x 48.3 cm x 39.37 cm
HDMI One (single-channel decoder only)
Weight 11 lbs / 5 kg
Audio Outputs
Stereo Pairs Four (per video channel) Power Voltage 100 V-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Analog Audio Stereo Pairs Four (balanced) Power Consumption Up to 100 W max
Digital audio (AES/EBU-S/P-DIF) Four
Digital Audio Interfaces Four (balanced)
Modes Stereo, joint stereo, dual channel, ENVIRONMENTAL
single channel
Operating Temperature 0-50° C
Operating Humidity 5-90% (non-condensing)
VIDEO TRANSCODING 2,5 Storage and Transportation
Number of channels Up to eight (from the same input TS)1 Temperature -40° C - 70° C
Video Inputs Storage and Transportation
MPEG-4 AVC SD MP @ L3 Humidity 0-95% (non-condensing)
MPEG-4 AVC HD MP @ L4.0/HP @ 4.0
SD Resolutions and Frame Rates 480i @ 29.97 fps
480p @ 59.94 fps
COMPLIANCE
576i @ 25 fps EMC EN61000-3-2;-3
Vertical: 720/704/544/528 EN55022 (CISPR 22)
EN55024 (CISPR 24)
HD Resolutions and Frame Rates 720p: 1280 x 960 @ 59.94, 50, 60 fps
FCC part 15 (class A)
1080i: 1920 x 1440 @ 29.97, 30, 25 fps
Safety EN60950
Video Outputs
CB (IEC60950)
MPEG-2 SD 4:2:0 MP@ML
UL60950
MPEG-2 HD 4:2:0 MP@HL
ROHS Directive 2002/95/EC
MPEG-4 AVC MP@L3
MPEG-4 AVC HD MP@4.0/HP@4.0
Notes:
Output Resolution Conversion
1. Licensed feature
(HD->HD, HD->SD, SD->SD)
MPEG-2 SD 2-15 Mbps 2. Hardware option
MPEG-4 AVC SD 1-15 Mbps 3. Requires optional 4:2:0 and 4:2:2 decoding boards
MPEG-2 HD 6-18 Mbps 4. Requires optional video decoding board
MPEG-4 AVC HD 3-18 Mbps 5. Requires optional video transcoding board
Any to any
VBI passthrough
Audio passthrough
www.harmonicinc.com
© 2014 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, and ProView are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Dolby,
09.30.14
Page 71 of 461
4
SMD 9300
Broadcast Satellite Modulator
HIGHLIGHTS
t Highest system reliability and service
up-time through robust design and
industry-leading redundancy
t Low TCO through very high-
bandwidth efficiency technology
options, and ease of monitoring and
control The Harmonic SMD 9300 broadcast satellite modulator is a new-generation DVB-S/S2 and DVB-DSNG
t Secure front panel, SNMP, HTTP and modulator specifically designed for broadcast direct-to-home, primary distribution to headends, and
CLI interfaces contribution of television and radio content. The modulator supports S2 extensions to achieve barrier-
t Optional built-in support for breaking efficiency, and can be used in conjunction with set-top boxes, Harmonic ProView™ IRDs or
opportunistic data insertion up to 20 professional satellite demodulators such as the Newtec MDM6100 and AZ910.
Mbps, interoperable with IRDs that
support MPE Up-time and reliability are essential in the design of the SMD 9300, enabling the modulator to play a vital
t Support for SFN networks using role in your satellite network. Input source redundancy and the shortest redundancy switch-over times for
transparent TS pass-through modulators, operating both in 1+1 and N+1 topologies, set new standards in the satellite industry. Advanced
t RFI reduction using optional DVB-CID capabilities are built in, including MPEG transport stream analysis, support of SMPTE 2022 FEC at the GbE
or default NIT table CID inputs (for distributed IP headends), and native support of Carrier ID. Special care is taken to cope with jittery
t Optional BISS content protection transport streams over IP inputs. Six ASI ports allow for monitoring as well as operations.
t Monitoring and control via front
panel, web GUI or Harmonic NMX The SMD 9300 offers unmatched bandwidth efficiency optimization to lower overall total cost of ownership
Digital Service Manager (TCO). The fully automated operation of the field-proven Equalink® pre-distortion technology provides up
t Hardware-ready for multi-stream to 10% bandwidth gains for single-carrier-per-transponder constellations. Clean Channel Technology™, in
transmission combination with DVB-S2 extensions, improves satellite efficiency by up to 15%, thereby enabling much
t Feature-based pricing and software smaller carrier spacing.
upgrades
t Pay-as-you-grow flexible licensing
scheme
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 72 of 461
1
SMD 9300
APPLICATIONS
t Broadcast DTH
t Primary Distribution
Maximum symbol rates up to 72 Mbaud and modulations up to 64 APSK (S2 extensions), combined with
t Broadcast Contribution
VCM (Variable Coding and Modulation), allow for maximum throughput in large contribution links. The
t Upgrade of Distribution Networks for
availability of a DVB-S2 mode adaptation input interface (baseband frames), combined with a Newtec
S2 Extensions
AZ810 stream aggregator, allows for the uplinking of up to six transport streams. Output of the SMD 9300
is available in IF or extended L-band (950-2150 MHz), providing a compact and cost-effective solution. A
switchable 10-MHz reference signal and optional 24V or 48V DC for an outdoor BUC is multiplexed on the
L-band interface.
The SMD 9300 can be easily monitored and controlled via a comprehensive front panel menu or advanced web
GUI, as well as via the Harmonic NMX™ Digital Service Manager video network management system.* Built
upon flexible and latest-generation programmable technology, the SMD 9300 is a future-proof building block
that lets any satellite network evolve to the next level of capabilities. Its scalable, pay-as-you-grow, licensing
and software upgrade mechanism facilitates the launch of new services, or last-minute network design
changes, without rebuilding the entire network infrastructure. Migration from ASI to GbE and IF to L-band, or
to upgrade to S2 extensions, is enabled by simple in-field installation of license keys.
Additional capabilities such as the DVB-S2x standard, are expected to become available on the platform
as standardization efforts materialize in the near future. The new DVB-CID carrier identifier is available as a
software option.
FEATURES
t #BVESBUFSBOHFo.CBVE
t %BUBSBUFTVQUP.CQT XJUI.PEF"EBQUBUJPOJOQVU
t %BUBSBUFTVQUP.CQT XJUI"4*PS54PWFS*1JOQVUT
t *'
BOE-#BOE
IJHIQPXFSPVUQVUT
t %7#4 %7#%4/(BOE%7#4DPNQMJBOU
t 4&YUFOTJPOTBOE.0%$0%T
t 214, 14, "14, "14,BOE"14,
t 6QUPTJY54NVYPO"4*JOUFSGBDFT
t "VUPNBUJD54SBUFBEBQUBUJPO
t -CBOENPOJUPSJOHPVUQVU
t 1SPHSBNNBCMFBNQMJUVEFTMPQFFRVBMJ[FS
t 13#4HFOFSBUPSGPSMJOLQFSGPSNBODFUFTUT
t 0QUJPOBMEVBM"$QPXFSTVQQMZ
t 0QUJPOBMIJHITUBCJMJUZJOUFSOBMDMPDLSFGFSFODF
t &YUFSOBMSFGFSFODFJOQVU
t 0QUJPOBM.)[SFGFSFODFPVUQVU
* Not all features listed in this document can be controlled/

managed by NMX. Please check availability.
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 73 of 461
2
SMD 9300
DATA INTERFACES Baud Rate Range

DVB-S2 & S2 Extensions 0,050-72 Mbaud
ASI 5XPTFMFDUBCMF"4*JOQVUTPO#/$ '
oʼ DPBY
DVB-S 0,050-72 Mbaud
5XP"4*PVUQVU MPPQUISPVHI
PO#/$ '
oʼ DPBY
188 or 204 byte mode Frame Length

Rate adapter DVB-S 188 bytes
MPTS or SPTS according to ISO/IEC 13818 DVB-S2 Short Frames 16,200 bits
DVB-S2 Normal Frames 64,800 bits
ETH Auto switching 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interface
Transport stream over IP interface (UDP/RTP) Clean Channel Technology 3PMMPõ
Forward Error Correction SMPTE 2022-1 and -2 Optimum carrier spacing
188 or 204 byte mode Advanced filter technology
Rate adapter Carrier Interference Reduction DVB RF Carrier ID (DVB-CID)
MPTS or SPTS according to ISO/IEC 13818 t4QSFBE4QFDUSVN.PEVMBUPS #14,
Baseband frame over IP interface per DVB-S2 mode t4VQQPSUTVTFSEBUB

adaptation input interface with in-band signaling t$PNQMJBOUUP%7#TUBOEBSE
Carrier ID NIT Table
CONTENT ENCRYPTION AND PROTECTION

MODULATION INTERFACES
BISS Encryption Support for BISS-0, BISS-1 and BISS-E
Single TS (MPTS or SPTS) L-Band
(Configuration Option)
Connector /GFNBMF ʼ PQUJPOBM4."BEBQUFS
IP ENCAPSULATION Frequency 950-2150 MHz (10 Hz steps)

Level -35/+7 dBm (+/- 2 dB)
Multi-Protocol Encapsulation (MPE) of IP packets in one transport stream Return Loss > 14 dB
Reference 10 MHz switchable
.BY.CQT
Spurious Performance Better than -65 dBc/4 kHz @ +5 dBm output level
and > 256 kBaud
/POTJHOBMSFMBUFEE#D!E#NPVUQVU
MODULATION SCHEMES AND FEC
IF-Band
DVB-S (Configuration Option)
Outer/Inner FEC Reed Solomon/Viterbi Connector #/$GFNBMF ʼ JOUFSNBUFBCMFXJUIPINT
214, 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 Frequency 50-180 MHz (10 Hz steps)
DVB-DSNG Level -35/+10 dBm (± 2 dB)
Outer/Inner FEC Reed Solomon/Viterbi Return Loss ʼE# ʼE#
8PSK 2/3, 5/6, 8/9 Spurious Performance Better than -65 dBc/4 kHz @ +5 dBm output level
2". 3/4, 7/8 and > 256 kBaud
DVB-S2 /POTJHOBMSFMBUFEE#D!E#NPVUQVU
Outer/Inner FEC BCH/LDPC L-Band Monitoring
214, 1/4, 1/3, 2/5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 Connector 4."GFNBMF ʼ
8PSK 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 Frequency Same as L-Band output frequency or 1050 MHz in
16APSK 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 case of IF output option only
32APSK 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 Level -45 dBm
S2 Extensions Return Loss > 10 dB
Outer/Inner FEC BCH/LDPC
10 MHz Reference Input
214, 45/180, 60/180, 72/180, 80/180, 90/180, 100/180,
Connector #/$GFNBMF ʼ
108/180, 114/180, 120/180, 26/180, 135/180,
Input Level -3 dBm up to + 7 dBm
144/180, 150/180, 160/180, 162/180
Frequencies 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 MHz
8PSK 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180,
120/180, 126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180 10 MHz Reference Output
16APSK 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, (Optional)
120/180, 126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180, Connector #/$GFNBMF ʼ
160/180, 162/180 Output Level +3 dBm (+/- 2 dB)
32APSK 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, 120/180, 126/180, BUC Power
135/180, 144/180, 150/180, 160/180, 162/180 (Optional)
64APSK 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, 120/180, Max Current 3.8 A
126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180, 160/180, Voltage 24 V, 48 V (software controlled)
162/180
8PSK-L 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180,
120/180
16APSK-L 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180,
120/180, 126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180,
160/180, 162/180
64APSK-L 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, 120/180,
126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180, 160/180,
162/180
www.harmonicinc.com
DVB-S2 VCM mode Supported
Page 74 of 461
3
SMD 9300
INTERNAL 10MHZ REFERENCE FREQUENCY ORDERING INFORMATION

Standard Stability CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
Stability +/- 2,000 ppb over 0 to 70° C
Ageing +/- 1,000 ppb/year Hardware Platform Chassis Type 01 (Modulator)
High Stability Operating Software SMD 9300 Major Software R1*
(Optional)
Stability +/- 50 ppb over 0 to 70°C Main Power Supply Units PSU Single AC 110/240 V
Ageing +/- 300 ppb/year PSU Dual Redundant AC 110/240 V
Very High Stability Video Package Video TS, Carrier-ID (NIT), TS Analyzer*
(Optional) Data Package Baseband frame input* †
Stability +/- 2 ppb over 0 to 65°C
Ageing +/- 500 ppb/10 year Video Interface GbE TSoIP, SMPTE-2022 DEC (req. Video Package)*
ASI (six connectors) (req. Video Package)
GbE TSoIP + ASI (six) (req. Video Package)
GENERAL Modulator Output Interface L-band with switchable 10 MHz output*

IF (50-180 MHz)*
Monitor and Control Interfaces Web server GUI (HTTP) via web browser IF+ L-band with switchable 10 MHz out*
Diagnostics report, alarm log (HTTP) L-band + 10 MHz output + 24/48V BUC †
SNMP v2c IF+L-band + 10 MHz output + 24/48V BUC †
Alarm Interface Electrical dual contact closure alarm contacts Modulation Standard and %7#4214,
Connector 9-pin sub-D, female Coding (includes Multistream %7#44214,
Logical interface and general device alarm Support) %7#44214,
%7#44214,2"."14,
%7#44214,2"."14,
%7#44&YU214,
POWER %7#44&YU214,2"."14,
Input Voltage Range 90-130 & 180-260 VAC %7#44&YU214,2"."14,
125 VA %7#44&YU214,2"."14,
Frequency Range 47-63 Hz Modulation Maximum Symbol 5 Mbaud*

Rates 15 Mbaud*
36 Mbaud*
54 Mbaud*
PHYSICAL 72 Mbaud*
Dimensions (W x H x D) 19 in x 1.75 in x 20 in (1 RU) Internal Reference Clock Standard 10 MHz
48.3 cm x 4.4 cm x 50.8 cm High Stability 10 MHz †
Very High Stability 10 MHz †
Weight 12.75 lbs/5.8 kg
ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL
Reference Clock Output 10 MHz Reference Output (BNC) †
Operating Temperature Range +32º to +122º F
0º to +50º C Modulator Output Connector L-Band output N to SMA output adapter †
Storage Temperature Range -40º to +158º F Clean Channel Technology Clean Channel Technology for 5 Mbaud*
-40º to +70º C Clean Channel Technology for 15 Mbaud*
Clean Channel Technology for 36 Mbaud*
Operating Humidity 5-85% non-condensing Clean Channel Technology for 54 Mbaud*
Electromagnetic Compliance CE and UL Clean Channel Technology for 72 Mbaud*
Pre-Distortion Automated Equalink® *
DVB-CID DVB RF Carrier Identifier*
MPE Insertion MPE Data insertion in TS (req. Video Package)* †
Encryption BISS (0-1-E) single TS (req. Video Package)* †
* Selectable via license key

†
Not controlled by NMX
www.harmonicinc.com
© 2014 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, and ProView are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Other
company, product and service names mentioned herein may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. All product and application features and specifications are subject to change at
Harmonic’s sole discretion at any time and without notice.
07.09.14
Page 75 of 461
4
NMX™
Digital Service Manager
HIGHLIGHTS
tService-oriented to work the way
operators work
t “Input to output” GUI and functionality
t Template and wizard-based system setup
t Scalable to any size system
tCentralized management of
geographically distributed systems
t Distributed processing for high

availability
t Flexible redundancy Harmonic’s NMX™ Digital Service Manager is the NMX is designed for 24x7 operations and can run on
definitive video network management solution, a single computer or be distributed across multiple
tEasy lineup changes using encompassing a powerful set of tools for monitoring servers for maximum availability. Service and
any-to-any technology and managing compressed digital video and audio configuration data are stored in a reliable, industrial-
services, as well as the systems through which these strength database. NMX provides multi-level security,
t Powerful automation interface
services flow. It allows operators to run their technical ensuring full control of operational privileges. In
t Internal EIS infrastructure in a way that parallels their business— addition, a comprehensive audit trail and consolidated
as a series of revenue-generating workflows rather alarm log pinpoint hardware or operational problems.
t Internal DPI server supports SCTE than as a set of discrete hardware components.
standard digital program insertion NMX is highly scalable and extensible, growing in
cue message injection NMX offers a simple and intuitive interface for tandem with the environment it supports. The client/
creating and modifying channel lineups. It can server architecture supports both the centralized
t User administration/security/audit
also be used to set system parameters, whether management of even the most geographically
trail tools
encoding or rate-shaping; in this instance, the distributed environments, as well as the remote
t Extensible third-party device monitoring underlying equipment is automatically reconfigured management of a centralized environment, all
using GPI closures and SNMP to accommodate the new settings. Status for services using standard TCP/IP LAN/WAN technologies. The
and hardware, including alarms, is passed through use of standards-based interfaces enables NMX
t Historical and statistical analysis of to the top level, ensuring that problems are quickly to interconnect with other subsystems, including
bandwidth and alarm behaviors
detected and resolved. Redundancy is automated. Conditional Access, automation and scheduling. As
tAdvanced automation and the managed environment grows in scope and scale,
Adding, reconfiguring or removing services or NMX can distribute its processes across multiple PC
scheduling engine
equipment is fast, easy and error-free with NMX. platforms, as necessary, providing inexpensive raw
Templating, wizards, consolidated data views and processing power.
powerful cut-and-paste functions are available for
both service and system modifications. Moreover, through historical analysis, NMX offers
detailed reporting of bandwidth usage and alarm
With the addition of Harmonic any-to-any technology, behaviors, allowing operators to identify system-
NMX allows users to easily modify and deploy new wide trends and improve overall network stability.
channel lineups on the fly with minimal disruption.
A new three-pane layout affords the operator an
easier overview into their service paths through the
www.harmonicinc.com network elements.
Page 76 of 461
1
NMX™
FEATURE SUMMARY SERVICE MANAGEMENT

Network Control & Provisioning Simple template-based service setup
Redundancy Support (1:1, N:1, N:M) Extraction of service information
Basic Alarm Package (Pending alarms, history alarms, status colors on icons) Service level or PID level manipulation
PSI/SI Package (PSI/SI table support, private descriptors) Service tracking across topology
CAS Package Dynamic PSI/SI table generation
Advanced Alarm Package (Advanced alarm configuration, alarm forwarding, Completely flexible private descriptor generation
consolidated alarm viewer) Virtual service management
Security Management Package (Full user administration tools, audit trail) Service-oriented alarms and analysis
Automation Server Package (Access the automation server and scheduling engine) Program suspend/resume
Statistics Package (VOD utilization statistics, alarm statistics, inventory reports)
Distributed Management Package (Monitoring and control of geographically
distributed systems)
TOPOLOGY MANAGEMENT
Graphical view of network and devices
NMX PC Fail-Safe Package (NMX 1:1 redundancy, auto-restart)
Geographical background maps
Maximum number of clients: 25
Multi-level maps
Component backplane views
APPLICATIONS Cut, copy and paste replication
Satellite
Template-based topologies
Centralized or distributed cable
Online and offline operation
VOD
Multiscreen
Terrestrial
CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT
Device, module and port-level configuration
Telco
Consolidated views for easy setup
Network distribution
Template-based configuration
Backhaul
Network PVR
FAULT MANAGEMENT
Manual or automatic redundancy switching
USERFRIENDLY
Router-based, path-based or IP-based redundancy mechanisms
Templates at device and system level
GPI (contact closure) device monitoring tool
Cut, copy and paste functions
SNMP-based monitoring of third-party hardware
Wizard-based setup
Alarm configuration
Batch-driven automation tools
Monitoring and alarm logging, highlights affected services and hardware
Spreadsheet toolUser-friendly
Standard PERL scripting tool for automatic emails, pages or SMS messaging on
fault conditions
Cut, copy and paste functions
SNMP-based alarm forwarding agent with alarm filtering
Wizard-based setup
Batch-driven automation tools
Spreadsheet tool
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 77 of 461
2
NMX™
SECURITY MANAGEMENT MONITORING SOLUTIONS

Full user administration tools for multi-user environments Integrated with multiple monitoring solution vendors for an integrated headend
Multi-level access privilege Real-time correlation with multiple MPEG-2 analyzers
Access can be geographically limited Control and integration with a wide array of decoders
Lockouts to manage secure modifications in multi-user operations
Comprehensive audit trail STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Statistical analysis of bandwidth utilization for VOD systems
TABLE SUPPORT Statistical analysis of alarm behavior
MPEG-2, DVB, ATSC compliant Inventory and device status reports
PSI/SI generation
Flexible descriptor generation STANDARDSBASED
Accepts PSI/SI from external sources SNMP
XML
CONDITIONAL ACCESS SUPPORT TCP/IP
DVB Simulcrypt V3
OpenCAS
AES
Full CAS redundancy support
Internal EIS
TRAFFIC/AUTOMATION/EIS INTERFACES
Advanced scheduler with timeline user interface
Easy external triggering of user-defined service/configuration states
DVB EIS-Muxconfig support
DVB SIMPCOMP-MUXNOTIFY support
Internal EIS
Full XML-based service API
Internal DPI server supports SCTE standard DPI cue message injection
SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT
Storage and distribution of software for easy update across distributed networks
Background download
NMX FAILSAFE MANAGEMENT

Automatic 1:1 NMX server redundancy
Auto-restart capability
www.harmonicinc.com
© 2013 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic and the Harmonic logo are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Other company,
product and service names mentioned herein may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. All product and application features and specifications are subject to change at the sole discretion
of Harmonic at any time and without notice.
03.29.13
Page 78 of 461
3
Part I. Head End
CAS
Page 79 of 461
EMEA
Solution Architecture
Ethiopia
CAS
Version 1.1
2013 NagraVision. This document is the intellectual property of NagraVision and contains confidential
information. All Reproduction and communication to third parties is strictly prohibited without prior written consent
of NagraVision.
Page 80 of 461
Table of Contents
1 INTRODUCTION 3
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE DOCUMENT 3
1.2 CONTEXT OF THE PROGRAM 3
1.3 REFERENCES 4
1.4 DOCUMENT STRUCTURE 4
1.5 DOCUMENT CHANGE HISTORY 4
2 PROJECT OVERVIEW 5
2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT CONTEXT 5
2.1.1 CUSTOMER 5
2.1.2 INFRASTRUCTURE 5
2.2 PROJECT OBJECTIVES & PHASES 5
2.3 MAIN PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 5
3 NAGRA SOLUTION 6
3.1 CAS SOLUTION OVERVIEW 6
3.1.1 CARD-LESS CAS SOLUTION 6
3.2 CAS PLATFORM ARCHITECTURE 6
3.2.1 CAS HEAD-END COMPONENTS 7
3.2.2 THIRD-PARTY COMPONENTS 9
3.2.3 STB CA KERNEL 9
3.2.4 SET-TOP-BOX 10
3.3 CAS INTERFACES 11
4 CONFIGURATION 12
4.1 CAS PLATFORM CONFIGURATION 12
4.1.1 CARD-LESS NAGRA CA IDENTIFIERS 12
4.1.2 VIRTUAL SMARTCARD 12
4.1.3 CRYPTOBOARD LAYOUT 12
4.1.4 SAS CONFIGURATION 12
4.1.5 IMS CONFIGURATION 13
4.1.6 SI DVB TABLES ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.
4.1.7 STB SOFTWARE UPDATE 13
4.2 SMS 13
4.2.1 SMS PURPOSE 13
4.2.1 DLK SMS COMMANDS 14
4.2.2 SMS COMMAND MATRIX (DLK) 15
4.3 STB SOFTWARE UPDATE 16
4.4 SYSTEM REDUNDANCY 16
4.5 SUPPORT REMOTE ACCESS (RAR) 17
4.6 SYSTEM MONITORING 18
4.7 NAGRA CAS BILL OF MATERIALS 19
4.8 NETWORK LAYOUT 20
4.9 RACK LAYOUT 21
Page 81 of 461
1 Introduction
1.1 Purpose of the Document
The Solution Architecture document (SA) describes the technical solution designed to meet the
customer’s business needs. It is approved by the customer as well as internally to ensure a joint
agreement.
Based on the approach proposed below, this document presents the planned architecture and deployed
components and interfaces. It gives information both on the integration with the new head-end as well as
on the functions of the Nagravision systems.
This document is aimed at people who are taking part in the Nagravision deployment : Operator, third-
party companies and Nagra site-engineers.
1.2 Context of the Program
The customer wishes to deploy a DTT service in Ethiopia and require a proposal to deploy a CA System in
order to secure PayTV channels overs the terrestrial network. The CAS system would need to support one
type of NAGRA CAS technology:
- NAGRA Media Access DLK (cardless CA)
Page 82 of 461
1.3 References
Doc # Document Title Version Date
Requirements
[1] 1.0 OCT 2014
FSR-CAS-Ethiopia_v1.1
Nagra CA System Overview
[2] 1.0.1 2013
DLK0101_SO0100_pub.pdf
CAS Technical Overview
[3] 1.0.1 2013
DLK0101_TO0100_pub.pdf
[4] Statement of Work (SOW) tbd tbd
Nagra SMS Gateway
[5] 1.1.0 2013
SasGwyDLK1 1Spe010100
IMS-DIM Interface
[6] 3.5STD1 2013
ImsDim4X[PL3].IMP_3.5STD1
Nagra CA System Overview
[7] 1.1.0 2013
DLK0101_SO0100
[8]
1.4 Document structure
The document covers the categories defined as follows:

Overview of the project
Nagravision Solution & Components
Physical Architecture
1.5 Document Change History
Date Version Author Modification

8th Oct 2014 1.0 C. Padeste Creation – initial version
21st Oct 2014 1.1 C. Padeste Update to remove SI generation
Page 83 of 461
2 Project Overview
2.1 Description of the Current Context
2.1.1 Customer
The turnkey CA System integration will be managed by the xxxx.
2.1.2 Infrastructure
The DTV head-end is located in XXXX, Ethiopia. The DTT infrastructure is currently being deployed all over
the country. There is no conditional access infrastructure today.
2.2 Project Objectives & Phases
The customer wishes to deploy a DTT service in Ethiopia and require a proposal to deploy a CA System in
order to secure PayTV channels over the DTT network.
The project is a green-field deployment as there is no migration of legacy users. Objective is to have the
CAS service up and running for end of year 2014.
2.3 Main Project Requirements
The proposed solution shall answer the following requirements:

A new CA System (CAS) is required to secure the DTV Terrestrial network (DTT).
The CAS shall be DVB-simulcrypt compliant (DVB-T2).
The CAS shall support Free-to-air, Free-access and Subscription (PayTV) business models.
The CAS solution shall include the use of a smartcard less
Requirement list is detailed in [1]
Page 84 of 461
3 Nagra Solution
3.1 CAS Solution Overview
Nagravision offers a Conditional Access System (CAS) solution to control access and usage of digital
television services to authorized subscribers.
This solution is aimed to operators that offer PayTV over the DTT network. The solution supports a card-
less model as required by the Operator.
3.1.1 Card-less CAS Solution

The Nagravision solution is Nagra Media Access DLK (card-less CAS). It includes:
the CAS database servers and encryptors
the CA Kernel (CAK) of the Set Top Box
As the signal is encrypted, the STB needs to be activated and controlled by the CAS. PayTV users must be
registered on the CAS platform.
Nagra CAS Architecture
3.2 CAS Platform Architecture
The diagram below presents the Nagra CAS platform architecture and components as it shall be deployed
for The Operator. The Nagravision system is connected to third-party equipment (SMS, MUX, SCS, TSS)
that composes the end-to-end solution from the head-end to the end-user.
Page 85 of 461
Nagravision CAS
3.2.1 CAS Head-End Components

The Nagravision CAS is running on IBM AIX7.1 servers. It includes the following software modules:
IMS
The Information Manager System (IMS) stores the schedule, topology and product definitions in its
database. It generates the Access Criteria allowing to build the Entitlement Control Message (ECM) stream
that contains the Control Words. The IMS may also generate the information data (PSI/SI, EIT, EPG data).
The Information Management System (IMS) allows to manage:
Access Criteria for PayTV channels (scrambling and ECM generation)
Channel/Products topology
Scheduled events from TSS
PSI generation (optional)
SI/EIT generation (optional)
EPG Private data (optional)
The IMS data are stored in a specific database (IMSDB).
SAS
The Susbscribers Authorization System (SAS) translates instructions given by the SMS and forwards
them to the virtual smartcard (vSC) through the Entitlement Management Message (EMM). It keeps an
image of vSC known content in its database.
The SAS data are stored in a specific database (CASDB).
Page 86 of 461
ECMG
The ECM Generator (ECS) is in charge of ciphering the ECM messages generated by the Scrambler
(MUX). ECM contains the access conditions (AC) provided by the IMS and the Control Words (CW) provided
by the Mux/scrambler. The ECMG is running on the CAS server and ECM ciphering is managed through
encryption chips located on the cryptoboards.
EMMG
The EMM Generator (EME) is in charge of ciphering the entitlement messages (EMM) and IRD commands
generated by the SAS. The EMMG is running on the CAS server and EMM ciphering is managed through
encryption chips located on the cryptoboards.
DRUM
The EMM Broadcaster (DRUM) provides the Multiplexer (MUX) with EMM messages. It is designed to
provide flexible transmission rates, with programmable priority and broadcast profiles, according to the
instructions given by the SAS. The DRUM-MUX communication can be configured through TCP/IP or UDP.
The DRUM is running on an CAS server. The Drum can be connected to a MDI (see below) if EMM must be
sent to Mux through the ASI protocol.
MDI
The Multimedia Data Injector (MDI) is the Nagravision component streaming PSI/SI data, software
download or, in some cases, the EMM. The output format may be ASI or TCP/IP. The MDI is running on a
specific server. This element is not part of the current offer.
Maestro
Maestro is a security system that allows synchronizing changes of transmission key (used to encrypt
ECMs). It will only be used if key changes become necessary to reinforce the security of the system. The
Maestro application is running on the CAS server.
Windows workstations are also provided for configuration and monitoring of the system :
MGT
The Management Workstations (MGT) provides Graphical User Interfaces (GUI) for the configuration
and management of all Head-End components of the system. It includes :
the CAS Console that allows to supervise SC state and EMM in broadcast.
the IMS Consoles that allow to manage the Network topology and PayTV products
Nagra Monitor that is an advanced monitoring system that filters messages sent by the
different CAS elements to provide only high level information/alarms.
Page 87 of 461
3.2.2 Third-Party Components
The following third-party components shall be provided on top of the CAS :
SMS
The Subscribers Management System (SMS) allows to manage Subscribers information and Virtual
Smartcards. It can be used as a Billing System and is connected to the CAS in order to generate
command that allow to activate the virtual smartcards and give access to PayTV products to the
subscribers. The SMS is a mandatory component and can be provided by NagraVision or other SMS
provider.
TSS
The Traffic & Scheduling System (TSS) allows to manage events scheduling (for STB EPG or Zapping
banner) and/or to define event-based PayTV products (for PPV). In that case, it is the central point for the
coordination of the PPV product workflow, from the creation of a purchasable item to its publication
through the export agent(s).
Technically, access criteria define the conditions under which a customer can unscramble the content on
broadcast services. The tool is used to define and store business information, such as CAS-specific access
criteria, in the database. The export agent(s) then sends this information to the CAS. Purchase parameters
for individual events can be added by hand, for example to manage the selling of live sport events on
turnaround channels.
The NagraVision IDTV Product can be used as TSS. This is an optional component.
Encoders
The encoders are used to convert audio/video inputs into a specific format (e.g. MPEG-2/MPEG-4).
Multiplexer/SCS
A multiplexer (MUX) is a device that combines several input information signals into one output signal. The
scrambler part of the Mux (SCS) can encrypt the DTH signal using the DVB-CSA algorithm. It is connected
to the CAS.
The Operator Multiplexing system is provided by Harmonic
Modulator
The modulator allows to convert TV signal from IP or ASI into DVB-S2 RF.
3.2.3 STB CA Kernel

The Conditional Access Kernel (CAK) is a STB Nagra software package designed to provide the decoder
with all the security benefits of the virtual smartcard. It is the interface between the Set Top Box (STB)
application software or middleware and the Nagravision Conditional Access System (CAS). It provides STB
applications with CAS data from the SC or from signalization tables (EIT).
Page 88 of 461
3.2.4 Set-Top-Box
The Operator Set Top Box is under definition. The STB shall be provided from the retail market in Africa
and shall comply with the Nagravision security specification. Any Set–Top-Box running Nagra CA shall be
Nagra-certified and shall include a certified Chipset (NOCS) and secure boot environment as specified in
the NASC specification.
Nagravision CAK version 7 (CAK7-DLK-CLK) shall be the CA library to be integrated by the STB
manufacturer.
The Nagra-compliant receivers include the following Nagra components:
Conditional Access Kernel (CAK) : the CAK is the CA library of the client device (STB). The CAK
is in charge of decrypting the CAS messages (EMM, ECM) and IRD Commands (IRDC) dedicated to
the Nagra Secure Device, chipset descrambler or STB middleware and application.
Pairing Keys (PK) : these keys allow to pair the device with the Operator CAS and ensure that
the receiver is not usable on any other PayTV network not managed by the Operator CAS. PK
include the STB serial number (STB_CA_SN).
Secure Boot Loader (SBL) : the SBL ensures that only authorized software can be executed on
the STB. The secure boot loader contains software uniquely signed by Nagra as a trusted third
party for each individual operator.
Chipset Secure Channel Data (CSCD) : the CSC key allows the device to establish the secure
channel link until the chipset for CW protection. All Nagra receivers deployed today include these
keys.
Nagra Chipset Key : the chipset includes a Nagra unique key as required by the NOCS
specification (HW root of trust).
Middleware and UI : the middleware and UI layers are provided by the STB manufacturer. They
shall implement the CAK API in order to communicate with CAK.
UI / Middleware
CAK API
PK (OTP)
CAK
CSC Data (OTP)
DAL API
OS NOCS Chipset
Nagra CKey
Nagra STB Architecture
Page 89 of 461
3.3 CAS Interfaces
The Nagravision CAS shall be connected to the following external interfaces in order to communicate with
third-party equipment:
Interface Protocol Description Specification
I1 Nagra SMS Gateway over TCP/IP CAS provisioning from SMS. SMS Gateway [5]
I2 DVB over TCP/IP or UDP EMM-MUX DVB Standard
I3 DVB Simulcrypt over TCP/IP ECS-SCS DVB Standard
I4 ASI or TCP/IP SI spooling to MUX DVB Standard
Page 90 of 461
4 Configuration
4.1 CAS Platform Configuration
The configuration is taking into account the cardless CAS technology deployed.
4.1.1 Card-less Nagra CA Identifiers
The following Nagra CAS identifiers have been allocated:

DVB CAS_ID = 0x18xx (CAS_ID)
Nagra SOP PPID = 0xyyyy (Nagra Operator)
Nagra MOP1 (main) = 0xzzzz (MOP)
4.1.2 Virtual Smartcard
DLK is a card-less solution where smartcard feature is emulated within the STB CAK. A Virtual Smartcard
(vSC) specification has to be defined.
4.1.3 Cryptoboard Layout
The Nagra CAS DLK uses hardware encryption for EMM and ECM and thus requires the use of encryption
chips located in the encryptors (CAS). The number of encryptor depends on the encryption capacity
required to operate the system.
The following layout has been proposed for the new DLK system. This takes into account the minimum
required capacity for a nominal use and the additional capacity needed to manage 1+1 redundancy and
load balancing.
Performance
CAS01 CAS02 Reference
(for 1 chip)
Encryption Boards X2 X2 TBD
EME DLK DLK x8 DLK x8 TBD
ECE DLK DLK x8 DLK x8 TBD
4.1.4 SAS Configuration
The SAS shall manage one network and one profile of users for the Operator: Subscription for DLK STB on
the DTT network.
Page 91 of 461
4.1.5 IMS Configuration
The IMS configuration shall include:

Network topology (TS, services, channels).
Access criteria (ECM) configuration for MOP1.
Commercial Products configuration for MOP1.
Strong pairing enforcement for encrypted channels
4.1.6 STB Software Update

STB Software updates shall be broadcast from head-end. STB software shall be signed by Nagra before
broadcast.
4.2 SMS
4.2.1 SMS Purpose
The SMS is in charge of generating the business commands that will be processed by the CAS. The SMS
database contains all the subscribers’ details (name, address, virtual smartcard number).
As the SMS is not provided by Nagravision, the SMS provider has to implement the Nagra CAS gateway in
order to be able to send commands to the CAS. Gateway specification [5] for DLK is available for the SMS
manufacturer.
The connection between the SMS and CAS is TCP/IP.
Nagra
Gateway
SMS Cmds
SMS
DB
TCP/IP
CAS DB
SMS-CAS Interface
Page 92 of 461
4.2.1 DLK SMS Commands
The list of SMS commands to be implemented by the SMS manufacturer depends on business cases. List of
Nagra SMS commands is described in [5]
Nagra and the Operator shall define a CAS command matrix listing the different entitlement scenarios to
put in place.
The following CAS commands can be used by Operator (TBC):
Cmd_ID Description
126 Assign Virtual UA to NUID
1003 Acknowledge Command with Virtual UA
51 Initialize Smartcard SOP and MOP
52 Pair the ICC With the STB.
905 Add Enhanced List of Products
904 Cancel List of Products

7 All product cancellation
20 Suspend Subscriber (MOP)

21 Reactivate Subscriber (MOP)
23 Suspend SC (SOP)
24 Reactivate SC (SOP)
99 Send Generic IRD Command II
1002 Heart-beat
Page 93 of 461
4.2.2 SMS Command Matrix (DLK)
The SMS command matrix shall be validated by Nagra. The table below presents an example of command
matrix that can be proposed by the operator depending on the activation/update scenarios to be
implemented.
Example of SMS Command Matrix
Page 94 of 461
4.3 STB Software Update
STB Software updates shall be broadcast from the Operator head-end. STB software shall be signed by
Nagra before broadcast.
4.4 System Redundancy
The system is fully redundant. The CAS Cluster redundancy is based on IBM HACMP. ECMG and EMMG
services work in load balancing mode. All network devices are duplicated.
The firewall redundancy mode is active-passive.
Page 95 of 461
4.5 Support Remote Access (RAR)
The CAS platform has to be accessible from the Nagravision support team located in Switzerland. The
connection is secured by a VPN link established between the Nagra Remote Access Room (RAR) and the
CAS platform. The VPN router is provided by Nagra.
Remote Connection Configuration
Page 96 of 461
4.6 System Monitoring
Supervision of the Nagravision CAS is managed by NagraMonitor. This GUI offers a real-time view of the
state of the CAS applications running on the Nagra servers.
The Nagra Monitor application presents a complete view of the system and allows to monitor each
application of the CAS:
View of the SAS components
View of the IMS components
Page 97 of 461
4.7 Nagra CAS Bill of Materials
The following table presents the CAS bill of materials (redundant solution). The CAS platform has been
designed to support up to 3000k users and 100 encrypted channels.
Item PN Short Description Qty

CAS Cluster
• 2x SER013-IBMP7-PLUS: IBM Cluster p720, 2 x (8 Power7+ cores)
• RAM Memory:64GB
• PowerVM (virtualization) license
SER015- • 2xEthernet Port:Quad-port 1Gb
1
IBMP7- • Hard Drive Disk:2x300GB
PLUS • 2xFC Board 8Gb
• Device:DVD-Writer
• Dual power
• Support and Maintenance:AIX/PowerHA SW Maint. 3 years
• Racking Size:8U
HW1340 Adapter RJ-45 To RJ-45 For Console Server 2

HW Cryptoboard DLK2 dor EMM and ECM generation 4
SAN Storage
• IBM EXTERNAL SAN STORAGE V7000 WITH 8x300 GB DISKS AND 1.6TB USABLE
STG201-
• SAN storage Raid5/Dual controller/2xPower modules 1
V7000 • Hardrive:8 x 300GB
• Racking Size:2U
Oracle Licence
SW1197 • ORACLE LICENSE CAS X LARGE FOR 2000 TO 5000K SUBSCRIBERS 1
• 1 YEAR MAINTENANCE
Management Workstation (PC).
• CPU: Intel Core i5
• RAM: 8 GB PC3
• Slots I/O:3 PCIe, 2 PCIx
HW1589 • HDD: 500 GB, 7200 rpm
2
• PS/2 international keyboard, PS/2 optical mouse
• DVD writer
• Additional Gigabit NIC included
Monitor (PC).
HW1443 • MONITOR LED 20"
2
Ethernet Switch.
• Model:CISCO CATALYST 2960S
HW1549 • Ports:20xEthernet 10/100/1000 with 4 of which are Dual-Purpose (10/100/1000 or SFP)
2
• Racking Size:1U
Firewall.
HW1616 • FORTINET FORTIGATE 200D FIREWALL WITH POWER CABLE 2
• Size=1U.
Remote Access Router (VPN)
HW1581 • FORTINET FORTIGATE 40C FIREWALL WITH POWER CABLE 2
• Size=1U.
Console Server
• CONSOLE SERVER ALTUSEN 16 PORTS SN0116 WITH SINGLE AC POWER CABLE IEC13-14
HW1577 2M
1
• Size=1U.
GPS Network Time Server
• NTP TIME SERVER SYMMETRICOM S100 WITH POWER CABLE
HW1579 • TS delivered with standard cable of 50 feet long, 75 Ohms impedance and antenna.
1
• Size=1U.
Rack (cabinet+doors+power switch+mounting)
• 74", 42RU Rackmount 19" Complete Cabinet. Complementary material, factory mounting and
HW1085 documents included.
1
• Doors included. 1x Pulizzi switch included. Power distribution barrette included
Page 98 of 461
4.8 Network Layout
The following diagram presents the CAS network layout :
Nagra CAS Network Layout
Page 99 of 461
4.9 Rack Layout
Rack Layout
Page 100 of 461

Appendix A Acronyms
Acronym Definition
AMS Audience Measurement System
BW Bandwidth
CA Conditional Access; equipment and techniques preventing unauthorized use of data or video streams.
Conditional Access Kernel; Nagravision component running on the Consumer Device (or STB) and
CAK
providing an interface to the security chip
CAS Conditional Access System; Nagravision product, as a whole
CW Control Word; the key used to encrypt the video and audio signals on DVB networks
DB Database
DTH Direct To Home : digital satellite television
DTT Digital Terrestrial Television
DTV Digital TeleVision
Digital Video Broadcasting; Consortium of companies establishing common international standards for
DVB
digital broadcasting.
ECM Entitlement Control Message; CA message
ECMG Entitlement Control Message (ECM) Generator
ECS ECM Generator - simulcrypt
EIT Event Information Table : EPG data (DVB)
EMM Entitlement Management Message; CA message
EMMG EMM Generator
FA Free Access
FSR Functional and Security Requirements
FTA Free To Air
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GUI Graphical User Interface
HE Headend
IMS Information Management System
IP Internet Protocol
IPTV Television over the IP network
MOP Management Operator : Nagravision identifier on smartcard or virtual smartcard
MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group; ISO working group.
MUX Multiplexer
Nagravision S.A.; member of the Kudelski Group of Companies, provides this document and the
NV
solutions, components or APIs it describes
PIN Personal Identification Number
PPT Pay per Time
PPV Pay Per View
PSI Program Specific Information : PAT,PMT
PVR Personal Video Recorder; Hard disk based mechanism to record and play out digital content on the STB
SAS Subscriber Authorization System
SC Smart Card
SCS Simulcrypt Synchronizer : scrambler
SI System Information : scanning and EPG DVB signaling
Subscriber Management System; software program managing subscribers on the network; may be
SMS
supplied by Nagravision
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SOP Smartcard Operator : Nagravision (v)SC identifier
STB Set Top Box; name of the Consumer Device in DTV networks
TS Transport Stream
TSS Traffic & Scheduling System : EPG data generator
UA Unique Address
Video On Demand; umbrella term for a wide set of technologies whose common goal is to enable
VOD
individuals to select video streams from a central server for viewing on a television or computer screen
vSC Virtual Smart Card
XML Extended Markup Language
Page 101 of 461

EMEA
Functional and Security Requirements
Ethiopia
CAS
Version 1.1
2012 NagraVision. This document is the intellectual property of NagraVision and contains confidential information. All
Reproduction and communication to third parties is strictly prohibited without prior written consent of NagraVision.
Page 102 of 461

Table of Contents
1 INTRODUCTION 3
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE DOCUMENT 3
1.2 PURPOSE OF THE PROGRAM 3
1.3 REFERENCES 3
1.4 DOCUMENT STRUCTURE 3
1.5 DOCUMENT CHANGE HISTORY 4
2 REQUIREMENTS 5
Page 103 of 461

1 Introduction
1.1 Purpose of the Document

The Functional and Security Requirements document (FSR) formalizes in terms of functions,
services and features the intended behavior of the solution being specified, to meet the customer
business needs.
It is a formal synchronization point between the customer and Nagravision: it shall be reviewed
and accepted by both parties.
1.2 Purpose of the program

The customer wishes to deploy a DTT service in Ethiopia and require a proposal to deploy a CA
System in order to secure PayTV channels overs the terrestrial network.
1.3 References
Doc # Document Title Version Date
[1] SAD – Ethiopia Solution Architecture 1.1 OCT 2014
1.4 Document structure

The document covers the categories defined as follows (optional):
Functional requirements: perimeter of the solution that impact the way the operator does
business.
Technical requirements: technical perimeter of the solution
STB Requirements
Operational requirements: requirement on the way the system shall be operated
Security requirements: requirement on the security features provided with the system
Page 104 of 461

1.5 Document Change History
Date Version Author Modification

8 OCT 2014 1.0 C. Padeste Creation
21 OCT 2014 1.1 C. Padeste Update to remove SI generation
Page 105 of 461

2 Requirements
Requirement Title Description
FR010 DTT CAS A Conditional Access System (CAS) is required to secure the
PayTV channels on terrestrial (DTT) network.
FR020 Smartcardless- The CAS shall include the use of a smartcard less technology for
based CAS any type of encrypted channels (Free Access or PayTV).
FR030 CA Functionalities The CAS platform shall support the following functionalities :
Free-Access
Subscription
FR040 PSI/SI The CAS is not required to generate SI DVB tables.
FR050 STB Download The CAS is not required to support STB Software update (OTA
carousel broadcast).
FR060 Interfaces The CAS shall be able to connect to third-parties equipment :
SMS
MUX (data)
MUX (scrambler).
FR070 Nb of users The CAS platform shall support up to 3000k users
FR080 Nb of channels The CAS platform shall support at least 100 encrypted channels
FR090 DVB The CAS shall be DVB Simulcrypt compliant and support DVB-T2
transmission.
FR100 Redundancy The CAS platform shall be 1+1 redundant
FR110 CAS Location The CAS platform shall be located in XXX data center.
FR120 Encryption The Live TV content to be protected shall be scrambled at the TS
packet level using DVB-CSA.
Page 106 of 461

Appendix A Acronyms
Acronym Definition
AMS Audience Measurement System
BW Bandwidth
CA Conditional Access; equipment and techniques preventing unauthorized use of data or video streams.
Conditional Access Kernel; Nagravision component running on the Consumer Device (or STB) and
CAK
providing an interface to the security chip
CAS Conditional Access System; Nagravision product, as a whole
CW Control Word; the key used to encrypt the video and audio signals on DVB networks
DB Database
DTH Direct To Home : digital satellite television
DTT Digital Terrestrial Television
DTV Digital TeleVision
Digital Video Broadcasting; Consortium of companies establishing common international standards for
DVB
digital broadcasting.
ECM Entitlement Control Message; CA message
ECMG Entitlement Control Message (ECM) Generator
ECS ECM Generator - simulcrypt
EIT Event Information Table : EPG data (DVB)
EMM Entitlement Management Message; CA message
EMMG EMM Generator
FA Free Access
FSR Functional and Security Requirements
FTA Free To Air
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
HE Headend
IMS Information Management System
IPTV Television over the IP network
MOP Management Operator : Nagravision identifier on smartcard or virtual smartcard
MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group; ISO working group.
MUX Multiplexer
Nagravision S.A.; member of the Kudelski Group of Companies, provides this document and the
NV
solutions, components or APIs it describes
PIN Personal Identification Number
PPT Pay per Time
PPV Pay Per View
PSI Program Specific Information : PAT,PMT
PVR Personal Video Recorder; Hard disk based mechanism to record and play out digital content on the STB
SAS Subscriber Authorization System
SC Smart Card
SCS Simulcrypt Synchronizer : scrambler
SI System Information : scanning and EPG DVB signaling
Subscriber Management System; software program managing subscribers on the network; may be
SMS
supplied by Nagravision
SOP Smartcard Operator : Nagravision (v)SC identifier
STB Set Top Box; name of the Consumer Device in DTV networks
TS Transport Stream
TSS Traffic & Scheduling System : EPG data generator
UA Unique Address
Video On Demand; umbrella term for a wide set of technologies whose common goal is to enable
VOD
individuals to select video streams from a central server for viewing on a television or computer screen
vSC Virtual Smart Card
XML Extended Markup Language
Page 107 of 461

Part I. Head End
EPG
Page 108 of 461

SeaChange Linear Broadcast Product Description
Date/Version 25 February 2014 / v1.5
Page 109 of 461

Contents
1 Introduction 3
2 Solution overview 4
2.1 Context 4
2.2 SeaChange components 4
3 PSI/SI Platform 5
3.1 STAGIS SE – Standard Edition 5
3.2 STAGIS EE – Enterprise Edition 7
3.3 CASIS 9
3.4 SPECTRIS 14
4 Appendix: Acronyms 17
Ref: SeaChange Linear Broadcast Product Description Rev: 01 2/18

Page 110 of 461
COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE
 2011 SeaChange. This document is the intellectual property of SeaChange, the Netherlands and contains confidential information. All reproduction and communication to third parties is strictly prohibited without prior written consent of SeaChange, the Netherlands.
1 Introduction
This document outlines the Linear Broadcast system components that SeaChange can
deliver to any Digital DVB-Cable, DVB-Satellite, DVB-Terrestrial or IPTV operator. The
generic system described here may differ from the system that is commercially offered.

Page 111 of 461
2 Solution overview
2.1 Context
The architecture drawing below shows the overall SeaChange Linear Broadcast suite of
products in its context.
Figure 1 – Overall view of Linear Broadcast product suite
In the following sections the overview will be explained in more detail with reference to
specific SeaChange products and solutions.
2.2 SeaChange components
SeaChange supplies the following system components as part of the proposed solution:
• STAGIS: Schedule management
• CASIS: PSI, SI, AC management, DVB SSU simple profile, TVA support
• SPECTRIS: System monitoring and service assurance
• CAPTIS: Transport Stream compliance recorder

Page 112 of 461
3 PSI/SI Platform
Figure 1 shows the functional overview of a PSI/SI solution using the standard
components from the SeaChange linear broadcast product suite.
STAGIS is the schedule manager within the solution, it can receive schedules via XML
formatted files and/or extract schedule data from incoming transport stream feeds.
Automatically or at configured times these schedules can be forwarded to CASIS or to any
other receiving 3rd party.
The CASIS Event Information Scheduler is responsible for the generation of the MPEG PSI
and DVB SI tables, including EPG, Software downloads (SSU) and Access Criteria
management. The generated tables are played out by the CASIS TableCycler subsystem
(Spooler) in one or multiple outgoing ASI or IP multicast streams.
The service assurance subsystem SPECTRIS presents the operator with an overview of
system health e.g. the status of STAGIS, CASIS, all interconnections and the inconsistencies
in the metadata. In a fault situation the operator may then investigate the root cause using
more detailed information presented by the various GUI modules of SPECTRIS.
The next sections will outline the selected SeaChange product offering in more detail.
3.1 STAGIS SE – Standard Edition
STAGIS is the central hub for collation and publishing of schedule (EPG) metadata. Multiple
input and output formats are supported, and the system is designed to handle large and
frequent updates to schedule metadata in an efficient way for a 24/7 unattended
operation. Exceptional throughput performance is achieved by maintaining the full
broadcast schedule in memory, with a copy written out for persistence to a file based
storage.
STAGIS has a data model which is based on the DVB standards. TVAnytime XML and
eventIS DVB XML schedule formats are already supported and recommended on our
STAGIS platform but other EPG formats are supported too.
Schedule Management
Our schedule management system STAGIS collects EPG data in the formats mentioned
above. However, the STAGIS platform is designed to support any XML format by extending
the product with additional plugins without touching any core functionality.
In addition to file-based import STAGIS also supports the extraction of EPG metadata from
DVB MPEG transport streams via an ASI or GBE input. It is able to read and store all EIT
tables (p/f, schedule, actual and others) and SDT tables including descriptors.

Page 113 of 461
STAGIS packages the schedules and distributes them in a timely manner to downstream
systems such as CASIS.
After the schedule aggregated/extracted the STAGIS platform supports a wide range of
features to modify and maintain the schedule (block configurable incoming and outgoing
schedules, maintain DVB event id’s for PVR, fill gaps, enforce new character encodings on
received EIT tables)
Next to the supported import formats, STAGIS is supporting multiple output formats
(EventIS EPG, TV-Anytime, Barconet). The supported formats can be extended with
additional custom output formats by the same plugin mechanism as mentioned for the
input module. This allows the broadcaster to provide schedules that meet the
requirements of any third-party schedule publishers such as TV listings web sites etc.
Schedule data entry

SeaChange can provide its user-friendly ScheduleComposer or Excel-based
schedule entry tools which allow to enter schedule data and export this to STAGIS in
a supported XML format.
Triggering
The STAGIS triggering interface allows an operator to accurately signal the start of an EPG
event directly from the broadcast play-out automation system. This enables much more
accurate PVR recording on the STB than is normally possible using a schedule running to
preset times.
STAGIS can be integrated with any automation system to receive these triggers. As soon as
a trigger for an event is received it is forwarded to e.g. CASIS and within seconds the EITp/f
table is updated.
Carousel
A DSM-CC Object carousel can be added to STAGIS to publish schedule data for example
as XML files. This offers the potential to deliver a richer EPG then the DVB-EIT tables allow.
It is currently used in accordance with the D-Book specification for Broadcast Record Lists,
Enhanced EPG and Remote Record Bookings (see D-Book 7 v.2 section 8.14 through to
8.16).

Page 114 of 461
Deployment and redundancy
By installing STAGIS in the de-militarized zone (DMZ) of a firewall, a high level of security
can be achieved. Connections can be made with remote schedule providers without
compromising security policies. Although these providers are sending data that eventually
ends up in the “on-air” broadcasts, these parties have no access to any “on-air” device. The
connections between STAGIS and CASIS will be in the private domain behind the firewall
and therefore are neither accessible nor visible from the outside world.
STAGIS can be deployed in a fully redundant configuration, including data synchronization
mechanism to keep both lines up to date.
3.2 STAGIS EE – Enterprise Edition
Enriched schedule information

Enriching your schedule information requires more control of all the metadata. The STAGIS
Enterprise Edition uses an advanced database to store all the metadata without
compromising on performance. The database is based around the TV-Anytime metadata
model which allows you to include additional information, such as posters and contextual
linking for your channels and programs. A web-based editor allows you to add or modify
this information and also to manage your series. Second source schedule information can
be merged with the original schedule information to enrich your schedules. Through its
WebPublisher, STAGIS is ideally suited for publishing the enriched schedule information to
Internet-connected devices. The so-called 5fv2 interface specification is available from
SeaChange upon request.
Multi-screen support
STAGIS Enterprise Edition has the ability to productize individual programs for pay-per-
view business models on any device. Channel grouping allows the operator to create
multiple channel lists for a designated purpose, e.g. a sports channel list. Additionally,
these channel lists can be independently productized to support subscription based
access. Multi-screen channel line-ups can be configured to locate the appropriate linear
channel location for each different type of Internet device, e.g. mobile, tablet or PC.
Allowing TV channels to be watched at any time, STAGIS manages individual rights per
channel or program for Restart- TV, Catch-up TV and/or nPVR. In combination with the
Adrenalin Multi-Screen Video Back Office system these programs can be made available as
Time-shift TV events in the schedule information.

Page 115 of 461
The table below highlights the main differences between the three versions of STAGIS.
Features SE EE Remarks
eventIS DVB XML import/export !/! !/!

TVA XML import/export !/! !/! STAGIS.SE only DVB EPG context;
STAGIS.EE full TVA support
EIT import over ASI/IP ! !
3rd party import formats
• Thomson JADE ! –
• Barconet ! !
• Divitech ! –
• Conax ! –
• ESG ! –
• TVMovie (DE) ! –
• PPS (DE) ! –
• PO/MIS TVA v1.3.1 (NL) ! –
• Tribune TMS ASCII v5.2 – !
• Tribune TMS On-TV XML – ! Including channel lineup definitions
3rd party export formats
• Nagra IMS – !
• NDS XTV ! –
• Microsoft GLF – !
Schedule composer ! –
Schedule editor ! !
Schedule merging – !
PPV support – ! Available for Nagra Merlin
Multiscreen productizing – !
D-Book compliancy ! – Enhanced EPG and Broadcast
Recording List
HTTP publishing – ! Requires WebPublisher

Page 116 of 461
3.3 CASIS
CASIS generates MPEG/DVB-compliant PSI/SI tables, Access Criteria and manages MUX
profile scheduling, supporting cable, terrestrial, satellite or IP networks.
CASIS comes in a Lite, Standard and Enterprise Edition. The very cost-effective Lite Edition
focuses on the generation of only SI tables, including EPG and also the Data file Manager
for the play out and signaling of software download images.
The Standard Edition adds PSI/SI and Access Criteria management, while the Enterprise
Edition also offers MUX profile scheduling and a range of customizable add-ins. Please
consult your SeaChange Sales Manager or designated partner to explore the feature sets
available for your application. Due to its modular plug-in architecture, CASIS EE can be
extended with new modules for data generation (e.g. new standardized or customized
PSI/SI descriptors) as well as modules for interfacing (e.g. GUI extensions, data
compression, etc.).

Page 117 of 461
The table below highlights the main differences between the three versions of CASIS.
Features LE SE EE Remarks
DVB-SI ● ● ●
MPEG-PSI – ● ●
EIS (DVB – 1 ● GUIs provided for available CA systems
SimulCrypt/OpenCAS)
MUXconfig – – ● MUX config profile scheduling
Nr. of services 250 ∞ ∞ Per 25 services pack license
Nr. of ASI/IP output ∞ ∞ ∞ Casis; determined by # of TableCyclers
STAGIS-compatible ● ● ● Stagis required for non-standard input
formats
Max. nr. of DVB networks ∞ ∞ ∞
Customized Add-In – – ● Allow for customized AddIns including
mechanism available private descriptor/table GUIs
Datafile playout ● ● ● Including DVB-SSU descriptor package
Bandwidth management – ● ● Management of cycle times per sub table and
selective play-out of descriptors
Offline Editor – – ●
TVA support (DVB-GBS) – – ●
eventIS DVB-XML ● ● ● Included in LE, requires Stagis for SE and EE
EIT extraction (ASI/IP) ● – – Included in LE, requires Stagis for SE and EE
LCN management ● ● ● LCN type selection
Advanced LCN management – – ● In combination with regionalization
Regionalization – ● ● GUI enhancement to manage multiple
regional variants of networks or transport
streams
HbbTV AIT – – ● Scheduling of AIT tables per channel
scheduling/playout
Table 1 – CASIS compatibility matrix

Page 118 of 461
Figure 2: CASIS user interface showing EPG information
MPEG PSI & DVB SI

CASIS supports the generation of all mandatory tables and descriptors according to both
DVB-SI (ETSI EN 300 468) and MPEG-PSI (ISO/IEC 13818:2000), and a large number of
private descriptors such as the Logical Channel descriptors.
All tables generated are forwarded automatically to the TableCycler which is responsible
for the play out towards e.g. Multiplexers, either via ASI or IP Multicast. CASIS is compatible
with most commonly deployed systems and remains independent of any MUX vendor.
The TableCycler makes use of a dedicated hardware I/O adapter for the play out of PSI/SI
tables. It either is located in the same server as CASIS or on a remote server.
CASIS provides an interface for importing service schedules directly from STAGIS to
generate EPG (EIT).

Page 119 of 461
Data file manager and SSU
With the Data file manager functionality in CASIS the operator is able to play out any MPEG
section file on any PID according an assigned cycle rate. This is used for example to
broadcast new STB software images in the broadcast stream. Adding the Software
download descriptor package to CASIS gives the operator the tools needed to signal these
streams in the SI according DVB SSU (ETSI TS 102 006).
Text compression
To minimise the bandwidth consumed by the EIT tables, there is the possibility to
compress or remove the text strings in the EIT descriptors before play out, requiring de-
compression on the set top box. This typically saves in the order of 40%. Text is
compressed by CASIS based on a Hufmann table provided by customer. Compressed text
is signaled according to the DVB specification by using a user defined character encoding
byte. Please note that decompression on the receiver is out of scope of this proposal.
In addition this module offers even greater control over cycle times and the selective play
out of descriptors per table section (e.g. only in day 0..3) to further minimise bit rates.
Time-exclusive services
CASIS supports time-exclusive services as standard by allowing the schedule for the
output service to be a mix of two or more incoming schedules. CASIS supports the SDT
Running_Status_flag and the linkage descriptor in order to signal a replacement service as
described in [ETSI TR 101 211] section 4.5.3.
Regionalisation
Rather than just defining each and every regional DTT network (and thus its SI tables)
individually, CASIS offers the ability to define a single master network and derive from it
child-networks for each region. This means that common elements in the configuration
need to be defined only once on a central place. The regional exceptions are then defined
in each regional child-network.
Muxconfig
The EIS<>MUXCONFIG interface allows scheduling of MUX configuration profiles towards
the multiplexer system according the schedule in CASIS, and is typically used for
timeshared services. At the time the service has to change, or just before, CASIS makes
sure the correct tables are generated and triggers accordingly the management system to
reconfigure e.g. encoders and multiplexers for the service changes. The schedule for the
Mux profiles can be in-line with the EPG schedule or independent using the Overlay

Page 120 of 461
function in CASIS. The schedule for Muxconfig can be configured in CASIS or uploaded via
XML interface.
Access criteria management

As standard CASIS SE can define access criteria, scrambling control groups and ECM
streams and signal these to the SimulCrypt Synchroniser on the mux or scrambler, using
the DVB standard EIS<>SCS interface (ETSI TS 103 197).
Access Criteria can be provisioned on service level for subscription based scrambling and
on event and sub-event level for nVOD or PPV for instance.
The free_CA_mode flag can be manually set to non-scrambled on transport stream level,
overriding the flag for EIT and SDT on all lower levels.
The advantages of AC scheduling from CASIS SE are:

• Independence: CASIS provides a CA vendor independent provisioning interface
(DVB EIS<>SCS) for one or more CA systems to your Simulcrypt Synchroniser (SCS),
• Convenience: CASIS offers a central location to manage AC for multiple CA
systems,
• Convenience: Access criteria on event level (PPV) can be uploaded in the same file
as the EPG schedule, facilitating the workflow,
• Flexibility: CASIS offers a user friendly way to assign access criteria to any level in
the broadcast hierarchy, from individual components to complete services and
from sub events (like commercials) to daily time slots (like with time shared
services),
• Flexibility: although access criteria are normally tied to a fixed schedule, it is easy
to overrule this and introduce exceptions or fall-back scenarios,
• Safe: CASIS offers easy control over scrambling allowing to go in the clear on
service, TS or network level with one single override button,
• Accuracy: CASIS can be the central scheduler for your EPG, scrambling, access
criteria, service line-up changes and MUX profile changes all running
synchronously.
Overlay
Each service within CASIS can have an overlay. The overlay is a second time line which can
be used to set parameters that need to be scheduled independently of the EPG schedule.
The events in the overlay can contain settings like Access Criteria, PMT content (enabled
components & descriptors), (Mux-) profiles and running status flag information.

Page 121 of 461
Managing output bitrate
Within CASIS the output bitrate of the PSI/SI tables can be managed by configuring the
cycle rates and/or maximum bit rate. This is done per table or sub-table. Using the
maximum bit-rate mechanism it is possible to avoid the loss of data and remove the need
to configure any bandwidth overhead in the multiplexer for PSI/SI data, in particular for
the EIT (EPG) table.
Redundancy
In a redundant deployment CASIS is configured in a 1+1 configuration where both are
processing the data simultaneously (hot + hot standby). In case the data is transferred
toward the multiplexer via ASI we recommend using an ASI switch between the CASIS
output (TableCycler) and Multiplexer for the redundancy switching. When the output is
based on IP Multicast then it is the responsibility of the multiplexer or networking
hardware to switch between main and backup multicast output of CASIS.
CASIS offers also the options to synchronize configurations between systems to simplify
management of multiple CASIS nodes.
3.4 SPECTRIS
System Monitor
SPECTRIS is a monitoring product that helps ensure services are operational continuously.
SPECTRIS contains a fault management application that collects all relevant events and
status information from the subsystems in the managed domain. It supports event
correlation and can raise a specific Alarm to indicate that operator intervention is needed.
Generated alarms and/or state changes can be presented to any 3rd party management
system by invoking SNMP traps.
SPECTRIS provides several monitoring modules, presented via a unified web GUI.

Page 122 of 461
Figure 1– SPECTRIS web GUI
Alarms are presented in the “Operational State”, a management view presenting the status
of the managed hardware and providing a list of all pending alarms. In case the
operational state of a specific managed object changes, automatic corrective actions can
be taken if required. Through this concept, SPECTRIS supports full automatic redundancy
switching, thus achieving a high availability solution.
The “Schedule view” web-interface presents the EPG as currently present in the STAGIS
subsystem. This enables providers to ensure their schedule information has been
processed correctly and check for schedule gaps or inconsistencies. The “Schedule view”
also contains a matrix where the viewer easily see the number of schedule days and if
these schedules contain any gaps. SPECTRIS implements a two-level username/password
and user group authentication concept. Using these access rights, an operator can
determine what management information is visible to what particular user, thus ensuring
external schedule providers will only be able to view their own schedules.

Page 123 of 461
SPECTRIS features include:
• Live Monitoring and Views
• Schedule View
• Event Search
• Alarms Overview

Page 124 of 461
4 Appendix: Acronyms
A
AC (Conditional) Access Criteria
AIT Application Information Table (DVB)
ASI Asynchronous Serial Interface
AV Audio/Video
C
CA Conditional Access
CASIS Conditional Access and Service Information Scheduler
CAT Conditional Access Table (DVB)
D
DMZ ‘De-Militarized Zone’ of a firewall (STAGIS)
DVB Digital Video Broadcasting
E
ECM Entitlement Control Message
ECMg Entitlement Control Message generator
EE Enterprise Edition (STAGIS, CASIS)
EIS Event Information Scheduler (CASIS)
EIT Event Information Table (DVB)
EPG Electronic Program Guide
ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute
G
GbE Gigabit Ethernet (IEEE 802.3z-1998)
H
HbbTV Hybrid broadcast broadband TV
HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol
I
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission; standardization body
ISO International Standards Organization

Page 125 of 461
L
LE Light Edition (CASIS)
M
MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group; family of audio and video compression standards
MUX Multiplexer
N
NIT Network Information Table (DVB)
nVOD Near Video On Demand
P
PAT Program Association Table (DVB)
pf present/following (DVB EIT)
PID Packet Identifier (DVB)
PMT Program Map Table (DVB)
PPV Pay Per View
PSI Program Specific Information (DVB)
PVR Personal Video Recorder
S
SCS SimulCrypt Synchronizer
SDT Service Description Table (DVB)
SE Standard Edition (STAGIS, CASIS)
SI Service Information (DVB);
SSU System Software Update
STB Set-Top Box
T
TDT Time Date Table (DVB)
TOT Time Offset Table (DVB)
TS Transport Stream
TV Television
TVA TV-Anytime
V
VOD Video on demand
X
XML eXtensible Markup Language

Page 126 of 461
Part I. Head End
SMS
Page 127 of 461

Broadband & Telecom | Cloud | Media & Entertainment | Managed Services
Unified Communications | Utilities
MAGNAQUEST SURE!
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
TO
ETHIOPIA , DTT PROJECT
CONFIDENTIAL
This document is the property of, and is proprietary to Magnaquest Technologies (Magnaquest). It is not to be
disclosed in whole or in part without the expressed written authorization of Magnaquest, and shall not be
duplicated or used, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate Magnaquest’s proposal, and shall
be returned to Magnaquest upon request.
Page 128 of 461
(c) 2014 Magnaquest Technologies Ltd. - Proprietary and Confidential

Technical Proposal to DRC – DTT Project
Table of Contents
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.............................................................................................................................. 4
1.1 ABOUT PROSPECT ....................................................................................................................................... 4

1.2 ABOUT MAGNAQUEST ................................................................................................................................. 4
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK ......................................................................................................................................... 6
2. MAGNAQUEST SURE! – ARCHITECTURE ............................................................................................. 8
3. MAGNAQUEST SURE! - SOLUTION DESCRIPTION .............................................................................. 9
3.1 SURE! – BASE MODULES ............................................................................................................................ 9

3.1.1 ORDER MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................................................... 9
3.1.2 OPERATIONAL ENTITY MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................... 10
3.1.3 PRODUCT & PLAN MANAGEMENT ...................................................................................................................... 11
3.1.4 CUSTOMER CARE AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT .................................................................... 13
3.1.5 INVENTORY &LOGISTICS .................................................................................................................................... 19
3.1.6 SECURITY & ADMINISTRATION ........................................................................................................................... 20
3.2 SURE! – ADDITIONAL MODULES .............................................................................................................. 23
3.2.1 PROVISIONING ..................................................................................................................................................... 23
4. TRAINING ................................................................................................................................................ 27
As used in this document, SURE! is a Magnaquest Product. Please visit www.experiencesure.com for a detailed description of the
end to end Subscription Life cycle Management suite. Please visit www.magnaquest.com for a detailed corporate profile.
Follow us at:
Page 129 of 461
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 : High Level Architecture of Magnaquest BSS and Service Provisioning with various Integration points8
Figure 2 : Subscriber Profile Management .................................................................................................................. 10
Figure 3 : Product Catalogue Management................................................................................................................ 12
Figure 6: Customer Care Management ....................................................................................................................... 14
Figure 7: Trouble Ticket Management ........................................................................................................................ 16
Figure 8: Work Order Management ............................................................................................................................ 17
Figure 9: Work Force Management ............................................................................................................................. 18
Figure 10: Stock Management ..................................................................................................................................... 20
Figure 11: Provisioning Process ................................................................................................................................... 26
Follow us at:
Page 130 of 461
1. Executive Summary
1.1 About Prospect
Government of the Republic of Ethiopia has rolled out a requirement for Subscriber Management System
(SMS) to manage their DTT operations across the country.
1.2 About Magnaquest

Magnaquest Technologies Limited, India, a leading provider of SMS, Billing and CRM solutions in the
convergent domain, is proposing a solution that would be most appropriate for Sahara Media to handle its
Business Hierarchy, improve its Operational Efficiency, increase Customer Loyalty and also help in scaling up
their operations gradually to multiple services such as Pay TV and On-Demand Services. Magnaquest’s SMS,
on-demand billing and monetization platform will enable Sahara Media to both automate their back office
operations, as well as support a sophisticated pricing and billing models. Magnaquest currently employs
over 450 people, and has a global presence with customers in 30 countries across the US, Latin America,
Europe, MEA and APAC. Some of the key aspects which reiterate our success and commitment to the
success for our customers are:
Over 16 years of Industry Experience and Global Presence

Magnaquest has over 16 years of rich domain expertise in offering solutions to DTH, DTT, OTT, Cable TV,
MSO, ISP, IPTV and Triple Play Operators etc. Magnaquest manages over 170+ customers across 30+
countries worldwide.
Solution Offerings from Magnaquest

Our SMS, Billing and CRM system handles end to end operations of the service provider supporting
Subscriber Management, Pricing/Packaging, Promotions Management, Contract Management, Prepaid &
Postpaid Billing, Collections, Customer Care, Provisioning and Mediation, Inventory Management, Dealer
Sales management, Web Self-care etc.
We also offer Service Provisioning elements such as AAA, PCRF, and OCS for our broadband and Telco
customers along with our complementing solutions like Business Analytics, Campaign Management and
Field Force tools.
Proven Integrations
We support a highly flexible eco-system of technology and partners by integrating with other third party
systems like Conditional Access System, Middleware’s, Payment Gateways, Financial Accounting System,
ERP, CRM, IVRS, Document Management systems, Network Element platforms etc.
Some of the leading providers of CAS and Middleware Systems like Novel Super TV ( CD-CAS) , Conax,
Verimatrix, NDS, Nagravision, Irdeto etc. have been integrated with our solution already. Also we have
integrated with multiple Broadband Network elements of Cisco, Incognito, Mikrotik etc.
Follow us at:
Page 131 of 461
Scalability
Our solution is a highly scalable one, which is benchmarked by HP Labs to support up to 10 million
subscribers. Some of our customers already have about more than 5 million subscribers. We can seamlessly
scale up the IT infrastructure for the service provider by depending on the growth strategy of the Service
Provider. We are also in the process of benchmarking our product up to 20 Million as well.
Lower Total Cost of Ownership

We provide an Enterprise grade solution at an affordable which improves the topline significantly by
bringing in automation, improving operational efficiency and customer loyalty. By supporting an exhaustive
Collection follow-up mechanism, we can significantly reduce Revenue leakages. All of these promise a high
Return on Investment on the IT infrastructure for the Service Provider.
Implementation, Training and Post Implementation Support

We have been successfully supporting customers in 30+ countries across different time zones. Our support
processes are well defined and robust. Trained and internally certified support professionals are deployed to
take comprehensive care of clients based on the SLA that provides clearly defined response times.
Managed Services
Magnaquest is well equipped to provide managed services to Sahara Media for System Administration,
Billing Operations, and Customer Care etc.
Magnaquest Inc. is revolutionizing the way businesses can run and manage billing. We are sure that Sahara
Media would look forward to implementing Magnaquest’s extensible and scalable SMS, Billing & CRM
solution to leverage our Expertise in end to end Subscriber Lifecycle Management.
Follow us at:
Page 132 of 461
1.3 Scope of Work

Magnaquest SURE! is a comprehensive and market-proven product that can be easily integrated with any
service provider’s operations. Following base and optional modules are available as part of the proposed
solution.
SURE! Base Modules

Order Management
Customer Categorization, Multi-address, Parent-Child hierarchy, Multi-billing frequency, Adhoc pricing
& discounts, document uploads (example: order copy, address / identity proof, etc.), Standing
Instruction (Credit or Debit card details for auto debit periodically), etc.
Operational Entity Management
Both internal (Example: Regional, Branch office) and external entity (Example: Distributors, LCOs,
Franchisees, etc.) management, Entity specific packaging-pricing-discounting and promotions, Order
taking, Collections, Inventory sale / rent, Credit limits, Invoicing and Payments, Commissions, Deposits &
Refunds.
Product & Plan Management
Postpaid & Pre-paid / Advance plans, Ala-cart-a / Bundle service offering, TV, services bundling, Item-
wise or bundle pricing and discounts, Customer type & Region specific packaging-pricing-discounting
and promotions; Regular-Incremental slab-Bulk slab Rate Plans; Merchandising (example: Magazine
sale), etc.
Customer Care & CRM
Trouble Ticketing and work order, Categorization & Prioritization, Auto-Scheduling, Escalations, History
details, Third-Party agency / team management, Homes Passed.
Inventory & Logistics
Hardware sale or rent, Warranty, Hardware kits, tracking, status, Logistics including material request,
transfer and return.
Security and Administration
Organization structure, User account with defined access & authorization, Work flows, Navigation flow,
Dashboards and Reports.
Scheduler
Job Scheduler – To automate jobs such as month-end bill generation, bulk payments uploads, bulk
order booking, CDR imports, alerts & reminders, inventory uploads, etc.
Report Scheduler (MIS reports) – useful to make informed decisions
SURE! Additional Modules
Provisioning
Real time activation & deactivation, Modify services, Change Hardware OSD (On screen display), STB
mail, Finger Printing.
Follow us at:
Page 133 of 461
Possible Integration Scope

As per our current understanding, would expect the below integrations with SMS/Billing/CRM, however
exact scope of integration would be known only after business process analysis.
Integration elements are:
CAS System
Payment Gateway
SMS Gateway
Follow us at:
Page 134 of 461
2. Magnaquest SURE! – Architecture

Magnaquest provides solutions in the areas of subscriber billing, customer relationship management,
network session controlling, and policy management for the next generation networks for Tier-1 to Tier-3
Broadband, Telecom, and Media & Entertainment Service Providers/Operators over Wireline and Wireless
Networks.
Magnaquest’s BSS, is pre-integrated with is its Service Provisioning platform, which interfaces with the
various network elements of various access technologies. This document is focused on defining the scope,
describing the integrated BSS and Service Provisioning solution from Magnaquest, listing the integration
capabilities and submitting the commercials for the same. There are essentially four layers of the solution –
service layer, integration layer, back office & billing layer and customer care. Here below is an illustration of
various components that form the integrated BSS and Service Provisioning suite.
Figure 1 : High Level Architecture of Magnaquest BSS and Service Provisioning with various Integration points
Follow us at:
Page 135 of 461
3. Magnaquest SURE! - Solution Description

3.1 SURE! – Base Modules
3.1.1 Order Management
The Order Management and Billing module in the system captures & manages customer information, and
subscription of all assets/ services provided to the customer. The distribution network and the related
operational entities, which are critical links in reaching out to the customer, are mapped and managed in
this module.
Customer Data Capture

This feature offers the means to capture a wide range of basic information on the customer. It also makes it
convenient for the user to access all information specific to a customer, using a single screen, including the
prevailing relationships with associated dealers. The solution supports:
Capturing various attributes of a customer (i.e., demographic details, operational entity, address details
and other user definable attributes)
Capturing the network element to which the customer belongs
Capturing customer information that aids in bill presentment (email id, choice of billing media)
Generating standard sequence-based or specific logic-based unique identification for customers
Supporting categorization of customers for sales and marketing purposes; for example, this allows for
possible targeted promotion schemes or marketing campaigns
Enabling one-click search facility for single view detailed access to customer information based on
multiple search criteria (i.e., first name, last name, company name, phone, city, email, and operational
entity)
Enabling parent-child hierarchy that allows Billing certain services/ products to the parent while the rest
to the child
Tracking operational entity wise customer information
Capturing existing (owned by Customer) hardware details
Generate User Id & Password for Self Care access automatically, and send details to customer through
Email
Address Management
The address management feature provides the following options:
Capture multiple customer addresses
Configure address templates
Define the geographical hierarchy and populate the same while booking the customer, to reduce data
entry needs
Configure field names in the address hierarchy to suit the local norm of defining the addresses
Capture separate addresses for each of the accounts in a hierarchy
Store email ids of customer for sending alerts, messages, order details, etc.
Populate customer address based on the zip code
Follow us at:
Page 136 of 461
Figure 2 : Subscriber Profile Management
3.1.2 Operational Entity Management

This feature maps the complex sales and distribution relationships and enables the monitoring of business
performance at a granular level. Operational and financial reporting resulting from such mapping can be
used to fine-tune the business operations and make informed business decisions. The billing system has
the ability to:
Support operational entity based (say, reseller, business unit, last mile operator, multi-system operator,
etc.) customer relationships, to track sales, revenues, collections and hardware movement, which can be
used to define business rules for specific parameters.
Define operational entity hierarchies
Define locations for operation entities – for the purpose of enforcing access control to customer
information and other related functionality.
Search operational entity based on entity name /code /type, geographical location, parent name in the
hierarchy.
Allow multiple accounts for the operational entities (hardware and other)
Maintain the confidentiality of business data by giving a hierarchy based data access to the operational
entity. This is done by restricting access to an operational entity to the set of data within its domain.
Generate operational entity-wise reports (for example, sales, revenues)
Generate web reports on sales and other operations available at Operational entity level
Credit Limit for Operational entity:

Currency wise credit limit can be allocated for each operational entity.
Credit limit can be reset once the payment is made by the operational entity.
Follow us at:
Page 137 of 461
3.1.3 Product & Plan Management

Service providers would often provide attractive plans to customers. The packaging involves combining
various products with different price tags and delivers the plan in various themes that address changing
customer needs. The ‘Plan & Product Management’ feature in the system allows the service provider to plan
the services instantaneously, which decrease the time-to-market.
The system supports the following:

Configuring GUI based products for ease of packaging and eventual tracking its market performance
Adding a plan to selected group of customers at a time
Assigning rate plans to a plan or individual products within a plan.
Creating market-oriented plans containing a mix of a variety of products (like hardware which could be
a one-time charge and subscriptions which could be recurring periodically)
Setting up multiple service delivery points (additional STB’s and plans) under a single contract with
different pricing and discounts
Defining network provisioning parameters for each service/plan
Assigning plans (group of products) or individual products (A-la-carte selection) to customers based on
the business model
Assigning a plan, changing a plan and renew a plan on approval basis
Capturing remarks while assigning, changing, reconnecting/disconnecting/holding a plan
Viewing price details of a plan while booking or changing the plan
Viewing existing selected channels while changing the plan
Facilitating bulk amendments to (add/delete) products based on criteria
Arriving at the Agreement Start and Expiry dates based on the actual (Network/ CAS related) activation
date to accommodate any delay in the process of activation
Capturing customer base and upload changes whenever necessary
Change the customer plan on a future date
Configure relation between various products. (For example: Relationship between plans can be
configured such that if the customer opts for a plan then the customer has to take the other plan as
well.)
Follow us at:
Page 138 of 461
Figure 3 : Product Catalogue Management
Prepaid Plans
Some of the service providers operate in prepaid model without using the prepaid vouchers. The customers
can pay in advance and buy the services to use for particular duration or until the usage limit exhausts.
Prepaid plans in the system handle such scenarios. The following are the features of the prepaid plans
Define pre-paid plans with usage limits or time frame as parameters
Define prepaid plans with subscription period as low as 1 day
Top-up the plans for extending the validity period /usage limits
Prepaid plan can be defined for a single or multiple services with usage limit for each service
Prepaid Follow-ups
Usage Credit limit to postpaid contracts

Usage Credit limit can be set for postpaid contracts. Customer is allowed to consume the available credit
limit for each service. Customer's credit limit becomes negative, if the usage exceeds the limit. Customer's
account can be temporarily suspended, if the usage limit is exceeded. Customer's account can be
reactivated after making payment by resetting the credit limit.
Upgrade/Downgrade contract
When a contract is upgraded/downgraded, the upgrade/downgrade will happen immediately and the new
credit limit will be reset and the consumed units of the existing contract will be carrying forwarded to the
new contract.
Reset Credit limit

The credit limit will be consumed by the customer and it needs to be reset every month.
Follow us at:
Page 139 of 461
3.1.4 Customer Care and Customer Relationship Management

In the recent times, the customer service landscape for service providers has become more competitive and
demanding. It is no longer only about acquiring customers at all costs. Service providers now want to
identify the need, service, retain and grow profitable customer relationships. The way service providers
manage the life cycle of the customer is the key for the business to succeed. Billing and CRM’s Customer
Care module enables service providers to deliver positive experiences to their customers.
Magnaquest system has Customer Care solution as part of Billing and CRM suite offers wide range of
services that can significantly enhance the customer experience. This is with respect capturing the details
when a customer joins as a prospect customer till he becomes a permanent customer and all activities as
part of the day-to-day activities associated with the customer.
Major functions supported as part of Customer Care module are
Management of prospective customer

Record the information about all prospects who make inquiries
Providing trial plans to the prospects
Record the transaction with a prospective customer to identify his or her interest in the offerings.
Capture customer preferred time of call thereby helping the CSR make the calls at the appropriate time
Define Sales/ Follow-up team shifts and scheduling them in order to provide 24/7 service
Capture customer feedback which can be used for further analysis
Support user-defined prospect stages based on pre-defined rules to meet the specific business
requirements of each service provider
Switch-over from ‘prospect’ to ‘customer’, when prospect shows interest in the service, thereby reducing
the time-to-serve
Capture the reasons if the prospect discontinues, which can be used for further analysis
Customer and Services Management
Provisioning the change from prospect to permanent customer and associating a service and plan to
the service
Capturing the details as work orders for tracking
Collections of subscription charges, and generate work orders for all connections, disconnections,
installations and service calls.
360 degree single view access to subscriber and operational information
Allows CSR’s to address quickly subscriber queries and concerns.
Hierarchy Management
Management of parent child customer hierarchy
Reporting activities based on hierarchy
Enquiry Services
Single view of customer and services and all related details in one screen
Attending to queries from customer based on the info available in the single view screen
Credit control
Option to define credit limit for the postpaid customer and threshold usage limit for prepaid customer
Tracking the usage of the customer against the limit set
Follow us at:
Page 140 of 461
Activities based on the credit rules configured. This can be sending SMS, sending emails, temporary
disconnection and even permanent disconnection in selective cases
Re-instating of actions performed upon restoring the credit limit by making a payment
Option to define credit limit based on customer parameter so as to avoid certain customer groups (e.g.:
VIP Customers) from getting into credit control actions
Many a cases, customer care module works hand-in-hand with trouble ticketing function and field force
automation module to achieve many functions as part of customer care
Figure 4: Customer Care Management
3.1.4.1Trouble Ticket Management

Trouble Ticket Management is a high profile requirement when it comes to Billing and CRM solutions from
a service provider point of view. It is very important that all complaints registered via calls, IVRS, Web self-
care or from Shop Outlets are properly tracked, assigned, monitored and closed and communication is
given back to customer. Trouble Ticket Management is one function which decides the customer
satisfaction to a major extent when it comes to problem resolution.
Magnaquest’s system offers powerful Trouble Ticketing function in combination with field force automation
module to provide a very effective problem recording and resolution mechanism that can track, monitor
and close all requests that are raised through the system. The solution even has a mobile app (Field
Follow us at:
Page 141 of 461
Assistant) available for the field agents to access the information online and be available in customer
premise to resolve the issues live.
Major functions supported as part of Trouble Ticketing Module in combination with Field Force Automation
are
Generating trouble service requests, whenever necessary, and creation of work/Service orders
Define rules for team wise service request assignment,
Mapping service request category with problem code and resolution codes to provide resolution for a
service request.
Escalating the trouble service requests/ service orders logged by an operational entity without the
intervention of back office ensuring that no unresolved complaint goes unnoticed.
Creating work orders automatically when certain issues like ‘installation’ or ‘disconnection’ are reported
Setting a priority for the ticket so that the same can be taken care appropriately.
Routing the tickets to the required personnel as part of field force automation module which works in
combination with the Trouble Ticketing Module
Configuration of escalation rules and delay rules (maximum time a personnel can hold the complaint
without any action) after which the complaint gets escalated to the next level
Leave Management Rules so as to assign the work to a different person in case the assignee is on leave.
Notification to customers on the status of the problem via SMS and email.
Ability to capture the resolution type, date of resolution and details on the resolution activity
performed.
Capturing technician call reports which will be used to close a service request and alerts can be sent to
the customer on call closing.
Printing updated Call Reports.
Charges for the services rendered to resolve certain problems
Displaying the list of service requests with status and history; this helps monitor the mean time to
respond for a service request
Displaying the status-wise number of service requests
Follow us at:
Page 142 of 461
Figure 5: Trouble Ticket Management
3.1.4.2Work Order Management

In any business context, it is critically important that any customer requests are tracked and further used for
analysis, reporting, customer management and all activities which come under customer management. The
complete history of what has happened with the request from the customer also needs to be stored.
Ensuring such a mechanism is present is cardinal in making sure that customer satisfaction is ensured.
Magnaquest’s System has end to end Work Order Management solution which can store and track any
requests originated from the customer.
The major features supported as part of Work Order Management are
Generation of work orders for any type of requests from customer.

Maintenance of contract and contract terms entered with the customer.
Creating work orders automatically when certain issues like ‘installation’ or ‘disconnection’ are reported.
Assigning priority for the work orders so as to decide on execution priority.
Classification of work orders based on parameters.
Capturing (re-) scheduled/ preferred / closed/ completed dates, which can be used to track the status of
the work order.
Linking work order codes with problem codes to correctly identify the problem and initiating
appropriate resolution.
Routing of work orders to respective technicians for execution of the work order
Keeps track of hardware taken on sale /lease
Follow us at:
Page 143 of 461
Figure 6: Work Order Management
3.1.4.3Workforce Management
Work force management and optimizing the overall field resource for a service provider is a critical aspect.
Tracking the work, routing jobs to the staff, escalations in case of incomplete jobs are all very important
steps as part of work force management
Magnaquest system has end-to-end Work Force Management solution which can perform work allocation,
escalations, leave management, reporting and intimations in a very effective way.
Features
Definition of tasks and activities in a workflow using GUIs.
Rule-based workflow routing (manual or automatic tasks) and escalation.
Conditions based on which the activities get executed.
Notification via email and SMS for each task is configurable
Resource allocation & scheduling, task monitoring and status reporting
Mobile app, to aid field staff during customer visits and enabled having up to date information about
customer and do certain selected transactions from the customer place.
Follow us at:
Page 144 of 461
Figure 7: Work Force Management
Follow us at:
Page 145 of 461
3.1.5 Inventory &Logistics

Effective management of the inventory would ensure that the inventory carrying cost is minimized. Getting
the inventory to the right location at the right time leads to better logistics management-related savings.
The system’s logistics and inventory module enables the service provider to track the inventory items and
maintain optimum levels of inventory in the stock points. The system enables service providers to maintain
extensive details on every piece of equipment, including current location. Returns, repairs and warranty
period on the hardware are also monitored using this module.
Logistics
Capture shipment details during material issue
Track consignment details while receiving the shipment
Issue and track the movement of stock between stock points towards reducing stock movement time -
enables one-click detail access to know whereabouts of the hardware
Track discrepancies in Hardware sale made by the dealer
Allocate material to the customers in bulk
Capture supplier warranty end date and purchase date of an item at the time of import into stock
Capture warranty period, so that appropriate maintenance costs are levied
Track the warranty of items issued to the customer
Track the inventory and hardware replacement details
Generate reports on material issues to operational entities
Inventory
Shows list of Material Request Notes, Issues, and related remarks with user-friendly interface
Maintains customer equipment details and the status (allocated, owned, issued to the customer)
including association with active products, ownership or loan status, ability to return, and location
Tracks Version number & Make of the serialized inventory
Allows the use of bar code scanners and record requisite information about the inventory thereby
avoiding errors due to data entry
Captures inventory batches into the system without requiring manual entry for each inventory item
Allows mass transactions on inventory based on batches (for example, mass issue to an Operational
entity)
Captures the details of the network element to identify the set of affected customers in case of a
network failure
Tracks inventory return information, and transfers ownership from customer to the associated
operational entity/business entity for new allocations. This feature is called Goods Return Voucher (GRV)
Capture and maintain reasons in the Transaction History for the goods returned by customer
Resets the existing properties and re-initialize the hardware for a new customer, once it is returned by
the customer
Facilitates transfer of customer-owned hardware equipment to another customer
Refunds hardware associated deposit to the customer’s main account after returning the hardware.
Supports permanent/ temporary substitution of inventory at a customer premises - in either case, the
provisioning and activation will also be tracked.
Provides ‘sale’, ‘lease’ and Loan type options of hardware issue to the customer. This helps in increasing
the sales
Follow us at:
Page 146 of 461
Supports Custom Validation(s) of Hardware Sale

Assembles various non-serialized items to sell as a single unit
Allows ad hoc discounts on hardware sale.
Maps hardware with the service to enforce capturing/issue of hardware against related services and
handling provisioning requests
Facilitates viewing the history of a hardware item
Maintains the ownership of an item
Figure 8: Stock Management
3.1.6 Security & Administration

Customer care and Billing solution is a mission-critical application and needs a higher level of security to
ensure that the data is not misused. The system enables the administrator to perform several functions, by
which the application remains secure. This module enables the administrator to define the privileges
granted to each user. Privileges can be defined to grant access to certain areas of functionality based on
different levels of access, such as read-write or read-only. Privileges can be directly assigned to users. These
features protect the system against unauthorized usage and control functionality that is reserved for
authorized users only.
Security
Supporting screen level Role-based Access Control (RBAC) to prevent unauthorized users accessing
critical information
Enabling RBAC to the relevant users with respect to Order taking, Collections, and sending commands
to Network elements.
Disabling users at Runtime; thus reducing breaking-in and fraudulent practices by the users
Prevent misuse of the system by locking-up the account after a few unsuccessful password attempts
Follow us at:
Page 147 of 461
Provide advanced security by 2/3 factor authentication mechanisms using Smart card and Biometric-
based Security
Password Policy
Configure password length by defining minimum and maximum length
Accept alpha numeric passwords
Encrypts user name and password data in the database
Allow/disallow User ID in password
Allow Administrator to reset the password
Intimate the user to change password periodically
Force the user to change password on
First time login
Regular periods
Password expiry
Password reset by the Admin
Set password expiry period, and password expiry intimation period.
Restrict user to repeat same password from the previous selections
Track password history
Administration
Provides on-line help for administrator
Allows error messaging
Defines Users, assign logins and passwords
Conducts Audit trails
Documents data backup/ data restore procedures to help the administrator
Shows user-wise history
Runs batch processes like bulk charge generation/ invoicing with pre-defined batch type to perform
month-end processes
Enables configuration to control the cursor size based on the expected loads and server configuration
Facilitates user defined batches for Customer type, Geographical location and account number range
Imports bulk collections during month end in order to facilitate smoother and efficient collection
process
Allows bulk corrections of collections
Defines message templates based on the events (Ex: Activation, Follow up, Disconnection etc.,) using the
defined templates and send/publish to the appropriate Set-Top Box or Smartcard. Similarly, welcome
messages can be sent to the new smartcard after activation
Enables the user to log into the system only once, if the domain user-id is mapped with The system
user-id (Single Sign On feature)
Home page can be set for each user which will be the login page for that user.
Dashboard
The system provides dashboard to represent the reports in pictorial form using different charts. Dashboard
consists of reports related to customer, finance, Orders and Customer care modules. Dashboards are useful
to check the performance and to maintain statistical information of different departments.
Follow us at:
Page 148 of 461
Navigation Flow
System user can navigate through the screens automatically. For example, CSR Specific flow can be set to a
CSR role, where in, CSR will get subscriber registration screen first, then automatically taken to order taking,
then to work order scheduling etc.
Work flow
Work flow is any sequence of operations to be performed in a particular order to activate a Customer or
agreement or process any transaction. Flow or sequence of operations can be flexible (need not follow a
sequence) and configurable based on the requirements and business model or the Client or User. After
registering a customer and assigning him/her a plan, the work flow sequence, like allocation of hardware,
sending activation request to Network elements, invoicing, collections can be configured as per the
requirements.
Report Container
The system has a set of standard reports and the same are provided to the service provider. If in any case,
the service provider requires specific reports, which fall outside the set of reports, provided by the system,
the same can be developed using the report container. Fundamentally the report container allows the
service provider to generate specific reports according to the requirement.
Scheduler
Service providers would have several processes, which have to be performed on a group of customers at
any given time. For example, there may be processes like changing a plan, invoicing, collections, service
disconnection, sending messages etc. The Scheduler functionality allows service provider to schedule such
bulk processes at the desired date and time. Especially, certain asynchronous jobs, say Future date
disconnections, can be prioritized and set in queue. It also provides an option to map respective action(s)
for each of the job which runs in parallel; say, ‘Generate disconnection request to Network Element’ is an
action that can be mapped to ‘Future date disconnection’ job. Feature to view reports without scheduling
(Quick Reports).
Importer
Quite often, service providers may need to import different types of data from different kinds of systems
into the billing system. This is mainly used to share the data across multiple systems to have a flow through
processes
The system importer has the ability to:

Set up file-based imports in a flexible manner in custom formats
Store the file data in the database for any future reference, if required
Change data while importing
Store imported data process-wise in different table schema
Process records that are directly inserted into the importer tables. This is useful when the external
system is tightly integrated with The system to export its data to the Importer’s database
Follow us at:
Page 149 of 461
3.2 SURE! – Additional Modules

3.2.1 Provisioning
The system has an adapter framework which allows simultaneous run of multiple instances of adapter. This
feature benefits a service provider to schedule multiple activities on multiple instances without affecting the
performance. For example, through one instance, regular activations & deactivations can be scheduled and
on the second instance, bulk activities can be scheduled. And it also facilitates the service provider to
configure log files for adapter instances with the instance Id or name in the corresponding properties file.
Provisioning handles creation of subscriptions, activation, deactivation, assigning services, activating

services, deactivating services etc. The system generates provisioning requests for each these business
processes mentioned above, which will be extracted by provisioning adapters like a CAS adapter or a CMTS
adapter adapter. Magnaquest develops these adapters based on the exact infrastructure that the service
provider is using.
Mediation extracts service usage information from the service provider infrastructure and converting the
same into billing data. For example, a Usage Accounting Server logs all accounting information i.e. usage
information like events used, time logged in, time logged off, bytes transmitted out, bytes transmitted,
service used (example: Interactive Services) etc.
The Mediation adapter extracts this usage data from such Accounting servers and Network Elements,
converts into a billable format and uses the billable data to do guiding, rating, billing and invoicing.
Magnaquest develops these adapters based on the exact infrastructure that the service provider is using.
Magnaquest’s experience and capabilities with such technologies, which are convergent in nature, has been
highly positive in terms of being cost-effective, user-friendly and investment-protection oriented.
The system’s architecture ensures that the future flexibility of the solution is not hampered, while
considering the logical and user/sub scalability in full.
Pay TV - Provisioning and Mediation Features
Integrate with multiple CA Systems simultaneously, thereby providing the flexibility of selecting any
CAS partner by the service provider
Provision multiple Smartcard versions
Create a customer and a plan
o Creating a Product: Whenever a new product is configured on the SMS, corresponding
service ID should be created on the CAS server and mapped to the SMS product so created.
This mapping will be used later on for sending out provisioning requests to CAS.
o Creating a Customer: When a new customer is created on the SMS, a smartcard is assigned
to the customer. A request is sent to CAS server to create the customer and attach the
smartcard to that customer. Simultaneously a customer ID is created on CAS server, and the
smartcard is attached. This CAS customer ID is mapped to the SMS customer ID and the map
details are stored in CAS server for future use.
Follow us at:
Page 150 of 461
Send single Activation Request for multiple services availed by the customer
Change customer data in the provisioning system with respect to the changes in the customer
address/geographic details
Process activation and deactivation of the plan or a product assigned to the customer, as per the
request of from SMS
o Activation: After creating a customer, products / services are added to the customer on
SMS. After the approval process and work flow in the SMS, the final request is sent to the
CAS server. For attaching more smartcards to an existing customer, a separate interface will
be provided and products will be tracked per smartcard.
o Adding a Product to the customer: When new products have to be added to the existing
customer, then this process is used. An authorization request is sent out for the new product
for the existing customer in these cases.
o Deactivation: A plan or product may be permanently disconnected using this option. This is
same as the ‘Cancel’ service command. It will stop all further renewals or authorizations on
the canceled service.
Processes change of plan, hold and reactivation of the disconnected plan/ product/ service assigned
to the customer.
Provides Remove Pre-activation job to remove services on a pre-activated smartcard. - 129264 - 453
o Change of plan: To activate a product say Star Movies for a customer, instead of Channel V,
we send out a disconnection request for channel V and an activation request for Star movies
for the specified smartcard.
o Hold (Suspension): A plan or product may be temporarily disconnected using this option.
For Ex: this could be done for defaulting on payments. This is same as the ‘Suspend’ service
command. Such services may be renewed or reactivated later on.
o Reactivation: Suspended services may be reactivated using this command. It first reactivates
the smartcard so that authorize requests may be sent out on the smartcard. Then the
suspended services on the smartcard are re-authorized.
Parental Rating & Pin Code:
The system has the –
o Ability to set parental rating and pin code as part of smartcard initialization and store them
separately for each smartcard that the customer may have
o Ability to enforce custom validations for pin codes when entering from the user-interface
o Ability to set site-wide default values for both parental rating and pin code
o Ability to define and configure parental rating codes and descriptions
o Ability define and configure exact bit settings for each parental code by provisioning
entity/CAS
Generates addressable transaction requests based on specific events triggered by business
transactions. The transaction requests are generated based on a standard work flow, only after
processing required transactions.
Tracks and changes the status of requests periodically, based on parameters like ‘Request Type’,
‘Request ID’ or ‘Account Number’
Process the acknowledgements and messages from CAS server and convert them to a format that
The system understands
Follow us at:
Page 151 of 461
Provides an Alerting tool that monitors the link between the system and CAS and identifies any link
failures between the two systems.
Sends alert message through email to the concerned mail id, whenever connectivity fails between
adapter and CAS or an error file is downloaded
Sends ad hoc commands to the CAS server
Encrypts password in Provisioning Setup interface, if the service provisioning parameter contains
password.
Allows and restricts users in sending CAS commands
Re-tracks the services on smartcard vis-a-vis customer agreement. Re-tracking is a process in which
all the requests are sent to the provisioning entity (like CAS) to make sure that the smart card
reflects the entitlements according to the customer agreement. It is an ad-hoc request sent to the
provisioning entity to tackle situations like weak signals, status showing Activated but customer not
getting the signals. Supports Re-tracking of provisioning requests for services like PayTV,
Broadband, VoIP, PPV and VoD.
Re-entitlement (Re-tracking) and resend earlier messages that were reported by CAS as either ‘fail’
or ‘success’. This process will “refresh” all services being provisioned on a given smartcard. This
command is used if there are any doubts about the provisioning status of the service. Ex: the SMS
may be showing the service as Active but the customer complains of bad reception or no reception.
Send requests in batch mode
o Send requests to the CAS in batches at pre-defined intervals
o Facilitates bulk activations and bulk disconnections
o Requests accumulated over a period of time can be gathered and submitted to the CAS
server in batches
o Administrator can schedule the intervals as to when the batches should be sent to CAS.
OSD: It is the process of sending customized messages to the STB. This is possible only if the CAS
supports the STB to which the message has to be sent. The message gets displayed on the
customer’s TV set for a configurable duration.
Sends commands to CAS to pair STB & Smartcard in bulk. This enables service providers to pre-pair
bulk STB and Smartcards before distributing to the dealers and /or customers.
Sends customer personal information including region, FTA, parental rating to the CAS to
incorporate on the smartcard. This information enables CAS to allow/restrict signals based on region
and any other information set on the smartcard.
Resets password on customer smartcard through 'Reset Password' command of CAS
Set/ reset customer personal information on the smartcard with respect to the changes in the
customer address
Send notification whenever provisioning parameter values are modified
Define message templates based on the events (Ex: Activation, Follow up, Disconnection etc.). Using
the defined templates, custom messages can be written and sent to the appropriate Set-Top Box or
Smartcard.
Generates “Terminate Hardware” provisioning request whenever Goods Return Voucher is generated
at the time of service disconnection
Prioritization: Commands / messages being sent to the CAS server are given priority. For every
priority a different queue is maintained along with cycle time. Cycle time is the interval after which
the message is sent over-the-air again. For every command being sent to CAS, the SMS will set the
Follow us at:
Page 152 of 461
priority based on the cycle time required. Ex: For disconnections for fraudulent cases, the priority
may be set to high so that the command is sent over-the-air more frequently. For OSD, the
messages which are of not very urgent attention (for example. announcing the launch of a new
service in future), the priority may be set as low. These messages will go over-the-air, say, once in a
day or less frequently.
Finger printing: A method to force the STB to display a unique smartcard number on the screen. This
can be used to combat piracy. P&M interface would send request to CAS to validate the authenticity
of the customer. The system facilitates service provider to send service-wise finger prints.
Reports on CAS requests
By Request Type (Activation, Renewal, Reconnection, Reinstatement, Disconnection, Hold or Re-
activation)
By Request Status (New/ pending/ Completed)
Based on the user requirements, reports will be generated during the implementation phase on time
and material basis.
Examples of Reports –
o CAS error reports
o Requests pending confirmation
o Exceptions report
CAS adapter module

Magnaquest has the requisite experience in integrating CAS systems and the adapters are already available
for leading CAS vendors which include NDS, Nagravision, Irdeto, Conax AS, Viaccess, XCrypt, Enigma,
Latens, SIDSA, Scientific Atlanta etc. Service provider can choose a conditional access system of his choice
and Magnaquest will enhance these adapters and then plugged in with ease to facilitate seamless
integration with the system.
Figure 9: Provisioning Process
Follow us at:
Page 153 of 461
4. Training
Introduction
Magnaquest emphasizes the training of your users (staff) on our billing system subsequent to the
completion of the implementation successfully. Users should have a good know-how related to their
responsibilities. The users should be qualified/equipped to operate and maintain the system in the most
cost-effective and reliable way.
To provide your users with the competence in operating our system we have designed a training
framework. We provide a series of sessions to give users the knowledge and skills necessary to use, and
maintain the system. These classes focus on the technical aspects of our product and real-world business
issues and processes. All include lectures, demonstrations, discussions, and the hands-on use of the system.
Audience
The training would be targeted to personnel of the Client Organization, who are directly involved in the
operations, which are directly and indirectly influenced by the usage of the system as their billing solution
For instance, the different modules of the system namely Subscriber Information and Billing, Finance,
Logistics, Customer Care and Administration influence the following personnel of the Client Organization.
Head - Operations (Subscriber Management) and his team
Head – Customer Care and his team
Head - Provisioning team
The aforesaid audience should be involved in the training program and made conversant with all the
functionalities of the system.
Structure of the Training process

Magnaquest believes in a structured training process. The Consultant from The system will work with the
Customer to design a structured training process to avoid the training sessions from being formal lectures.
However, we have a high level training framework in place, which can be customized based on the user
requirement. We have divided the training into two phases
Phase 1
Objective
This class introduces the basic components of the system, functionalities, and the advantages (both
functional and business related) of using the product in general and its impact on the Client’s business in
particular.
Training
In this phase the users would understand the basic terminologies in each of the modules, mapping of
business process of the customer within the system through a detailed power point presentation. At the
end of the session, time is spent working on questions and issues that arise from the trainees.
Note: A little time spent planning at the outset saves many hours of work in the long run. The Magnaquest
consulting staff will help lay the groundwork for the most effective Subscriber Management System.
Follow us at:
Page 154 of 461
Phase 2
Objective
Phase 2 of the training process, mainly deals with the details of operational and transactional processes that
could be triggered using the system. The concepts to be dealt under this phase are as follows:
Subscriber information & Billing

Financial management
Logistics & Inventory
Customer care
Administration/ P&M/ Reports
In addition to learning the system functions using the provided samples, there is hands-on experience using
actual applications screens. At the end of the session, time is spent working on questions and issues that
arise from customer applications
Training Overview
These sessions are tailored to meet customer requirements. The format is flexible, and sessions can take the
form of a formal class, one-on-one discussions, and work group meetings: whatever suits the needs of the
participants. The session content is customized to deal with the user's roles /functions and any
questions/issues. The subject matter and the number of people involved determine session length.
In preparation for the class, the consultant works with the customer to determine the training content:
issues, potential problem areas, procedural concerns, etc. Participants can submit questions in advance like
the below:
Some users may opt for a brief review of basic The system features and then focus on more
advanced features and functionality
End-users and technical personnel may choose to meet separately with the consultant, addressing
the issues that affect each group.
The consultant then prepares for the class based on the specified issues.
Feedback from the trained Personnel

After each training session is accomplished, trainees are asked to provide feedback on the training session.
This could be in any forms like, one to one discussion, quizzing, conducting tests (theory and practical),
This feedback can be instrumental in analyzing the level of training required for specific group of trainees
and the training abilities of the trainer can be reviewed as well.
Expectations of the Training

On the accomplishment of the training program, the following can be expected from the audience:
The basic business models the system supports and advantages of using it.
Get acquainted with the application screens, navigational aspects, and any shortcuts that would
enable them to reduce the time of operation.
Effectively operate the system to perform the required transactions related to their roles/functions.
Follow us at:
Page 155 of 461
In effect, the users would be qualified to improve the efficiency of performing day to day operations
thereby increase overall productivity of the company.
-------------------END OF DOCUMENT--------------------
Follow us at:
Page 156 of 461
Broadband & Telecom | Cloud | Media & Entertainment | Managed Services
Unified Communications | Utilities
MAGNAQUEST SURE!
HARDWARE & 3RD PARTY
SYSTEM SOFTWARE
ETHIOPIA
Confidential
This document is the property of, and is proprietary to Magnaquest Technologies (Magnaquest). It is not to be
disclosed in whole or in part without the expressed written authorization of Magnaquest, and shall not be
duplicated or used, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate Magnaquest’s proposal, and shall
be returned to Magnaquest upon request.
Page 157 of 461
(c) 2014 Magnaquest Technologies Ltd. - Proprietary and Confidential

Hardware & Software Specification
Table of Contents
1 SYSTEM HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAGNAQUEST SURE APPLICATION .............................. 3
2 SYSTEM SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAGNAQUEST SURE APPLICATION ................................ 4
Follow us at: 2
Page 158 of 461
1 System Hardware Specifications for Magnaquest Sure Application
The following are the specifications with High Availability of Application (Active – Active) and Database
(Active - Active) which supports up to 2Million subscriber base.
SURE PRODUCTION HARDWARE:
S.No Item Description Configuration Description Qty. Remarks
1 Primary Application 1 * Hexa Core 2.4 GHz Processors

Note
servers for CRM 32 GB Memory
application, 600 GB disk space with RAID5 on 1. Shared storage is
SAS drives. 1+1 to store Reports
Provisioning and
Windows 2008 R2 /2012 Standard - output files.
Adapters. (Active
64bit.
Scale-Out with Web-garden is App 2. The application
enabled which enables multiple Cluster) is scalable to add
worker process to make use of more servers when
system resources. require.
2 Primary Two Node 1 * Hexa Core 2.4 GHz Processors

1+1 Active - Active
Cluster Database 32 GB Memory
600 GB disk space with RAID5 on (Active
SAS drives. RAC
RHEL 6.3 - 64bit Cluster)
3 Standby Database to 1 * Quad Core 2.4 GHz Processors.

handle database 16 GB Memory
Failover and to apply 600 GB disk space with RAID5 on 1
SAS drives. (Standby
latest patches which
RHEL 6.3 - 64bit
minimize the DB)
Oracle Data Guard.
production downtime.
Follow us at: 3
Page 159 of 461
Common Recommended Controls
S.No Item Description Recommended Configuration Qty.
1 SAN Storage 15K SAS Disks (Each Disk IOPS 180

-200) with RAID 5. 1
Must support files storage
2 TB Usable Disk Space
2 Hardware Load Raidware AppDirector 508: Up to 500
1
balancer Mbps
(Active Mode)
3 DLT Tape To enable offline daily backups of

Drive(Optional) critical data of application and 1
database.
Throughput : 300Mbp
4 Cisco Firewall with
Maximum Connections/Second :
Remote VPN 1
9,000
(Optional)
2 System Software Specifications for Magnaquest Sure Application

Software requirements are independent of number of subscribers; hence we suggest the following common
system software requirements.
S.No Item Description Pupose Qty.

1 Oracle 11g R2 (Latest 3 –License.
Patch) ASFU Standard
Database Software. Note: Standby
Edition – 64bit
Servers are
included above.
2 DBVisit Reports Tool To replicate the require objects on

to reports database which enables
1 –Licenses.
to configure application reports
from this database.
Follow us at: 4
Page 160 of 461
3 Scale-Out This has advantages to make use

of higher end hardware resources
One License
by enable multiple worker process
applicable for
over application scaling up, next 1 - Licenses
2
to performance, also related to
server/hosts.
high-availability
4 Toad 10 (Optional) This is a general-purpose

database development and
administration tool. This is not a
mandatory requirement. Any other 1
tool can also be used.
5 MS Office ( Excel) For application server to generate 1

reports & prepaid cards
6 Crystal Reports 11 - For developing new reports

Developer 1
Edition(Optional)
7 Adobe Acrobat Reader For accessing the system

9.0 or higher(Freeware) generated files and the system 1
user manual
8 JRE 1.4(Freeware) Java Runtime Environment for

-
Integration adapters
Follow us at: 5
Page 161 of 461
Important Note:
Magnaquest is certified partner of oracle and can get decent discounts on oracle price.
The above provided is usable disk space. Also ensure the disk redundancy as per the recommendation.
DRC is responsible for purchasing or setting up or configuring the hardware, network elements etc. We
recommend that DRC procure these locally.
Suggested hardware specifications are for budgetary consideration only. At the time of implementation,
proper study on DRC business processes, operations, sub-base growth expectation etc. will be
conducted to make required amendments, if any, to the suggested Hardware /Software specifications.
We recommend consistent Giga bit local network connectivity between database and application server.
Make sure the appropriate bandwidth internet connection from application server when users access
application from external world.
High-End printers – To reduce load on servers during bill presentment, we recommend DRC to use
high-end printers to stream data required for printing
We expect that the connectivity between ‘Application Server’ and third party system server (With which
‘Application server’ will be integrated) to be established through a minimum of 1 Mbps dedicated
leased line with site to site VPN connection or secure web services call before we take up the integration
work (if third party system server is in external network).
----------------------------------------- End of Document --------------------------------------
Follow us at: 6
Page 162 of 461
Part I. Head End
Playout server
Page 163 of 461

Ethiopia – 4 x SD ch’s, Play/Record & Content Scheduling System for DTT HE
Playout Control Network Switch – CNS-2924B-CXF

*Spd Mode off = 10Mbps 10/100/1000Base-T Ports (1-24T) - Ports are IEEE Auto MDI/MDI-X Dual-Personality Ports: 10/100/1000-T (T) or Mini-GBIC (M)
ProCurve ProCurve Switch
Use only one (T or M) for each Port

2900-24G flash = 100Mbps Link 1 Mode 3 5 7 9 11 Link 13 Mode 15 17 19 21T 23T Link 21 M Mode 23 M
J9049A
on = 1000Mbps
ProCurve Networking
Power
Status HP Innovation
10G Act
RPS LED FDx
Mode
Fault Fan Spd *
Test Usr
Locator Console Auxiliary Port

Reset Clear Link 2 Mode 4 6 8 10 12 Link 14 Mode 16 18 20 22T 24T Link 22 M Mode 24 M
CNS-2924B-CXF
Ingest-1
4 Channels Playout Server
8 x ProDrive Application licenses Ingest-2 Play-1
inc. Playlist Schedular Play-2 16
SW only, Installed on customer X
provided 2 x Workstation. 16
MIP-7100-DVS MPC-7002 MIP-7100-DVS
SD/HD
SDI
Ingest-3
Ingest-4 Play-3 Mat.
NSM 2012K (Shared
Play-4
System Manager With the
Server Configuration DTH
HE
and Monitoring MIP-7100-DVS MPC-7002 MIP-7100-DVS System)
FTP
Customer Files (FTP/UNC)

Promedia Carbon
File to File Transcoder
SW only, Installed on
Customer Workstation. Gig-E
(ports)
Gig-E
Ports/eth Gig-E
MPC-2200-2CH
Notes: MediaDirecto
1. Analog Black Burst Sync to be connected in r
each MIP Module. Spectrum MediaCenter

2. Customer to provide 2xWorkstations for ProDrive, 1+3 Lic. each With 16TB online Storage
and 1x Workstation for Carbon SW.
3. 16TB Online Storage, 4 x SD ch’s, 2 Weeks.
SDI Video Format SD, DV

2 ch’s
Ethiopia 4 SD Ch’s Playout Sys
Audio Format
1GbE Private connection Expansion Capability depending on Video Bitrate Spectrum MediaCenter with 16TB – 4 SD channels
to MIP Storage Capacity 16TB online Storage Quotation Reference 2014-235210
1 GbE external RAID Configuration 2(4+2) Modified/ Created/
connection to Switch by 30 October 2014 by Zohar Adiv Page 164 of 461

IP Bandwidth COPYRIGHT OMNEON VIDEO NETWORKS NBC DTH HE -Playout Diagram
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Omneon ProDrive™
Control for Omneon Spectrum™
and MediaDeck™ Servers
Omneon ProDrive is a comprehensive, easy to use software
application to control your Omneon Spectrum or MediaDeck
server from anywhere on your network.
ProDrive offers comprehensive ingest, clip preparation, playout

and clip management capabilities. Designed specifically for your
Omneon media server, ProDrive improves efficiency, reduces
costs and helps maximize your media server investment.
ProDrive is available in single channel increments, enabling

up to six simultaneous playout ports or four ingest ports,
providing true flexibility to configure the system to meet
your requirements.
Powerful Ingest Features

ProDrive provides a range of ingest features for capturing content
to your Omneon media server and preparing it for transmission.
The crash record feature allows operators to instantly specify an ingest port to record
on and capture content that is being fed to that port. Crash records can be configured
BENEFITS
to run automatically for a specified duration, creating a clip on your media server, and
• Control content on your Spectrum or clips can be scheduled for playout on another port while being recorded.
MediaDeck server from anywhere on
the network ProDrive’s scheduled recording features let you configure your ingest schedule based
on the availability of incoming feeds from outside sources. Comprehensive schedule
• Powerful ingest features let you capture management enables users to view, edit and create new scheduled record items at any
content automatically according to a time of day for any duration. At the specified time, your media server will automatically
schedule, or instantly specify a channel switch to record mode and capture your desired content.
with the crash record feature
Manual ingest capabilities allow you to capture content from your tapes while
• Create sophisticated playout schedules simultaneously controlling the source VTR via serial protocol. In addition, you can
or play clips out immediately create an ingest list based on the content of a tape, and then automatically capture
• Review clips, specify in and out points, and digitize all marked sections from that tape. This feature captures content from
and create sub-clips, all from your multi-segment tapes, but also handles long-form content that spans multiple tapes.
desktop – or rename, move, copy and Ingest lists can also be created in external applications and imported into ProDrive.
delete content
Flexible Clip Preparation
ProDrive provides comprehensive clip preparation to ensure that the content stored on
your media server is ready for transmission whenever you need it.
Any clip on your server can be loaded into the ProDrive application and controlled just
as if it were a clip on a VTR, using any available port on your Omneon media server.
Operators can jog and shuttle through the clip, find points of interest, mark new in and
out points, and automatically create new sub-clips based on this data.
Find More Online
www.omneon.com/ProDrive
Page 165 of 461

PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Extensive Playout Options

ProDrive provides comprehensive content playout features in the same intuitive user interface. Individual clips (or even sections of
clips) can be loaded onto a port and either played out immediately or scheduled for playout at a specific time.
Operators are also able to create playout lists containing multiple clips from your Omneon media server. ProDrive supports complex
transmission rules such as individual clip looping or entire list loops, dynamically handling changes to the list’s contents. New clips
arriving on the server can immediately be inserted into an active list at any desired point.
ProDrive can also import playlists from other applications, making it easy to integrate into existing workflows or other parts of your business.
Full logging of transmission output is provided, making it easy to compare schedules and as-run content – ensuring that what went
to air matches what was intended.
Manage Clips Easily

The clip management features in ProDrive help you to manage the content stored in your Omneon media server. With a full explorer
view of the server’s contents, you can rename, move, copy and delete clips, all from your desktop. Even with complex reference or
self-contained clips, a consolidated view makes your content manageable and accessible. Folder structures within the media server
can also be created and organized with ProDrive.
Summary
Paired with the Omneon media server of your choice, ProDrive provides a complete solution to get you on air quickly and painlessly.
Fast to set up and easy to learn and use, it is the ideal companion for your Spectrum or MediaDeck server.
U.S. Headquarters: Europe: Japan: Asia/Pacific:

1237 E. Arques Ave. 5 Lindenwood Ginza 3-Chome Bldg. 8F 20 Loyang Crescent
Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Chineham, Basingstoke 3-14-1 Ginza, Chuo-ku Singapore 508984
ph +1 866.861.5690 RG24 8QY United Kingdom Tokyo 104-0061 Japan ph +65 6548.0500
ph +1 408.585.5000 ph +44 1256.347.400 ph +81 03.5565.6735 fx +65 6548.0504
www.omneon.com fx +1 408.585.5099 fx +44 1256.347.410 fx +81 03.5565.6736
©2010 Omneon, Inc. All rights reserved. Omneon and the Omneon logo are registered trademarks of Omneon, Inc. All other
trademarks are the property of the respective companies. Printed in USA | September 2010. The information contained in this
document is subject to change without notice or obligation. Page 166 of 461
P R O D U C T S P E C I F I C AT I O N
Spectrum MediaCenter
Ethernet / MediaPorts
RST
MIP ALT
3 BOOT
PWR
MIP
2
LTC
IN
MIP
1
ETH
2/3 MIP
0
ETH
0/1
Unused Ethernet MediaPorts LTC IN / Reset
Spectrum MediaCenter Rear View
Spectrum MediaCenter
Spectrum MediaCenter combines media server and storage functions in a single, compact 2 RU enclosure. Ideal for moderate
(4 to 12) channel count applications, the system provides file system and communication management for video and audio ingest
and playout activities.
MediaCenter supports a maximum of 600 Mbps real-time video bandwidth using up to six externally-connected Spectrum MediaPort
7000 and 5000 Series products, which provide video/audio interfaces as well as encode and decode for record and playback. This
modular approach lets you configure systems to meet your needs today, while allowing for future expansion.
Clients access the system via up to 4 gigabyte Ethernet (GbE) connections, and have access to FTP, CIFS, and AFP services.
Combined, these services offer network throughput of up to 225 MBps (varies with real-time play/record activity).
The system provides either 8 or 16 TB of usable storage (approximately 300 to 600 hours at 50 Mbps) using state-of-the-art 1 or 2 TB
drives protected with Spectrum’s robust RAID 6 (dual-parity) technology, offering rock-solid reliability.
Applications access the system using the same API as provided on all Spectrum-family products, protecting your investment and
ensuring compatibility no matter what the platform. Management functions are offered via the familiar SystemManager console,
simplifying configuration and monitoring of the system.
www.omneon.com Page 167 of 461

Spectrum MediaCenter Specifications

Parameter Specification Detail
Video Channels 12 at 50 Mbps Maximum 600 Mbps total video play/record bandwidth available.
6 at 100 Mbps
MediaPorts Maximum 6 total, Ethernet connected Supports MediaPort 7000 and 5000 series.
No support for IEEE-1394 products.
Storage 12 E-SATA HDD 8 to 16 TB usable in two 4+2 RAID sets; 300-600 hours at 50 Mbps
1 or 2 TB each
Network 2 to 4 GbE ports 2 dedicated network ports; 2 additional ports configurable for network
or MediaPort operation
Network Throughput Maximum 200 MBps Varies with total video channel bitrate
(600 Mbps video)
Maximum 225 MBps
(400 Mbps video)
Reference Per MediaPort MediaCenter can support multiple timing standards on a single
system. Reference is handled by the MediaPorts independently.
Environmental Temperature +5C to +40C
Humidity 10% to 85% non-condensing
Safety UL 60950-1 2nd Edition Information Technology Equipment - Safety - Part 1: General
CSA C22.2 Requirements
EMC FCC 15 Class A US
VCCI Class A Japan
CISPR 22 Class A Australia, New Zealand, EU
CNS 13438 Class A Taiwan
ICES-003 Class A Canada
EN 55022 Class A EU
KN22 Class A Korea
Dimensions W: 44.4 cm (17.5 in.) Chassis only, inside rack
H: 8.8 cm (3.5 in.) 2 RU
D: 68.6 cm (27 in.) Bezel front to chassis rear
71.1 cm (28 in.) Bezel front to rear of back connectors
Weight 26.3 kg (58 lb) Chassis with 12 disk drives
Power 100-240 V, 50-60 Hz Dual redundant hot-swappable power supplies
360W Maximum
Included Accessories
Quantity Description Notes
2 Power cord
1 Rack Mount Hardware Kit 673.1 mm to 924.6 mm (26.5” to 36.4”)
Spare Kits
SP-0098-001 MediaCenter 1 TB HDD Spare
SP-0099-001 MediaCenter 2 TB HDD Spare
SP-0097-001 Rack Mount Hardware Kit, 482.6 mm to 675.6 mm (19” to 26.6”)
SP-0100-001 MediaCenter Front Bezel
SP-0101-001 MediaCenter Power Supply Module
U.S. Headquarters: Harmonic UK Limited: Hong Kong:

4300 North First Street IQ Farnborough Ground Floor, Level 23, Office Tower
San Jose, CA 95134 250 Fowler Avenue Farnborough, Langham Place,
ph +1 800.788.1330 Hampshire GU14 7JP England 8 Argyle Street, Mongkok
ph +1 408.542.2500 ph +44 1252.555.400 Kowloon Hong Kong
www.omneon.com fx +1 408.542.2511 fx +44 1252.377.171 Tel: +852 3713 9300
Fax: +852 3010 9840
© 2011 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, Omneon and the Omneon logo are trademarks, registered
trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Other company, product and service names
mentioned herein may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. All product and application features and specifications are
subject to change at the sole discretion of Harmonic at any time and without notice. Page 168 of 461
06.22.11
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Omneon SystemManager
The SystemManager acts as the administrative hub of all Omneon systems including Spectrum, MediaGrid, MediaDeck, ProBrowse and ProXchange.
Its streamlined and intuitive browser-based user interface allows users to make rapid adjustments to system configurations, integrate additional
components and identify fault conditions. In fact, the fault reporting and alerting capabilities of SystemManager can head off issues before they become
critical.
• Facility-Wide Control: The SystemManager integrates with your existing data network and allows administrators and technicians to monitor and
manage Omneon systems from any web-enabled computer in real time.
• Active Monitoring and Alerting: The SystemManager constantly monitors dozens of characteristics of every component in the system, alerting
the designated administrators to abnormal conditions such as temperature, power, data connectivity, etc. If a fault is discovered,
SystemManager automatically sends an email or page to the system administrator.
SystemManager – NSM-2007/ NSM-2007K/ NSM-2007SW

SystemManager is currently available in three variants.
• The NSM-2007 is a combination of hardware and software and can be used to manage any combination of Omneon systems. The
specifications of the supplied hardware platform are detailed below.
• The NSM-2007K uses the same combination of hardware and software as NSM-2007 but has the addition of a rack-mountable keyboard,
monitor and trackpad.
• The NSM-2007SW is a software only option which can be installed and configured on customer supplied hardware. The specifications for this
hardware are detailed below.
MOUSE SERIAL LAN 2

1
LAN
PORT VIDEO
AC
USB 0 i LAN 2
KBD
USB 1
NSM-2007, NSM-2007K SystemManager Server
AC Input VGA
I 100 – 240v
AC Input Keyboard & Monitor
0 100 – 240V
NSM-2007K SystemManager Keyboard, Monitor, Mouse
SystemManager NSM-2007 Specifications

Parameter Specification
SystemManager Server Processor Intel® Celeron® Processor 336 at 2.8GHz/256K Cache,533MHz FSB
Memory 1GB DDR2, 667MHz, 2x512MB Single Ranked DIMMs
Storage 80GB, SATA II, 3.5-inch, 7.2K RPM Hard Drive
Ethernet On-Board Dual Gigabit Network Adapter
Environmental Operating Temperature: 10° to 35°C (50° to 95°F)

Operating Relative Humidity: 20% to 80% (non-condensing) with a maximum humidity gradation of 10%
per hour
Operating Maximum Vibration: 0.25 G’s 0-Peak, 3-200 HZ sweep @ 1/2 Octaves/minute
Operating Maximum Shock: 31G, 2.6ms, 20inch/sec, bottom side
Operating Altitude: -16 to 3048 m (-50 to 10,000 ft.)
Storage Temperature: -40° to 65°C (-40° to 149°F)
Storage Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% (non-condensing)
Storage Maximum Vibration: 1.54 GRMS - 6 sides @ 15 min/side
Storage Maximum Shock: 71G, 2ms, 35inch/sec, 6 sides; 32G, 2ms, 270inch/sec, 6 sides
Storage Altitude: -16 to 10,600 m (-50 to 35,000 ft.)
Page 169 of 461
Omneon SystemManager
SystemManager NSM-2007 Specifications (continued)
Parameter Specification
Safety FCC Part 15 Class A
EN61000-3-2, A1, A2: Current Harmonics
EN61000-3-3: Voltage Flicker
EN55022: 1998 and CISPR 22: 1997 Class A
VCCI Class 1
MIC Class A
BSMI
EN55024: 1998 and CISPR 24: 1997
IEC 61000-4-2: Electrostatic Discharge specification
IEC 61000-4-3: Radiated Immunity
IEC 61000-4-4: EFT/Bursts Immunity
IEC 61000-4-5: Surge Immunity
IEC 61000-4-6: Conducted Immunity 0.15-80MHz
IEC 61000-4-8: Power Frequency H-Field
IEC 61000-4-11: Voltage Dips/Interrupts/Variation
Dimensions 44.70 x 54.61 x 4.27 cm / 17.60 x 21.50 x 1.68 inch (WxDxH), 1RU
Weight 11.80kg (26.0 lbs)
Power 110/220 Volts, 345W, Single power supply
SystemManager KMM Specifications Integrated USB KVM, HD15 VGA, USB Type A for KB/MS. IP console port RJ45 type (IP KVM model). Re-
mote console port, RJ45 type (2-console model), Serial port, DB9 (IP KVM model), Virtual Device port,
(included with USB type B (IP KVM model), PS/2 cascade port, 2 Mini DIN & HD15 female, USB cascade port, HD15
NSM-2007K model) female, DC power input, Plug-round type.
Video Samsung grade A industrial TFT LCD Panel. Resolution 1,280 x 1,024 with 60/70/75Hz.
Environment Operating Temperature: 0° to 50 ° C (32° to 122°F)

(Operation); -5° to 65° C (23° to 149°F) (Storage)
Relative Humidity: 5~90%, non-condensing
Shock: 10G acceleration (11ms duration)
Vibration: 5~500Hz 1G RMS random vibration
Safety FCC
CE
VCCI
3C*
Dimensions 1U rack mounting on slide-out rails. 44.2 x 60 x 4.45 cm / 17.4 x 23.6 x 1.75 inch (WxDxH)
Weight 16kg (35.27 lbs)
Power 110/220 Volts at 50 or 60 Hz via AC adapter (12V, 5A)
Included Accessories
Qty Description Notes
1 Power Cord - NSM-2007
2 Power Cord - NSM-2007K 1.83 Meters (6 ft.)
1 Rack mount Hardware Kit 19 inch (standard roundhole)
SystemManager NSM2007SW Minimum Hardware Requirements

Qty Description
Processor Intel® Celeron® Processor 336 at 2.8GHz/256K Cache,533MHz FSB
Memory 512MB RAM (1GB RAM for MediaGrid management)
Storage 80GB, SATA II, 3.5-inch, 7.2K RPM Hard Drive, CD or DVD-ROM Drive
Ethernet Dual Gigabit Network Adapter
Operating System Windows XP Service Pack 2
US Headquarters: Europe: Japan: Asia/Pacific:

965 Stewart Drive 5 Lindenwood Ginza San-Chome Bldg. 8F 20 Loyang Crescent
Sunnyvale, CA 94085 Chineham, Basingstoke 3-14-1 Ginza, Chuo-ku Singapore 508984
ph +1 866.861.5690 RG24 8QY United Kingdom Tokyo 104-0061 Japan ph +65 6548.0500
ph +1 408.585.5000 ph +44 1256.347.400 ph +81 03.5565.6735 fx +65 6548.0504
Omneon logo is a registered trademark of Omneon, Inc. All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of
the respective companies. Copyright ©2007 Omneon, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in USA | November 2007 The informa-
tion contained in this document is subject to change without notice or obligation. PS_SystemManager_071115
Page 170 of 461
MediaPort 7000 Series Specifications

MPC-7002, MIP-7100, and MIP-7600
Power Indicator Air Vents Port Status Display
MediaPort 7000 Series Front View (MPC-7002)

SDI OUT A
SDI OUT A
SDI OUT A
SDI OUT A
SDI OUT B
SDI OUT B
SDI OUT B
SDI OUT B
SDI IN A
SDI IN A
SDI IN B
SDI IN B
UNUSED
UNUSED
LTC IN A
LTC OUT A
LTC IN B
LTC OUT B
REF LOOP
REF LOOP
SERIAL
UNUSED
DIRECTOR
LTC IN A
LTC OUT A
LTC IN B
LTC OUT B
REF LOOP
REF LOOP
SERIAL
UNUSED
DIRECTOR
MediaPort 7000 Series Rear View (two modules installed)
Omneon Spectrum™ MediaPort 7000 series products provide ingest and playout of HD and SD video and digital audio for storage
on Omneon Spectrum media servers. The MediaPort 7000 offers high-quality, configurable I/O channels with a variety of advanced
features. The products are supplied as modules that plug into the MediaPort 7000 series chassis, ordered separately.
MediaPort 7000 products offer the following features:

• Each chassis holds up to two modules. Each module provides two bidirectional channels.
• The two-slot chassis allows different MediaPort modules to be mixed in a single enclosure. Modules are independent and can be
replaced without disrupting operations on the other module. A module can be added to an empty slot at any time.
• Codec support includes HD/SD MPEG-2, SD DV (DV 25, DVCPRO 25, DVCPRO 50), DVCPRO HD, XDCAM HD, and AVC-Intra (Class
50 and Class 100).
• Up, down and cross-conversion are standard with every HD-capable module. There are no channel-count or performance
penalties. Cross-conversion allows playout of 720p material on a 1080i channel, and vice-versa.
• Simulcast is available on every channel, where SD-only channels include 2 identical outputs and HD-capable channels include 2
independently-configurable outputs. An HD video channel can be presented in both 720p and 1080i.
• All codecs present in the module are available for seamless, frame-accurate back-to-back playout.
www.omneon.com Page 171 of 461

• MediaPort I/O modules and power supplies are hot swappable and can be installed or replaced without disrupting
on-air operation.
• Chroma sampling options are 4:2:2, 4:2:0, or 4:2:1, as appropriate for the operating point.
• Supported media wrappers are QuickTime reference and self-contained, MXF OP-1a, and MXF OP-1b.
• A front panel color display provides identification, status and alarms for each module, in order to show the state of each channel
at a glance.
• Industry-leading 45W per channel reduces power consumption and cooling requirements.
MediaPort 7000 product features conform to the following specifications. Available features vary by product and are shown in Table 2.

Video channels 2 independent bidirectional channels per module
Video I/O SD: SMPTE 259M 75 ohm BNC female connector
HD: SMPTE 292M Single video input per channel
Dual video outputs per channel with independently configurable up/down/
cross-conversion
Video compression SD MPEG-2 3-25 Mb/s Long GOP; 25-50 Mb/s I-frame
(availability varies by HD MPEG-2 18-85 Mb/s Long GOP; 50-100 Mb/s I-frame
product)
SD DV DV 25, DVCPRO 25, DVCPRO 50
HD DV DVCPRO HD
XDCAM HD 18, 25, 35, 50 Mb/s
AVC-Intra Class 50 and Class 100
Up-conversion Configurable pillarbox, crop, anamorphic
EIA 608 captions translated to EIA 708
Line 21 OP-42 subtitles translated to OP-47
Down-conversion Configurable letterbox, crop, anamorphic
EIA-608 compatibility bytes extracted from EIA-708 data to create EIA 608
captions
OP-47 subtitles translated to Line 21 OP-42
Cross-conversion 720p to 1080i
1080i to 720p
Video raster SD 720x486i (29.97 fps)
HD 720x576i (25 fps)
1280x720p (50 and 59.94 fps)
1920x1080i (25 and 29.97 fps)
Audio channels SMPTE 299M/272M Up to 16 embedded per video channel
Audio format Uncompressed 16, 24, 32-bit PCM @ 48 kHz
Compressed audio pass-through
Control VDCP and limited BVW Via RS-422 per video channel (RJ-45 connector; DB-9 adapter supplied)
Spectrum API Via Ethernet from client to MediaDirector
Server interface Private, point-to-point, non-switchable gigabit Ethernet to MediaDirector
Closed caption EIA-608 Analog caption data recovered from VBI and stored as digital data; inserted
EIA-708 into VBI on playout
Digital caption data preserved on record and inserted on playout
Ancillary data VBI Up to 6 lines (configurable) preserved
VANC Line 21 caption data saved automatically
Up to 6000 bytes (configurable) preserved per frame
Reference Analog black with color burst Optional for playout; unused for recording Loop-through connector
Environmental Temperature +5C to +40C
Humidity 10% to 85% non-condensing
Page 172 of 461


Safety UL 60950-1 2nd Edition Information Technology Equipment - Safety - Part 1: General Requirements
CSA C22.2
EMC FCC 15 Class A US
VCCI Class A Japan
CISPR 22 Class A Australia, New Zealand, EU
CNS 13438 Class A Taiwan
ICES-003 Class A Canada
EN 55022 Class A EU
KN22 Class A Korea
Dimensions W: 44.4 cm (17.5 in.) Chassis only, inside rack
H: 4.4 cm (1.75 in.) 1 RU
D: 67.3 cm (26.5 in.) Bezel front to chassis rear
69.8 cm (27.5 in.) Bezel front to rear of BNC connectors
Weight 10.7 kg (23.6 lb) Chassis + one module
12.2 kg (26.9 lb) Chassis + two modules
Power 90-260 V, 45-63 Hz Dual redundant universal power supplies
112 W One module installed
175 W Two modules installed
Table 1. MediaPort 7000 Series Specifications
MPEG-2 AVC-Intra Up/down/

DV
Product ID SD HD cross &
record/play
Record Play Record Play simulcast
MPC-7002 (chassis)
MIP-7100-DVS X X
MIP-7100-M2S X X
MIP-7100-DMS X X X
MIP-7100-DVH X X X X
MIP-7100-M2H X X X X
MIP-7100-DMH X X X X X
MIP-7600-UVP X X X X X X
MIP-7600-APR X X X X X X X
Table 2. MediaPort 7000 Series Products
U.S. Headquarters: Harmonic UK Limited: Japan: Asia/Pacific:

4300 North First Street IQ Farnborough Ground Floor, Ginza 3-Chome Bldg. 8F 20 Loyang Crescent
San Jose, CA 95134 250 Fowler Avenue Farnborough, 3-14-1 Ginza, Chuo-ku Singapore 508984
ph +1 800.788.1330 Hampshire GU14 7JP England Tokyo 104-0061 Japan ph +65 6548.0500
ph +1 408.542.2500 ph +44 1252.555.400 ph +81 03.5565.6735 fx +65 6548.0504
© 2011 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, Omneon, the Omneon logo, and Omneon Spectrum are trademarks,
registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Other company, product and service
names mentioned herein may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. All product and application features and
specifications are subject to change at Harmonic’s sole discretion at any time and without notice. Page 173 of 461
02.14.11
Part I. Head End
7.3 meter Uplink antenna
Page 174 of 461

Model 7.3m Cassegrain Antenna
Satcom Antennas
Description
The General Dynamics SATCOM Technologies 7.3-meter
antenna delivers exceptional performance for transmit/
receive and receive only applications for L through DBS-
band frequencies. This antenna offers a reflector design that
incorporates precision-formed panels, contoured radials
and a machined hub assembly. It features an innovative
Cassegrain feed and subreflector design which results in
high gain, low noise temperature, high antenna efficiency
and excellent rejection of noise and microwave interference.
A large center hub provides spacious accommodation
for equipment mounting. The reflector is supported by a
galvanized kingpost pedestal that provides the required
stiffness for pointing and tracking accuracy. The pedestals
are designed for full orbital arc coverage and are readily
adaptable to ground or rooftop installations. The electrical
performance is compliant with FCC and ITU-RS-580 sidelobe
specifications and Intelsat (F3, E3) and Eutelsat (L, S1)
requirements. All configurations meet SATCOM Technologies’
own type-approved quality assurance and performance
guarantee.
Options
L, S, C, X, Ku and DBS-band feeds
C/Ku receive only feed systems
Specialized feed systems (e.g. extended, multi-band)
Antenna control system with tracking
Reflector and feed deicing systems
The Strength to Perform Environmental hub configurations
Integrated transmit cross axis kits
Bolt-together, all-aluminum reflector with self-aligning, fully
Integrated LNA or LNB systems
interchangeable components
HPAs, converters and M&C systems
Load frame mounts
Designed for 1.5 to 18 GHz operation, meeting FCC 25.209 and
Packing for sea and air transport
ITU-RS-580 regulations
Turnkey installation and testing
Galvanized steel elevation-over-azimuth pedestal with jackscrews Upgrades

Extended azimuth travel
Survives 125 mph winds in any position Low operating temperatures

High power configurations
Page 175 of 461

Model 7.3m Cassegrain Antenna
Technical Specifications
C-Band 4-Port C-Band 4-Port Ext. C-Band 4-Port Ku-Band 4-Port DBS-Band 4-Port
Circular Polarized Linear Polarized Linear Polarized Linear Polarized Linear Polarized
Electrical (1) Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit Receive Transmit
Frequency (GHz) 3.625 - 5.850 - 3.625 - 5.850 - 3.400 - 5.850 - 10.700 - 13.750 - 10.700 - 17.300 -
4.200 6.425 4.200 6.425 4.200 6.725 12.750 14.500 12.750 18.400
Antenna Gain, Midband dBi (2) 48.10 51.70 48.10 51.80 48.00 51.80 56.50 58.10 56.90 59.60
VSWR 1.25:1 1.25:1 1.25:1 1.25:1 1.30:1 1.30:1 1.30:1 1.30:1 1.30:1 1.30:1
Pattern Beamwidth (2)
-3 dB, at midband 0.67° 0.45° 0.67° 0.44° 0.67° 0.43° 0.23° 0.20° 0.23° 0.17°
-15 dB, at midband 1.41° 0.94° 1.41° 0.92° 1.41° 0.90° 0.48° 0.42° 0.48° 0.36°
Antenna Noise Temperature
5° Elevation 52 K 49 K 53 K 87 K 75 K
10° Elevation 43 K 40 K 44 K 73 K 60 K
20° Elevation 37 K 35 K 39 K 65 K 51 K
40° Elevation 35 K 33 K 37 K 61 K 47 K
Typical G/T (dB/K) (3)
4.000 GHz, 30 K LNA 29.8 30.0 29.6
11.725 GHz, 70 K LNA 35.2 36.1
Axial Ratio 0.50 dB 0.50 dB
Power Handling (total) 10 kW CW 10 kW CW 10 kW CW 2 kW CW 2 kW CW
Cross Polarization Isolation
On Axis 30.8 dB 30.8 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB
Within 1.0 dB beamwidth 30.8 dB 30.8 dB 30.0 dB 30.0 dB 30.0 dB 30.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 35.0 dB 30.0 dB
Port to Port Isolation
Rx/Tx (Rx frequency) 0 dB -70 dB 0 dB -50 dB 0 dB -70 dB 0 dB -70 dB 0 dB -75 dB
Tx/Rx (Tx frequency) -85 dB 0 dB -85 dB 0 dB -85 dB 0 dB -85 dB 0 dB -85 dB 0 dB
Sidelobe Performance Meets ITU-RS-580, FCC
RF Specification 975-3475 975-3478 975-3480 975-3484 975-3486
(1) All values are at rear feed flange. (2) C-band Rx values are at 4 GHz. (3) Typical G/T at 20° elevation with clear horizon using single bolt-on LNA to feed.
Mechanical/Environmental (4) Kingpost Pedestal (KX120) Kingpost Pedestal (KX200)
Antenna Diameter 7.3 meters (24 feet)
Antenna Type Cassegrain design
Reflector Construction 20 precision-formed aluminum panels with heat-diffusing white paint
Cleaned and brightened aluminum back-up structure
Hub Dimensions 60 in (152 cm) OD, 36 in (91 cm) depth
Mount Configuration Elevation over azimuth pedestal, constructed of galvanized A36 steel
Drive Type Manual jack screws
Azimuth Travel 120° continuous 200° (2 segments @ 120°)
Elevation Travel 0 to 90° continuous 0 to 90° continuous
Foundation (L x W x D) 16.5 x 16.5 x 2 ft (5.0 x 5.0 x 0.61 m)
Concrete 20.2 yds³ (15.5 m³)
Reinforcing Steel 1,980 lbs. (900 kg)
Shipping Containers One 40 ft standard
Operational Wind Loading 45 mph (72 km/h) gusting to 60 mph (97 km/h)
Survival Wind Loading 125 mph (200 km/h) @ 58° F (15° C), any position
Operational Temperature +5° to +122° F (-15° to +50° C)
Survival Temperature -22° to +140° F (-30° to +60° C), low temperature options available
Rain Up to 4 in/h (10 cm/h)
Relative Humidity 0 to 100% with condensation
Solar Radiation 360 BTU/h/ft² (1,000 Kcal/h/m²)
Ice (survival) 1 in (2.5 cm) on all surfaces or 1/2 in (1.3 cm) on all surfaces with 80 mph (130 km/h) wind gusts
Atmospheric Conditions As encountered in coastal regions and/or heavily industrialized areas
Shock and Vibration As encountered during shipment by airplane, ship or truck
(4) Some specifications may vary based on the combination of equipment, options and/or upgrades ordered.
/-POHWJFX4USFFUt,JMHPSF 5964"t5FM

t'BY
t&NBJMLJMHPSFTBMFT!HETBUDPNDPN
8FCTJUFXXXHETBUDPNDPN #
© 2008 General Dynamics. All rights reserved. General Dynamics reserves the right to make changes in its products and specifications at anytime and without notice. All trademarks Page 176 of 461
indicated as such herein are trademarks of General Dynamics. All other product and service names are the property of their respective owners. ® Reg. U.S. Pat. and Tm. Off.
MODEL 7134
ANTENNA CONTROL SYSTEM
Key Features Product Description

The General Dynamics SATCOM Technologies (GDST) Model 7134
Real-time position readout and fault message Antenna Control System is a microprocessor-based system incorporating
reporting digital technology for accurate antenna positioning with high reliability,
maximum flexibility, and a straightforward and practical user interface.
This control system is ideally suited for small to medium aperture antenna
Multiple control modes applications requiring capabilities for automatic multiple satellite access,
program track, remote control via an RS-232 or RS-422 communications
Step Track control mode link, and optionally automatic step track operation and memory track.
The standard product provides 2-speed axis control for AZ and EL with
Memory Track control mode a high/low speed ratio of up to 15:1. This is accomplished by application
of user-settable high and low-speed control signals to variable speed
AC drives, which in turn control standard 3-phase induction motors. For
Practical, user friendly edit mode 3-axis systems, circuitry is provided for the control of an AC synchronous
stepping polarization motor. The AZ and EL motor controllers employ
integral electronic protection. The drive cabinet includes NEMA-rated
Encoding system resolution & repeatability of 0.01° circuit protection devices for each motor/motor controller, which are sized
appropriately for each application.
Battery-backed nonvolatile RAM
Internal self-diagnostics
Remote control and data entry via RS-232 or RS-422

serial communication ports.
Page 177 of 461

7134 Standard Components Antenna Drive Unit (ADU)
The standard product is provided as a 2-speed system for AZ and EL. This The drive cabinet housing is foot-mounted and comes standard as a NEMA
is accomplished by application of user-settable high and low speed control 4X-rated aluminum enclosure for outstanding corrosion protection even in
signals to variable speed AC drives (housed in the 7150 Antenna Drive Unit), the harshest of environments.
which in turn control standard 3-phase induction motors. For 3-axis systems,
The 7150 Antenna Drive Unit allows complete manual control of each
circuitry is provided for the control of a variety of polarization motors. The
antenna axis from the drive cabinet via the Portable Maintenance Control
AZ and EL motor controllers employ integral electronic protection, and
Unit (PMCU). The PMCU also includes a 50-foot extension cord for
the drive cabinet includes NEMA-rated circuit protection devices for each
complete control during maintenance operations on or near the antenna
motor/motor controller, sized appropriately for each application. The drive
structure.
cabinet housing is foot-mounted and comes standard as a NEMA 4X-rated
enclosure for outstanding corrosion protection.
Adaptive Step Track (AST)
The GDST Adaptive Step Track (AST) algorithm performs the function
of conventional step track peak signal level optimization but without the
random “guessing” errors associated with predetermined fixed scan
patterns. AST employs alternate AZ and EL peaking operations based upon
a mathematical relationship relating the change in received signal level to
a given change in angular position. For each axis, an initial fixed size step
is taken, and signal strength levels before and after the step are used to
determine the magnitude and direction of the corrective (peaking) step
required.
Once the peak position is determined, flags are set, indicating the direction
of travel of the spacecraft so that the initial step for the next peaking
operation will tend to move the antenna along the satellite ephemeris. This
feature greatly reduces the errors introduced by the “wrong” guess made
during significant portions of the daily satellite drift by algorithms which
consistently make initial steps in a given direction.
The 7134 system offers standard single
Enhanced Memory Track (EMT) speed brushless size-11 resolvers for
The GDST Enhanced Memory Track algorithm allows the controller to position encoding accuracy.
predict the position of a spacecraft based upon its previous motion.
AST data is stored in an orbit table (residing in non-volatile RAM), and is
available for download over the serial ports. The satellite is tracked from
memory only when the signal power level drops below a user determined
threshold. Control Modes
Manual Jog positioning controls for each axis, includ-
Intelsat Track
ing 2-speed AZ and EL control, provides fast
The Intelsat 11-Element (IESS412) Tracking Mode uses ephemeris data to and accurate “on-the-fly” positioning. Manual
predict the location of a spacecraft. The antenna is positioned at these track “jump” mode allows rapid positioning to
predicted locations and is regularly repositioned to maintain accuracy a set of direct-entry coordinates.
within the current deadband. Intelsat sets can be uploaded and viewed
Target Track Automatic positioning via manual command, to
over the serial ports.
any of 50 pre-programmed look-angle sets.
Program Track Automatic sequential positioning to as many
as 99 time-tagged pre-programmed look-angle
sets over a one week period
Adaptive Step Track Automatic positioning based on optimization
of a proportional tracking voltage input. Adap-
tive nature of Step Track algorithm provides
improved performance with inclined orbit
satellites.
Enhanced Memory Track Automatic positioning based on a twenty-
four hour orbit table built with data from Step
Track. This provides the ability to track satel-
lites when the beacon signal is unavailable.
Intelsat Track Automatic tracking to AZ and EL coordinate
sets calculated internally from Intelsat 11
parameter coefficients and site latitude and
longitude data.
Page 178 of 461

7150 Antenna Drive Unit (ADU)
Portable Maintenance
Control Unit (PMCU)
Yaskawa V1000 Motor

Controller Drives
Page 179 of 461

7134 ACS Technical Specifications
Specifications Physical Dimensions (Standard Configuration)
Tracking Accuracy Better than 10% of receive beamwidth, RMS, for beamwidths ≥ 0.3° and in 7134 ACU:
applications with orbit inclinations of up to 5° (orbit inclination ≤ 9 x 3 dB Dimensions (in.) 5.25H 19W 19D (3 EIA Rack Units)
beamwidth). Weight 14 lbs.
Position Encoding Absolute, single-speed brushless (size-11) resolvers and LSI resolver-to- 7150 Drive Cabinet:
digital conversion IC’s (4 volt, 2500 Hz reference signal). Dimensions (in.) 36H 30W 10D (54H total with legs)
Weight Varies, 100-150 lbs avg.
Position Encoding 16-bit (.0055°) internal resolution Environmental

Resolution 0.01° front panel display resolution for AZ and EL angles Rack-mounted Equipment
Temperature 0 to 50˚ C
Humidity 90% Noncondensing
Outside Equipment
Absolute Position 0.05° RMS (Standard) Temperature -40 to 50˚ C
Encoding (Low temp. package necessary below -10˚C)
Accuracy Humidity 100% Condensing
Position Encoding 0.01° Ordering Information
Repeatability
Input Power Drive Cabinet: 208-240 or 380-415 VAC, 3-phase, 50-60 Hz, 5-wire WYE. Specify:
Requirements Current requirements determined by motor horsepower. 1) For the Antenna Control System, specify 2-axis or 3-axis system and AZ and
ACU: 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, auto-sensing EL motor horsepower ratings as well as ambient temperature ranges. Specify
* Other line voltage interfaces available per specification. 3-phase line voltage and frequency for the control system.
2) For 3-axis systems, specify polarization motor type and voltage.
Horsepower Range 1/2 to 10 HP (Others available per special order).
3) Specify length of cables required for the controller, drive cabinet and resolver
ACU Tracking Dual 0-10 VDC analog inputs, slope 1.0 V/dB to 0.1 V/dB
interfaces (100 ft. provided).
Receiver Interface Contact closure outputs for selecting up to 4 tracking signals.
Remote RS-232 or RS-422 serial communications for remote monitor and control.
Communications
Interface
Summary Alarm Normally closed dry contacts, rated 24 VDC at 1 amp.
Output
Required System - ACU/Drive cabinet Interface (1) 25/C, #22 AWG
Interconnect - Resolver/ACU (2) 3-shielded pair, #22 AWG (2-axis systems)
Cabling - (3) 3-shielded pair, #22 AWG (3-axis systems)
* System includes 100 feet of interconnect cabling
(May be provided
* Additional cabling available up to a max. length of 500 ft.
by GDST or CFE)
The rear panel of the 7134

accommodates all I/O for the unit
including drive interface, serial
communications, axis interfaces and
communications with other tracking
equipment.
3750 W. Loop 281 • Longview, TX 75604 • Phone 903-295-1480 • Fax 903-295-1479 • Email: Longview-sales@gdsatcom.com
Website: http://www.gdsatcom.com/controls.php CG2017A • 11/2010
© 2010 General Dynamics. All rights reserved. General Dynamics reserves the right to make changes in its products and specifications at anytime and without notice. All trademarks Page 180 of 461
indicated as such herein are trademarks of General Dynamics. All other product and service names are the property of their respective owners. ® Reg. U.S. Pat. and Tm. Off.
IBUC G
GaN, 400W
C-Band Intelligent Block Upconverter
IBUC Advantages
Integrated BUC/SSPA for
higher performance and
reliability.
Integral AC power supply.
Internal 10MHz reference

option automatically switches
to internal reference when
external reference is not
detected.
Low phase noise exceeds

IESS308/309 requirements by
a minimum of 10 dB.
NMS-friendly interfaces en-

able remote management of
your earth station RF.
The revolutionary IBUC G has advanced features
Embedded Web pages pro- to take your network to new heights.
vide management for small
networks using any Web IBUC G offers significant benefits:
browser.
Low terminal cost
AGC or ALC circuits hold gain Simple design and installation
or output level constant.
Superior RF performance
30 dB User-adjustable gain in Simplified 1+1 configuration
0.1 dB steps preserves mo-
dem dynamic range. New interfaces connect you to extensive M&C facilities for network
Output sample port included. management or local access. This powerful new M&C enables:
Advanced user interfaces:
Trouble-free commissioning with easy, point-and-click
installation/configuration
TCP/IP HTTP with embed-
Continuous verification of performance with time-stamped
ded Web pages via RJ45
user interface connector alarm history
Simplified monitoring of terminal status
SNMP
TELNET through TCP/IP The IBUC G comes with a complete set of diagnostic tools including:
FSK through TX IFL cable
10 MHz input detector
Input voltage and current monitoring
RS232/485 serial port
Transmit L-band input level detector
Hand-held terminal Transmit RF output level detector
User configurable thresholds and alarms
Unique to the IBUC are internal AGC and ALC functions that satisfy
demanding applications with stringent specifications.
For additional information contact Terrasat Sales at +1 408-782-5911 or by Email: Sales@Terrasatinc.com.

235 Vineyard Court, Morgan Hill, CA 95037 www.terrasatinc.com
Page 181 of 461

IBUC G - GaN
400W C-Band Intelligent Block Upconverter
Frequency range RF IF SSB Phase Noise External reference IBUC
Band 1 Std C-Band 5850 to 6425 MHz 950 to 1525 MHz 10 Hz -115 dBc/Hz -54 dBc/Hz
Band 4 Ext C-Band 5850 to 6650 MHz 950 to 1750 MHz 100 Hz -140 dBc/Hz -79 dBc/Hz
Band 5 Full C-Band 5850 to 6725 MHz 975 to 1850 MHz
1 kHz -150 dBc/Hz -89 dBc/Hz
10 kHz -155 dBc/Hz -94 dBc/Hz
Input
VSWR / Impedance 1.5:1 max / 50 Ohm 100 kHz N/A -100 dBc/Hz
Input Connector Type N female (50 Ohm) 1 MHz N/A -110 dBc/Hz
Input Connector options Type F (75 Ohm), TNC (50 Ohm)
Input power detector range -50 to -15 dBm
External Reference (multiplexed on TX IFL)
Frequency 10 MHz
Gain
Level -12 to +5 dBm
Small Signal Gain (L-band to RF)
with attenuator set to 0 dB 82 dB min Internal Reference - optional
Local Oscillator Frequency

Attenuator range 30 dB variable in 0.1 dB steps
Sense Inverting Non-inverting
Gain flatness Band 1 7375 MHz 4900 MHz
Full band 4 dB p-p max Band 4 7600 MHz 4900 MHz

36 MHz 1.5 dB p-p max Band 5 7700 MHz 4900 MHz
(IF 950-1825 MHz)
1 MHz 0.25 dB p-p
Gain variation over temperature IBUC Power Supply

Open loop 3 dB p-p max Voltage AC 200 to 240 VAC
With AGC 1 dB p-p max
Power Consumption
RF Output
at Plin 1600 VA
Interface CPR-137G
VSWR 1.3:1 max at Psat 1900 VA
Output power 400W Band 1 Band 4/5

Psat +56 dBm +55.5 dBm Monitor and Control
Ethernet (HTTP, Telnet, SNMP) via RJ45 connector,
Plin +53 dBm +52.5 dBm
RS232/485, Hand-held Terminal via MS-type connector,
Plin is the maximum linear power as defined by MIL STD 188-164B
FSK multiplexed on TX IFL.
Level stability with ALC ±0.5 dB Environmental

Output power detector range Rated power to –20 dB
Operating temperature -40oC to +55oC
Power reading accuracy ± 1.0 dB max.
Relative humidity 100% condensing
Spurious @ Plin
Altitude 10,000 ft., (3,000 m) ASL
In Band -65 dBc
Out of Band Complies with EN 301 443 and
MIL-STD 188-164B Mechanical
Size 24 x 10 x 7.4 in.
Harmonics @ Plin -50 dBc max.
610 x 254 x 188 mm
Output Noise Power Density
Weight 40 lbs, 18 kg
TX < -75 dBm/Hz
RX < -150 dBm/Hz
Specifications are subject to change without notice. IBUC G C-Band Data Sheet 1/5/14
235 Vineyard Court, Morgan Hill, CA 95037

Tel. +1 408-782-5911 Fax +1 408-782-5912
www.terrasatinc.com
Page 182 of 461

Part I. Head End
3.8 meter Reception antenna
Page 183 of 461

Receive Only
Series 1304-1305
1344-1345 & 1374-1375
3.0, 3.4 & 3.7M

C OR KU-BAND
RECEIVE ONLY
SERIES
1304-1305
1344-1345
1374-1375
Prodelin Corporation is the
world’s largest manufacturer of Key Features
Rx/Tx VSAT antennas. We have
the broadest product line in the · Precision Compression
Molded Centerfed Reflector
industry including Receive Only,
Rx/Tx and Rural Telephony · Low transportation cost with
antenna systems. Prodelin offers eight panel reflector
nineteen antenna sizes, 47cm to
4.5M. Prodelin is the leader in · Individual panels inter-
obtaining type certifications and Back View changeable and field
approvals for Intelsat, AsiaSat Series 1374 replaceable
and Eutelsat. Prodelin antennas
provide the best quality in the · Fully galvanized steel
market due to the sophisticated, mounts
precision SMC compression
molding process technology. · Az/El or declination
corrected polar mounts
Prodelin provides the best value
antenna solution to the market · Optional galvanized king
with competitive prices, the Feed post available
highest quality products and C-Band Feed
superb engineering support.
Prodelin is ISO registered,
KEMA # 70022.01. Prodelin -
The Market Leader in VSAT
Antennas.
Page 184 of 461
Receive Only
Series 1304-1305
1344-1345 & 1374-1375
Electrical Series 1304-1305 Series 1344-1345 Series 1374-1375
C-Band Ku-Band C-Band Ku-Band C-Band Ku-Band
3.0, 3.4 & 3.7M Antenna Size

Operating Frequency (GHz)
3.0M (10 ft.)
3.7 - 4.2 10.95 - 12.75
3.4M (11 ft.)
3.625 - 4.2 10.95 - 12.75
3.7M (12 ft.)
3.625 - 4.2 10.95 - 12.75
Midband Gain ( + .5dB) 40 dBi 49 dBi 40.2 dBi 49.8 dBi 40.9 dBi 50.7 dBi
3 dB Beamwidth 1.7° 0.6° 1.6° 0.53° 1.45° 0.5°
C OR KU-BAND Antenna Noise Temperature
20° elevation 30 K 29 K 29 K 28 K 25 K 23 K
30° elevation 28 K 26 K 27 K 25 K 23 K 22 K
RECEIVE ONLY Feed Interface

First Sidelobe (typical)
CPR 229F WR 75
-20 dB
CPR 229F WR 75
-20 dB
CPR 229F WR 75
-20 dB
Cross-Pol Isolation (Linear) >30 dB (on axis) >30 dB (on axis) >30 dB (on axis)
VSWR 1.3:1 Max. 1.3:1 Max. 1.3:1 Max.
SERIES Insertion Loss - 30 dB 0.2 dB Max 0.2 dB Max.
Mechanical
1304-1305 Reflector Material

Antenna Optics
Eight Segment Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyester SMC
Prime Focus, Axisymmetric
Mast Pipe Size 6" SCH 80 Pipe (6.62" OD) 16.83 cm.
Elevation Adjustment Range 10° to 70° Continuous Fine Adjustment (90° optional)
1344-1345 Azimuth Adjustment Range
Declination Corrected Polar Range (1305/1345/1375)
360° Continuous/ Polar mount covers any 90° segment of arc
90° arc coverage with 36” actuator
f/D Ratio/Feed Support .30/Quad Feed Support .36/Quad Feed Support .37/Quad Feed Support
1374-1375 Shipping Specifications
Environmental Performance
380 lbs. (173 kg.) 520 lbs. ( 234 kg.) 575 lbs. (259 kg.)
Wind Loading Operational 45 mph (72 km/h)

Survival 125 mph (201 km/h)
Temperature Operational -40° to 140° F (-40° to 60° C)
Survival -50° to 160° F (-46° to 71° C)
Rain Operational 1/2” / hr.
Survival 2” / hr.
Ice Operational ----------
Survival 1/2” radial
Atmospheric Conditions Salt, Pollutants and Contaminants as
Encountered in Coastal and Industrial Areas
Solar Radiation 360 BTU/h/ft2
CLICK HERE to buy

now
1
T
w
© Copyright 2000 Prodelin, a TriPoint Global Company.

All product specifications subject to change without noti
5002-361 (6-2000) The Prodelin logo is a trademark
Page 185of TriPoint
of 461 Global.
RC2000A
Commercial Satellite
Antenna Controller for
Dual Axis Antennas
FEATURES
ÿ Automatic Positioning ÿ Non-volatile Memory

precisely positions antenna with the press of stores up to 50 preset position and
a single key polarization combinations
ÿ Auto-Pol Input ÿ Solid-State Drive Circuitry

polarity output tracks receiver transponder provides reliable, quiet operation, rated at 8A
value
ÿ Built in Current Limiting
ÿ High Resolution Sensor Processing protects controller from excessive loads
insures accurate Ku-band positioning
ÿ Adapti-DriveTM
TM
ÿ Three-wire Polarotor Interface maintains stable speed with varying load
allows automatic or manual polarizations
control ÿ Software Controlled Limits
provides backup to mechanical limits
ÿ Dual Speed
for fast slewing, fine positioning, user ÿ RS-422 PC Control Interface
Programmable allows scheduling of movements and
automated control
5420 Martindale
Shawnee, KS 66218 USA
Phone: (913) 422-0210
Fax: (913) 422-0211
E-mail: sales@researchconcepts.com
www.researchconcepts.com
Page 186 of 461
OPERATIONAL OVERVIEW
The RC2000A was designed to provide years of reliable operation through the use of a heavy duty solid-state drive network
coupled with a novel microcontroller-based fault monitoring system. The 8 amp drive output capability is unparalleled in the
market and the Adapti-DriveTM digital servo speed control optimizes antenna movement for today’s demanding Ku-band
applications. Additional features like an RS-422 communication port for PC control and a very user-friendly, menuing scheme
make the RC2000A a unique and highly adaptable piece of equipment.
MODES
The RC2000A operates in a mode architecture whereby the controller’s operational status is governed by the selected mode.
An explanation of these modes are listed below.
MANUAL: Allows for manual jogging of the antenna azimuth, elevation and polarization axis. The fast/slow speed
toggle is active in this mode.
AUTO: A satellite, previously saved in memory, can be recalled and the RC2000A will position the antenna on
the selected satellite.
SETUP: This mode is invoked to store azimuth, elevation and polarization values memory for a selected satellite.
RESET: Used to reset the drive over-current protection circuits after the load error has been corrected.
DELETE: Allows the user to delete a satellite from the list of stored values.
FIX: Used to restore the proper position counters in the event of a memory error or sensor failure.
AZIM SLOW: This mode allows the user to select an appropriate drive slow speed value to optimize system
performance.
ELEV SLOW: Same as for Azim Slow
CONFIG: Provides a concise point to enter any necessary system constants or enable options. Examples are
Auto-Pol sense and status as well as simultaneous movement of axis during an Auto move.
LIMITS: Software limits are set for both axis in this mode. They provide backups for the mechanical limits and
establish an estimate of the antenna range of operation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power: 115/230 VAC, 48W Drive Output: 12 – 36 VDC, 8.0 Amps
Size: 19.0” W x 3.5” H x 9.0” D Sensor Input: Reed, Hall Effect, Optical
Weight: 12.5 lbs. Polarization: Standard PolarotorTM interface
Temperature: 0 – 50o C PC Interface: RS-422, 4 wire
Page 187 of 461

17. Part II. Transmitter upgrade: Drawings & Data Sheets

Page 188 of 461
1 of 74 Existing SFN DVB-T2 Transmitter sites
PVR-7K ASI
Seamless Switch
PVR-7100 Main ASI-1

L_B -1 ASI-1 ch1-22
ASI-2 ch 1-22 ASI-1 Main
Exist ASI-1 DVB-T2
ASI-2 Bak.
Exciter-Main
1:2
Rack ASI
Sat. L_b
Term.
L_b Term.
Panel Panel
PVR-7K ASI ASI-1 Main
Splitter
Seamless Switch
Bak.
DVB-T2
ASI-2
by Exciter-Bak.
Custo PVR-7100 Bak.
mer ASI-1 ch 1-22 ASI-2
L_B -1
ASI-2 ch 1-22
ASI-2 Existing
Eth.
Eth Eth
Cisco-2960X-24 Management switch
Cisco-2960X-24
Web Based
Notes: Manag. Sw
1. Assuming Wired rack provided by Customer.
2. Monitoring Sys is not required
3. DVB-T2 SFN Exciters are existing.
V1.0 2014- 234947 1 of 74 Existing DVB-T2 Tx. Sites
SHEET:
Design by: Zohar Adiv 23.10.2014
3 of 5
Page 189 of 461

Part II. Transmitter Upgrade
Data sheets
Page 190 of 461

Connecting What’s Next
GatesAir
Exciter M2X overview
Page 191 of 461

Proprietary and confidential. | 1

Apex M2X TV Exciter
RTAC Controls Input Status LED’s
Access to:
• RF Sample
RTAC Status • 10MHz ref.
LED’s Fault LED’s • 1 PPS ref
Page 192 of 461

Proprietary and Confidential - Harris Broadcast is an independent company not affiliated with Harris Corporation 2
APEX M2X - FEATURES
• RoHS Compliant / CE Compliant
• Software Defined Modulator
• Backwards compatible with many Harris transmitters.
• Adaptive linear and non-linear precorrection –
standard
• Internal GPS option
• Internal UPS option – Full exciter power for 1 minute
and frequency processing for 20 minutes
• Simple browser interface
• Configurable design - enables custom interface to
competitive transmitters.
• Exciter cloning
• All electronic adjustments
Page 193 of 461

APEX M2X – ONE DESIGN FOR ALL
• Software Defined Modulator – can be changed between analog, fixed digital
and mobile standards with a Software Key
• Supports the following standards:
Future Analog PAL/SECAM Analog NTSC
Standards ?
ATSC M/H DVB-T2
CTTB
DVB-T/H
CMMB ATSC
DAB/DMB ISDB-TB
Page 194 of 461
M2X MECHANICAL – INSIDE VIEW
Top cover and front panel removed
Up/Down Converter
Signal Processing Board
Board
Precision Frequency
Reference Unit
1PPS, 10MHz &

RF Sample Ports
Power Supply
12V DC
Fans (2)
Page 195 of 461
MECHANICAL – REAR PANEL
RTAC RF Sample RS-232 & CAN 1 PPS & 10MHz DVB-ASI / SMPTE-
Inputs Interfaces Ref Inputs 310M Monitor Output
RF Output
4 DVB-ASI / SMPTE-
310M Inputs
10/100 BaseT
Ethernet
Space for Receiver Input Option Board

GPS Antenna Input Board (Option) Transmitter Interface (Analog Shown)
Board
Page 196 of 461
Maxiva M2X™
Multimedia Exciter for Global Digital and Analog Standards
The Maxiva M2X™ multimedia exciter is
a stateoftheart, softwaredefined
exciter that provides broadcasters with a
wide range of benefits and flexibility for
their transmission systems. The M2X
enables analog broadcasters to
transition to digital via a simple software
update and DTV broadcasters to
recognize the full features and
functionality of HDTV, DTV and mobile Product Details
TV channels. This worldclass exciter
provides a flawless digital signal with Investment Security Based on Unrivaled Digital
Experience
complete technical and regulatory Transitioning to digital and delivering mobile content require
compliance for all digital and analog more than a financial investment. It’s a whole new technical
transmitters. ballgame, and you want to make the right decision. As
broadcast’s DTV and digital radio transmission leader,
The Maxiva M2X supports a wide range of global digital
GatesAir has developed a solid core competency backed by
standards, including ATSC, ATSC MDTV, DVBT/H, DVBT2,
years of experience in the technical areas essential for
ISDBTb, DAB/DMB, CMMB, CTTB and a range of analog TV
maximum digital transmission performance. We have applied
standards, including NTSC and PAL. And you can have
this expertise and provided transmitters for every major
confidence in your investment knowing that GatesAir digital
standards test, so you can be confident of your investment.
exciters have logged more hours in realtime broadcast than
all others combined. The RTAC Advantage
For digital operations, the exclusive RealTime Adaptive
Product Features Correction (RTAC) technology incorporated in the Maxiva M2X
enables the exciter to more fully utilize the transmitter power
RealTime Adaptive Correction (RTAC™) amplifier, yet maintain spectral mask compliance of the digital
Digital adaptive group delay equalization signal. The only system with simultaneous, linear and
Optimized correction for tube and solidstate transmitters nonlinear, adaptive, memoryful precorrection, RTAC provides
Frequency agility – Band I, III, IV, V (LBand option available) the highest level of correction to all types of RF amplifiers.
Builtin GPS option for synchronous frequency network (SFN) With RTAC, the Maxiva M2X exciter continuously monitors
support transmitter output and any filter, while automatically adapting
Builtin UPS option to support vital frequencycritical for system nonlinearities — keeping your station well within
components for SFN operation compliance and maximizing the transmitter’s performance.
Spacesaving, 2RU design
Easytouse operator interface via standard Web browser and
external PC
1
SNMP information available to higherlevel agent
Dual video or transport stream inputs with autoswitching
Connecting What's Next
Builtin compliance monitoring (limited suite)
Seamless integration with new GatesAir transmitter control
+1.800.622.0022 Page 197 of 461
systems
Standard support for legacy or thirdparty transmitters © 2014 GatesAir
Standard support for legacy or thirdparty transmitters © 2014 GatesAir
Maxiva M2X™
Prepared for a Multimedia Future Compliance Monitoring Integration
Every day it seems like a new global digital standard The Maxiva M2X is built on a legacy of integrated compliance
emerges. The Maxiva M2X has been specifically designed to monitoring. In addition to the standard 8VSB monitoring,
tackle a wide range of global standards. Maxiva M2X provides a set of integrated monitoring tools for
coded orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (COFDM)
Migration Flexibility
digital and mobile standards. These tools provide solid
If you are ready to purchase a new transmitter, but not quite
measurement of many digital parameters to ensure the
ready for digital operation, you can purchase a digitalready
transmitter is working in compliance within your network.
transmitter along with an Maxiva M2X analog exciter today —
These basic measurements help reduce equipment costs and
and simply add an encoder and multiplexer when you are
allow you to feel confident that your system is operating
ready to start a digital operation. The Maxiva M2X is the only
properly.
system that provides a seamless upgrade path with the power
of RTAC. BuiltIn GUI Interface
The graphical user interface (GUI) in the Maxiva M2X works
CostEfficient, Precorrection Technology
with any Windows® PC running a standard web browser. The
The Maxiva M2X with proprietary RTAC precorrection circuitry
interface enables indepth monitoring and easy setup.
enables transmitters to provide linear amplification with
seamless content delivery at higher power levels. RTAC
technology also increases efficiency for ongoing power
savings, while comfortably exceeding the RF mask
requirements to prevent signal interference.
Connecting What's Next +1.800.622.0022
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Proprietary and confidential
Page 198 of 461
Maxiva M2X™
Maxiva M2X™
Images/Diagrams
Functional Diagram
Front and back Panel
1. User Control—Straightforward tactile control and intuitive indicators allow for quick status and control or RTAC.
2. Status Monitoring—Frontpanel indication of key operating parameters for quick status assessment. Additional indicators note the
status of the rearpanel digital inputs to provide confidence regarding the status of the backup sources.
3. FrontPanel Ethernet—Convenient frontpanel Ethernet port permits quick system updates, or setup. All parameters are available
via the intuitive standard GUI interface.
4. Sample Outputs—Convenient frontpanel connections for RF sample, and both 10 MHz and the 1 PPS signals, for quick
connection to test equipment as needed.
5. RF Output—Main highlevel output of the amplifier provides 100 to 150 mW of power depending on the mode of operation.
6. Dual Switching Inputs—Dual ASI (with high and low priority) or SMPTE 310 inputs for seamless backup switching and an isolated
monitor output for confidence monitoring.
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 199 of 461
Maxiva M2X™
Maxiva M2X™
7. External Reference Input—Support for singlefrequency networks (SFNs) is included with every Maxiva M2X. Supports both 10
MHz and 1 PPS inputs.
8. Integrated GPS Receiver—Optional highquality integrated GPS receiver provides ultraaccurate reference for seamless SFN
operation and reduces installation costs and space.
9. RTAC RF Samples—RTAC monitors both the output of the transmitter and the output of any filters or multistation combiners to
optimize your station’s performance for maximum clarity and coverage.
10. RF Input—Optional input for an offair signal to support operation as both a transposer or translator, and for onchannel GAP filler
system in SFN networks or DVBS satellite receiver.
11. Analog Inputs—Optional dual analog inputs support a wide range of standards including NTSC and PAL systems, with builtin
NICAM stereo operation and support for external BTSC generators.
12. Ethernet Connectivity—RJ45 connector provides system 10/100BaseT Ethernet connectivity to the Maxiva M2X to facilitate
diagnostics, monitoring and system updates.
13. Parallel Remote Control—Dedicated DBtype connectors provide standard interfacing for transmitter control system connections.
14. Serial Connectivity—Multiple communications ports provide standard connectivity including CAN and RS232.
Specifications
Specifications and designs are subject to change without notice
General
RF Output 1 SMA, 50 ohms
Connector
RF Input Samples
for
Adaptive 2 SMA, 50 ohms dynamic range: –20 to +10 dBm
Correction
Frequency Range Band I, III, IV, V, LBand (option)
Transport Stream 2 BNC, 75 ohms, configurable as DVBASI or SMPTE 310M
Inputs 2 BNC, 75 ohms, additional for DVBASI hierarchical modulation
Analog video Input 2 BNC, 75 ohms
(option)
Audio Input 2 x 5pin XLR, 1 BNC, composite (BTSC/NICAM)
(option)
Back Porch/Sync
and
Timing Output 1 BNC, 75 ohms
10 MHz Reference 1 BNC, 50 ohms
Input
1 PPS Reference 1 BNC, User Selectable 50 ohms or HiZ termination
Input
10 MHz Reference 1 BNC, 50 ohms, front access
Output
1 PPS Reference 1 BNC, 50 ohms, front access
Output
Ethernet 1 front, DHCPenabled customer access
1 rear, transmitter network backbone interface (SNMP)
GPS Antenna 1 SMA, 50 ohms
Input (option)
RF Monitor Output 1 SMA, 50 ohms, front access
AC Power Input 100 to 240 VAC, 47 to 63 Hz, autoranging
Environmental 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C) up to 14,764 ft (4,500 m) AMSL, derate 35.6° F (2° C) per 984 ft (300 m) of
elevation 95% relative humidity, noncondensing
Physical 19 in. EIA rack standard, 2RU high, 19 in. depth 4
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 200 of 461
Maxiva M2X™
Maxiva M2X™
ATSC
Standards ATSC A/153, A/153, A/110:2011
Maximum Power Output 100 mW average
Regulation of Output Power <0.25 dB
Pilot Frequency Stability ±150 Hz/month without PFC
<0.5 Hz per 1% supply variation
<50 Hz over ambient temperature range
<100 Hz at 5 minutes during warmup
Pilot Frequency Offsets1 Any frequency within band plan, 2 mHz resolution
Response Variation 0.2 dB, typical
Group Delay 2 ns, typical
Phase Noise <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64)
Spurious Output2 In Band 68 dB (45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW)
Adjacent Channels 68 dB (45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW)
All Others 40 dB
SignaltoNoise Ratio 35 dB, typical
Note: 1 Highstability external 10 MHz reference or optional builtin GPS required for PFC 2 Signals referenced to center channel, at
rated output, measured in 30 kHz RBW
DVBT/H, DVBT2, DAB, ISDBTb, DMBT/H
Maximum Power Output 100 mW average
Regulation of Output Power <0.25 dB
Pilot Frequency Stability ±150 Hz/month without PFC
<0.5 Hz per 1% supply variation
<50 Hz over ambient temperature range
<100 Hz at 5 minutes during warmup
Frequency Offsets1 Any frequency within band plan, 2 mHz resolution
Response Variation 0.2 dB, typical
Group Delay 2 ns, typical
Phase Noise 10 Hz…………<55 dBc/Hz
100 Hz……… <85 dBc/Hz
1 kHz…………<90 dBc/Hz
10 kHz……… <95 dBc/Hz
100 kHz……<112 dBc/Hz
1 MHz……… <130 dbc/Hz
Spurious Output2
In Band 68 dB (45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW)
Adjacent Channels 68 dB (45 dB as measured in 30 kHz RBW)
All Others 40 dB
Modulation Error Ratio 38 dB, typical
Central Carrier Suppression >75 dB relative to average power
Out of Band Shoulders >50 dB, uncorrected, at rated power
Note: 1 Highstability external 10 MHz reference or optional builtin GPS required for PFC 2 Signals referenced to center channel, at
rated output, measured in 30 kHz RBW
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 201 of 461
Maxiva M2X™
Maxiva M2X™
Analog
Transmission Standards B, G, M, N, D, K, I
NTSC/PAL
Video Modulation C3F neg.
Audio Modulation
Sound Carrier 1 F3E; BTSC
Sound Carrier 2 F3EH; NICAM 728
Video
Number of Inputs 2
Impedance 75 ohms
Return Loss Up to 6 MHz >34 dB
Input Crosstalk >70 dB
Modulation
Nominal Video Level 1 V pkpk
Video Gain Control Range 3 to 6
Gain Control Mode Manual
Sync Pulse Restoration Yes
Back Porch Clamping Yes
50 Hz Rejection >33 dB
Burst Phase Distortion <0.5 dB
Burst Amplitude Distortion <1%
White Level Limitter 5 to 25%
Residual Carrier Adjustment 5 to 25%
Linear Distortions
Receiver Group Delay Correction According to standard
Sideband Frequency Response According to standard
Video Frequency Response According to standard
Group Delay and Impulse Response
Without Receiver Precorrection 60 pkpk ns
Square Wave Distortion 50 Hz <1%
5 kHz <1%
250 kHz <1%
Square Wave O/S 15 and 250 kHz <1.5%
2T Pulse PB <2%
K2T <2%
20T Pulse K Factor <2%
Chrominance to Luminance Delay 20 ns
Static Nonlinearity 0.99
Differential Phase <±1°
ICPM <0.5°
Video IM <52 dB
IM BTTT1TT2 <68 dB
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 202 of 461
Maxiva M2X™
Maxiva M2X™
Audio
Number of Inputs 2
Switching Criteria Audio follows video
Input Resistance
Hi Mode >10 k ohms
Low Mode 600 ±12 ohms
Common Mode Rejection
40 to 300 Hz >46 dB
Up to 15 kHz >30 dB
Modulation Sensitivity
30 kHz Deviation @ 500 Hz 0 to 12 dBu
Adjustment Steps <0.1 dB
IRT Dual Carrier System Linear Distortion
Amplitude Deviation 40 to 15 kHz <±0.3 dB
Stereo Crosstalk 100 to 15 kHz @ 30 kHz
Deviation <32 dB
40 to 100 Hz max 6 dB Per
Octave Channel Crosstalk
40 to 15 kHz >70 dB
Nonlinear Distortion
Harmonic Distortion 40 to 15 kHz @ 50 kHz Deviation <0.5%
Unwanted Modulation
QuasiPeak Reference to 30 kHz Deviation
Unweighted <58 dB
Weighted <62 dB
Asynchronous AM <46 dB
Synchronous AM <46 dB
Difference Carrier Noise
Up to 100 kHz VF Weighted <44 dB
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 203 of 461

ProView™ 7100
HIGHLIGHTS

distribution
TS Outputs:
ASI
IP
Video and Audio
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 204 of 461

1
ProView™ 7100


infrastructure.
APPLICATIONS


www.harmonicinc.com
Page 205 of 461

2
ProView™ 7100

simultaneously)
DVB-S
ASI
MPEG-4 AVC HD 4:2:0 MP @ L4.0 / HP @ 4.1
Connectivity DS3
4:2:2 – 50 Mbps
ASI
480p @ 59.94 fps
MPEG Over IP
Sockets Four
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 206 of 461

3
ProView™ 7100

AAC
Presets

Audio Outputs
single channel
480p @ 59.94 fps
COMPLIANCE
576i @ 25 fps EMC EN61000-3-2;-3
EN55024 (CISPR 24)
1080i: 1920 x 1440 @ 29.97, 30, 25 fps
Safety EN60950
Video Outputs
CB (IEC60950)
UL60950
MPEG-4 AVC MP@L3
Notes:
1. Licensed feature
Any to any
VBI passthrough
Audio passthrough
www.harmonicinc.com
09.30.14
Page 207 of 461
4

18. Part III. Regional Earth Station: Drawings & Data Sheets

Page 208 of 461
1 of 11 Stand Alone Regional Earth Stations – 4 Ch’s Uplink to Main HE
3SD+1HD SMD-9300
MPEG-4 Modulation, PLS
15 Mbaud
CBR Encoding Q/8PSK
Rack GPI
HD-SDI Rack
T/P L_B T/P
ELC-9200-Main
1 ASI Main L_B Main
1-4 L_B OUT
SD 2:1
/ ASI
TX
2
HD SMD-9300 Main Auto. L_B
3.8M Uplink Dish
(3SD+1HD)
L_B OUT By GatesAir
CAMERA 3 SDI M61114 LB RX Distribution to Main HE
T/P
ELC-9200 Bak. ASI SMD-9300 Bak.
4 4x(1:2) SW
1-4
ASI Bak. L_B Bak.
Active
SD/HD
Splitter (3SD+1HD)
SDI 1+1 Path Redundancy L_B In
T/P
Regional Station 4 Ch’s Monitoring System
GPI PVR-7100 IRD

Decoder
L_B In
IP / ASI
Eth Eth Eth 4 ch’s Clear
Cisco-2960X-24
SD/HD-SDI ASI
Monitoring
Notes: Optional
1. 1+1 Encoder/Modulator Stand Alone Path Reduanncy w/o NMS for Saving cost. NMX
2. NMS is Optional and depend on customer decision. Manag. Sys
3. Wired rack including Monitoring sys provided by Harmonic.
4. Rack SD/HD-SDI and L_B Termination Panels
5. Analyzer by GatesAir.
V1.1 1 of 11 Regional Stations Sites

2014- 34956
SHEET:
5 of 5
Page 209 of 461

Part III. Regional Earth Station
4.5 meter Up-Link antenna
Page 210 of 461

STEERABLE ANTENNA SYSTEM FEATURING
SSE SERIES 8345 - 4.5 METER ANTENNA
s Designed
specifically for the
popular Series 8345
s New antenna
installations and
retrofits
s Motorized system
interface for Series
8345 Tripod Mount
s Precision jack
screws and bearings
s Research Concepts
rack mount
Controller
&%!452%3
• SSE Series 8345 commercial – 4.5m – reflector.
• SSE proprietary dual axis mount.
• Joyce Dayton 5 ton actuators. s Remote site and PC
• Four-Port Motorized Feed System options. control
• Configured for fast, easy installation with two technicians.
• Remote site computer-access software available.
• Shown with optional Environmental Technology deicing system. s Outstanding stability
and performance
-)$$,%2/!$s#/,5-")!&!,,3-4
s&!8
7%"3)4%777350%2)/23!4%,,)4%53!#/- Page 211 of 461
1743 Middle Road • Columbia Falls, MT 59912
(406) 257-9590 • FAX (406) 257-9599 • web site: www.superiorsatelliteusa.com
Page 212 of 461
RC2000A
Dual Axis Antennas
FEATURES


value
ÿ Adapti-DriveTM
TM
ÿ Dual Speed
automated control
5420 Martindale
Phone: (913) 422-0210
Fax: (913) 422-0211
Page 213 of 461
MODES
performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Page 214 of 461
Head End
Page 215 of 461

Electra™ 9200
HIGHLIGHTS
t High-quality low-bitrate MPEG-2 or
MPEG-4 AVC encoding of SD or HD
video with Harmonic’s Hierarchical
LookAhead and pre-processing
technologies
The latest evolution of Harmonic’s market-leading Electra™ compression family, the Electra 9200 is a multi-
t Optional dual independently
compressed outputs per input channel, multi-service encoder in a compact, energy-efficient 1-RU chassis. Part of a complete video headend
solution, the encoder supports main and secondary SD or HD channels of constant bitrate (CBR) or variable
t Up to 8 broadcast services per chassis bitrate (VBR) video using either MPEG-2 or MPEG-4 AVC encoding. It offers high bandwidth efficiency and
t Flexible internal video router feeds channel density—up to four audio/video input processing modules per chassis.
any audio/video processing module
from any source
Superior video quality merges with Harmonic intelligent function integration in the Electra 9200 to deliver
t Broadcast-grade up/down converter a high-performance unit that helps increase efficiency while lowering service providers’ capital and
and deinterlacer operating expenses. Comprehensive features include integrated audio encoding tools, GbE networking,
t Integrated statmux, or statmux over IP flexible internal video routing, and enhanced serviceability via removable power supplies, fan assembly,
for LAN and WAN compression modules and processing cards.
t High-quality integrated decoding

with FLEX® technology option
t Harmonic’s Iris advanced analytics for CBR & VBR

ASI, IP and RF inputs 3-Pass Hierarchical LookAhead Integrated Statmux
video quality monitoring with FLEX decoder
& over IP LAN/WAN
t Rich audio functionality Integrated Electra 9200 Second output:

low resolution (PIP)
Pre-processing Video & Audio to full HD
t 3DTV frame compatible
Additional audio channels DiviTrackIP over

& encoding options AVC HD, AVC SD, MPEG-2 HD, MPEG-2 SD LAN/WAN
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 216 of 461

1
Electra™ 9200
MARKET BENEFITS BUSINESS BENEFITS

Flexible Solution for Cable Reduced CAPEX and OPEX
The Electra 9200 incorporates proven Harmonic compression technology Multiple services and functions can be delivered from a single
to support legacy CBR and VBR applications in both HD and SD MPEG-2 high-density, low-power platform.
formats, and offers support for new IPTV-over-cable applications. Pay As You Grow
4:1 HD MPEG-2 for Cable Processing modules and licenses can be added to the Electra 9200 chassis
The Electra 9200 can encode up to four statistically multiplexed HD as your market needs evolve, so you pay only for the features required.
MPEG-2 services within a single chassis, using either compressed or SD MPEG-2 Business Continuity
uncompressed inputs. Content is increasingly produced and distributed exclusively in HD,
Maximize Channel Capacity for Satellite although legacy SD MPEG-2 set-top boxes are still in widespread use. The
Harmonic compression technology maximizes bandwidth efficiency to Electra 9200 resolves this issue by simultaneously generating both an HD
provide more channels per transponder. AVC and an SD down-converted output signal from a single HD input.
Ideal for IPTV Maximize Service Uptime
Designed to deliver broadcast-quality HDTV at less than 5 Mbps, the Electra 9200’s field-replaceable power supply, fan assembly and processing
Electra 9200 maximizes reach and supports Microsoft® Mediaroom® modules improve serviceability while reducing maintenance costs.
picture-in-picture.
TECHNICAL BENEFITS Statmux Over IP

Compression Performance The Electra 9200 maximizes the efficiency and flexibility of statistical
The Harmonic Hierarchical LookAhead™ multi-pass encoding architecture multiplexing with the Harmonic DiviTrackIP™ technology. Applicable for
employs market-leading ASIC and programmable DSP/FPGA technologies either LAN or distributed WAN environments, DiviTrackIP can support up to
to provide superior video quality at the lowest possible bitrates. This silicon 300 ms of WAN roundtrip delay, auto-adjust to IP network variations, and
architecture also provides high-quality deinterlacing. form systems with up to 64 channels per pool. All pools may be monitored
Integrated Secondary Output simultaneously with Harmonic’s Iris® advanced video analytics software.
A secondary output on Electra 9200 effectively doubles encoder capacity Preprocessing
while offering support for hybrid applications such as down-converting the Advanced integrated noise reduction capabilities include Harmonic’s
main channel from HD to SD, or providing a primary VBR channel and a signature motion-compensated temporal filtering (MCTF), and an
secondary CBR channel (or vice versa). adaptive deblocking and mosquito noise reduction filter designed to
Dual Power Supplies attenuate compression artifacts that may be present in the video source.
Optional redundant, hot-swappable power supplies offer high reliability A sharpening filter can also enhance the appearance of incoming material.
and simplified serviceability. These same technical foundations support powerful deinterlacing to
cleanly deliver progressive formats.
Integrated Crosspoint Router
An internal video crosspoint router allows video to be routed at will from Audio Processing
any input to any audio/video processing module. Electra 9200 supports embedded audio and can natively encode up to three
stereo pairs (or a single multichannel encode) of MPEG-1 Layer II audio. Dolby®
Rich Feature Set
Digital (AC-3), Dolby Digital Plus (E-AC-3) and Dolby E audio can be passed
Available functionality includes IP or ASI outputs, support for multiple
through, and AC-3 and AAC/HE-AAC encoding is available via firmware
audio processing adapters, and optional FLEX integrated multiformat
license. Optional audio input modules (AHC-RAC, IOM-RAC2) can extend
decoder with IP, ASI or 8-VSB inputs.
Electra’s functionality to address a variety of audio processing scenarios.
Integrated Statmux
Audio Leveling
The Electra 9200 streamlines system architectures and reduces the
Integrated Jünger Level Magic™ enables compliance with the CALM Act
hardware footprint with DiviTrackMX™, Harmonic’s widely deployed
by automatically eliminating audio level changes both within a channel
integrated statistical multiplexing solution.
and when switching from one channel to another.
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 217 of 461

2
Electra™ 9200
VIDEO SPECIFICATIONS INPUTS AND OUTPUTS

Video Compression and Bitrate Video Inputs Up to four serial digital inputs per SMPTE
(CBR/VBR) 4:2:0 Encoding Options 259M (SD-SDI) or SMPTE 292M (HD-SDI)
MPEG-2 MP @ ML 1-15 Default Audio Inputs Embedded audio; up to three stereo pairs or
MPEG-2 MP @ HL 2-23 Mbps one multichannel per video service
24-45 Mbps, MPEG-2 @ 29.97Hz Transport Outputs MPEG-2 transport stream over UDP/IP
MPEG-4 AVC MP @ L3 0.3-8 Mbps (redundant 100/1000 BaseT connectors)
MPEG-4 AVC HP @ L4 1-20 Mbps Transport Stream Input Options AVC over ASI or GbE
Video Processing Hierarhical LookAhead multipass processing MPEG-2 over ASI, GbE or 8VSB
Scene-cut and fade/dissolve detection Transport Stream Output Option ASI
Dynamic GOP management with adaptive
I-picture and B-picture placement
Automatic input format (1080i or 720p)
detetion and switching SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Video Input Filtering Motion-compensated temporal filtering (MCTF) Harmonic NMX™ Digital Service Manager
Horizontal filter Stand-alone web user interface
Mosquito noise reduction filter
Sharpening filter
Input deblocking filter
Aspect Ratios 4:3 and 16:9
POWER
AFD and WSS control Input Voltage Range 85-132 VAC or 170-264 VAC
42-60 VDC
SD Resolutions and Frame Rates 576i @ 25
480i @ 29.97 x 720, 704, 640, 544, 528, 480, Line Frequency 47-63 Hz
352 pixels Typical Consumption 150 W (one channel)
HD Resolutions and Frame Rates 720p @ 50 and 59.94 x 1280 pixels 200 W (two channels)
1080i @ 25 and 29.97 250 W (three channels)
1080PsF24, x 1920, 1440 and 1280 pixels 300 W (four channels)
Up/Down/Cross Conversion 480i @ 29.97, 720p @ 59.94, and 1080i @ 29.97 Dual Power Supply Option
576i @ 25, 720p @ 50, and 1080i @ 25
720p @ 59.94 and 1080i @ 29.97 or 1080i @
29.97 and 720p @ 59.94
PHYSICAL
ANCILLARY DATA SPECIFICATIONS Dimensions (W x H x D) 19 in x 1.75 in x 27 in (1 RU)
48.26 cm x 4.45 cm x 68.69 cm
Closed Captioning CEA 608 from Line 21
CEA 708 VANC extraction per SMPTE 334M Weight 32 lbs/14.5 kg
CEA 708 external caption server per SMPTE 333M
Range of Legacy Support Options 608 to 708 conversion
Ancillary Data and VBI Digitized waveform or VANC extraction per
ENVIRONMENTAL
SMPTE 2031 Cooling Eight fans, temperature controlled air flow
AFD and Bar, VITC, AMOL, TV Guide, WST (Teletext), front to right side
Inverted WST, WSS, VPS, PSIP spooling Operating Temperature +32º to +122º F
Digital Program Insertion SCTE 35 insertion via SCTE 35 and SCTE 104 0º to +50º C
DPI triggers Storage Temperature -4º to +176º F
-20º to +80º C
Operating Humidity < 95% non-condensing
AUDIO SPECIFICATIONS Electromagnetic Compliance FCC Part 15 Class A CE Mark
Channels Up to three stereo pairs or one 5.1 multichannel EN 55022:201
per video service EN 55024:1998/A1:2001/A2:2003
Audio Formats MPEG-1 Layer II, AC-3 (2.0), AAC, HE-AAC EN 61000-3-2:2600+A1:2009+A2:2009
(v1 and v2) native encoding EN 61000-3-3:2008
AC-3 (2.0 and 5.1), E-AC-3 (2.0 and 5.1) and Safety UL 1950 and cUL C22.2#950
AAC/HE-AAC (2.0 and 5.1) passthrough EN 60950-1:2006+A11:2009
Operating Modes Mono, stereo
Encoding Bitrate
MPEG-1 Layer II 56-384 kbps
AC-3 56-640 kbps
AAC 32-384 kbps
HE-AAC 32-128 kbps
Optional Audio Modules AHC-RAC, IOM-RAC2
(See Electra 9200 Audio Input Modules datasheet)
Audio Level Control Jünger Level Magic™ (available with IOM-RAC2
Audio Input Module)
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 218 of 461

3
Electra™ 9200
HARDWARE OPTIONS
ELC-9200-CHS-AC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. AC power supply.
ELC-9200-CHS-DC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. DC power supply.
ELC-9200-CHS2-AC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. Dual AC power supplies.
ELC-9200-CHS2-DC Electra 9200 SD or HD, MPEG-2/AVC encoder hardware platform. 1 RU rack mountable chassis. Dual DC power supplies.
ELC-9K-SID Electra 9200 serial digital video input module. Each module supports two HD/SD SDI inputs with up to three stereo pairs of embedded audio per video.
IOM-FLEX-DHC-1 Optional video/audio decoding module for Electra 9200 encoders. Supports up to two video and two audio services per card.
IOM-ASI DVB-ASI input/output module for Electra and Ion encoders. Four DVB-ASI inputs or outputs. BNC connectors.
IOM-8VSB ATSC receiver input module for Electra and Ion encoders. Includes four 8VSB tuners. MPEG-2 TS outputs with signal lock indication. For use in
conjunction with the FLEX decoder module only.
IOM-AHC-RAC Optional multichannel audio encoding module for Electra encoders, supporting AC-3 2.0, AC-3 5.1, AAC 2.0, AAC 5.1, HE-AAC v2 2.0 audio encoding
IOM-RAC2 Optional dense multichannel audio decoding board for Electra encoders, supporting up to 16 streams of AC-3 and E-AC-3 encoding; Dolby E, AC- 3,
E-AC-3, AAC/HE-AAC and MPEG-1 Layer II decoding; and simultaneous Dolby E to AC-3 2.0 and 5.1 transcoding.
IOM-AB-PWR-SWITCH A/B power switch module for Electra and Ion encoders. Allows connection of dual, switchable power sources to the same Ion/Electra chassis.
Autosensing. AC 110-240V power sources only.
www.harmonicinc.com
© 2013 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, Electra and Ion are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Dolby,
04.01.14
Page 219 of 461
4
ProView™ 7100
HIGHLIGHTS

distribution
TS Outputs:
ASI
IP
Video and Audio
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 220 of 461

1
ProView™ 7100


infrastructure.
APPLICATIONS


www.harmonicinc.com
Page 221 of 461

2
ProView™ 7100

simultaneously)
DVB-S
ASI
MPEG-4 AVC HD 4:2:0 MP @ L4.0 / HP @ 4.1
Connectivity DS3
4:2:2 – 50 Mbps
ASI
480p @ 59.94 fps
MPEG Over IP
Sockets Four
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 222 of 461

3
ProView™ 7100

AAC
Presets

Audio Outputs
single channel
480p @ 59.94 fps
COMPLIANCE
576i @ 25 fps EMC EN61000-3-2;-3
EN55024 (CISPR 24)
1080i: 1920 x 1440 @ 29.97, 30, 25 fps
Safety EN60950
Video Outputs
CB (IEC60950)
UL60950
MPEG-4 AVC MP@L3
Notes:
1. Licensed feature
Any to any
VBI passthrough
Audio passthrough
www.harmonicinc.com
09.30.14
Page 223 of 461
4
SMD 9300
HIGHLIGHTS
t Highest system reliability and service
up-time through robust design and
industry-leading redundancy
t Low TCO through very high-
bandwidth efficiency technology
options, and ease of monitoring and
control The Harmonic SMD 9300 broadcast satellite modulator is a new-generation DVB-S/S2 and DVB-DSNG
t Secure front panel, SNMP, HTTP and modulator specifically designed for broadcast direct-to-home, primary distribution to headends, and
CLI interfaces contribution of television and radio content. The modulator supports S2 extensions to achieve barrier-
t Optional built-in support for breaking efficiency, and can be used in conjunction with set-top boxes, Harmonic ProView™ IRDs or
opportunistic data insertion up to 20 professional satellite demodulators such as the Newtec MDM6100 and AZ910.
Mbps, interoperable with IRDs that
support MPE Up-time and reliability are essential in the design of the SMD 9300, enabling the modulator to play a vital
t Support for SFN networks using role in your satellite network. Input source redundancy and the shortest redundancy switch-over times for
transparent TS pass-through modulators, operating both in 1+1 and N+1 topologies, set new standards in the satellite industry. Advanced
t RFI reduction using optional DVB-CID capabilities are built in, including MPEG transport stream analysis, support of SMPTE 2022 FEC at the GbE
or default NIT table CID inputs (for distributed IP headends), and native support of Carrier ID. Special care is taken to cope with jittery
t Optional BISS content protection transport streams over IP inputs. Six ASI ports allow for monitoring as well as operations.
t Monitoring and control via front
panel, web GUI or Harmonic NMX The SMD 9300 offers unmatched bandwidth efficiency optimization to lower overall total cost of ownership
Digital Service Manager (TCO). The fully automated operation of the field-proven Equalink® pre-distortion technology provides up
t Hardware-ready for multi-stream to 10% bandwidth gains for single-carrier-per-transponder constellations. Clean Channel Technology™, in
transmission combination with DVB-S2 extensions, improves satellite efficiency by up to 15%, thereby enabling much
t Feature-based pricing and software smaller carrier spacing.
upgrades
t Pay-as-you-grow flexible licensing
scheme
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 224 of 461

1
SMD 9300
APPLICATIONS
t Broadcast DTH
t Primary Distribution
Maximum symbol rates up to 72 Mbaud and modulations up to 64 APSK (S2 extensions), combined with
t Broadcast Contribution
VCM (Variable Coding and Modulation), allow for maximum throughput in large contribution links. The
t Upgrade of Distribution Networks for
availability of a DVB-S2 mode adaptation input interface (baseband frames), combined with a Newtec
S2 Extensions
AZ810 stream aggregator, allows for the uplinking of up to six transport streams. Output of the SMD 9300
is available in IF or extended L-band (950-2150 MHz), providing a compact and cost-effective solution. A
switchable 10-MHz reference signal and optional 24V or 48V DC for an outdoor BUC is multiplexed on the
L-band interface.
The SMD 9300 can be easily monitored and controlled via a comprehensive front panel menu or advanced web
GUI, as well as via the Harmonic NMX™ Digital Service Manager video network management system.* Built
upon flexible and latest-generation programmable technology, the SMD 9300 is a future-proof building block
that lets any satellite network evolve to the next level of capabilities. Its scalable, pay-as-you-grow, licensing
and software upgrade mechanism facilitates the launch of new services, or last-minute network design
changes, without rebuilding the entire network infrastructure. Migration from ASI to GbE and IF to L-band, or
to upgrade to S2 extensions, is enabled by simple in-field installation of license keys.
Additional capabilities such as the DVB-S2x standard, are expected to become available on the platform
as standardization efforts materialize in the near future. The new DVB-CID carrier identifier is available as a
software option.
FEATURES
t #BVESBUFSBOHFo.CBVE
t %BUBSBUFTVQUP.CQT XJUI.PEF"EBQUBUJPOJOQVU
t %BUBSBUFTVQUP.CQT XJUI"4*PS54PWFS*1JOQVUT
t *'
BOE-#BOE
IJHIQPXFSPVUQVUT
t %7#4 %7#%4/(BOE%7#4DPNQMJBOU
t 4&YUFOTJPOTBOE.0%$0%T
t 214, 14, "14, "14,BOE"14,
t 6QUPTJY54NVYPO"4*JOUFSGBDFT
t "VUPNBUJD54SBUFBEBQUBUJPO
t -CBOENPOJUPSJOHPVUQVU
t 1SPHSBNNBCMFBNQMJUVEFTMPQFFRVBMJ[FS
t 13#4HFOFSBUPSGPSMJOLQFSGPSNBODFUFTUT
t 0QUJPOBMEVBM"$QPXFSTVQQMZ
t 0QUJPOBMIJHITUBCJMJUZJOUFSOBMDMPDLSFGFSFODF
t &YUFSOBMSFGFSFODFJOQVU
t 0QUJPOBM.)[SFGFSFODFPVUQVU
* Not all features listed in this document can be controlled/

managed by NMX. Please check availability.
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 225 of 461

2
SMD 9300
DATA INTERFACES Baud Rate Range

DVB-S2 & S2 Extensions 0,050-72 Mbaud
ASI 5XPTFMFDUBCMF"4*JOQVUTPO#/$ '
oʼ DPBY
DVB-S 0,050-72 Mbaud
5XP"4*PVUQVU MPPQUISPVHI
PO#/$ '
oʼ DPBY
188 or 204 byte mode Frame Length

Rate adapter DVB-S 188 bytes
MPTS or SPTS according to ISO/IEC 13818 DVB-S2 Short Frames 16,200 bits
DVB-S2 Normal Frames 64,800 bits
ETH Auto switching 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interface
Transport stream over IP interface (UDP/RTP) Clean Channel Technology 3PMMPõ
Forward Error Correction SMPTE 2022-1 and -2 Optimum carrier spacing
188 or 204 byte mode Advanced filter technology
Rate adapter Carrier Interference Reduction DVB RF Carrier ID (DVB-CID)
MPTS or SPTS according to ISO/IEC 13818 t4QSFBE4QFDUSVN.PEVMBUPS #14,
Baseband frame over IP interface per DVB-S2 mode t4VQQPSUTVTFSEBUB

adaptation input interface with in-band signaling t$PNQMJBOUUP%7#TUBOEBSE
Carrier ID NIT Table
CONTENT ENCRYPTION AND PROTECTION

MODULATION INTERFACES
BISS Encryption Support for BISS-0, BISS-1 and BISS-E
Single TS (MPTS or SPTS) L-Band
(Configuration Option)
Connector /GFNBMF ʼ PQUJPOBM4."BEBQUFS
IP ENCAPSULATION Frequency 950-2150 MHz (10 Hz steps)

Level -35/+7 dBm (+/- 2 dB)
Multi-Protocol Encapsulation (MPE) of IP packets in one transport stream Return Loss > 14 dB
Reference 10 MHz switchable
.BY.CQT
Spurious Performance Better than -65 dBc/4 kHz @ +5 dBm output level
and > 256 kBaud
/POTJHOBMSFMBUFEE#D!E#NPVUQVU
MODULATION SCHEMES AND FEC
IF-Band
DVB-S (Configuration Option)
Outer/Inner FEC Reed Solomon/Viterbi Connector #/$GFNBMF ʼ JOUFSNBUFBCMFXJUIPINT
214, 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 Frequency 50-180 MHz (10 Hz steps)
DVB-DSNG Level -35/+10 dBm (± 2 dB)
Outer/Inner FEC Reed Solomon/Viterbi Return Loss ʼE# ʼE#
8PSK 2/3, 5/6, 8/9 Spurious Performance Better than -65 dBc/4 kHz @ +5 dBm output level
2". 3/4, 7/8 and > 256 kBaud
DVB-S2 /POTJHOBMSFMBUFEE#D!E#NPVUQVU
Outer/Inner FEC BCH/LDPC L-Band Monitoring
214, 1/4, 1/3, 2/5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 Connector 4."GFNBMF ʼ
8PSK 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 Frequency Same as L-Band output frequency or 1050 MHz in
16APSK 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 case of IF output option only
32APSK 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, 9/10 Level -45 dBm
S2 Extensions Return Loss > 10 dB
Outer/Inner FEC BCH/LDPC
10 MHz Reference Input
214, 45/180, 60/180, 72/180, 80/180, 90/180, 100/180,
Connector #/$GFNBMF ʼ
108/180, 114/180, 120/180, 26/180, 135/180,
Input Level -3 dBm up to + 7 dBm
144/180, 150/180, 160/180, 162/180
Frequencies 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 MHz
8PSK 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180,
120/180, 126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180 10 MHz Reference Output
16APSK 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, (Optional)
120/180, 126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180, Connector #/$GFNBMF ʼ
160/180, 162/180 Output Level +3 dBm (+/- 2 dB)
32APSK 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, 120/180, 126/180, BUC Power
135/180, 144/180, 150/180, 160/180, 162/180 (Optional)
64APSK 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, 120/180, Max Current 3.8 A
126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180, 160/180, Voltage 24 V, 48 V (software controlled)
162/180
8PSK-L 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180,
120/180
16APSK-L 80/180, 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180,
120/180, 126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180,
160/180, 162/180
64APSK-L 90/180, 100/180, 108/180, 114/180, 120/180,
126/180, 135/180, 144/180, 150/180, 160/180,
162/180
www.harmonicinc.com
DVB-S2 VCM mode Supported
Page 226 of 461

3
SMD 9300
INTERNAL 10MHZ REFERENCE FREQUENCY ORDERING INFORMATION

Standard Stability CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
Stability +/- 2,000 ppb over 0 to 70° C
Ageing +/- 1,000 ppb/year Hardware Platform Chassis Type 01 (Modulator)
High Stability Operating Software SMD 9300 Major Software R1*
(Optional)
Stability +/- 50 ppb over 0 to 70°C Main Power Supply Units PSU Single AC 110/240 V
Ageing +/- 300 ppb/year PSU Dual Redundant AC 110/240 V
Very High Stability Video Package Video TS, Carrier-ID (NIT), TS Analyzer*
(Optional) Data Package Baseband frame input* †
Stability +/- 2 ppb over 0 to 65°C
Ageing +/- 500 ppb/10 year Video Interface GbE TSoIP, SMPTE-2022 DEC (req. Video Package)*
ASI (six connectors) (req. Video Package)
GbE TSoIP + ASI (six) (req. Video Package)
GENERAL Modulator Output Interface L-band with switchable 10 MHz output*

IF (50-180 MHz)*
Monitor and Control Interfaces Web server GUI (HTTP) via web browser IF+ L-band with switchable 10 MHz out*
Diagnostics report, alarm log (HTTP) L-band + 10 MHz output + 24/48V BUC †
SNMP v2c IF+L-band + 10 MHz output + 24/48V BUC †
Alarm Interface Electrical dual contact closure alarm contacts Modulation Standard and %7#4214,
Connector 9-pin sub-D, female Coding (includes Multistream %7#44214,
Logical interface and general device alarm Support) %7#44214,
%7#44214,2"."14,
%7#44214,2"."14,
%7#44&YU214,
POWER %7#44&YU214,2"."14,
Input Voltage Range 90-130 & 180-260 VAC %7#44&YU214,2"."14,
125 VA %7#44&YU214,2"."14,
Frequency Range 47-63 Hz Modulation Maximum Symbol 5 Mbaud*

Rates 15 Mbaud*
36 Mbaud*
54 Mbaud*
PHYSICAL 72 Mbaud*
Dimensions (W x H x D) 19 in x 1.75 in x 20 in (1 RU) Internal Reference Clock Standard 10 MHz
48.3 cm x 4.4 cm x 50.8 cm High Stability 10 MHz †
Very High Stability 10 MHz †
Weight 12.75 lbs/5.8 kg
ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL
Reference Clock Output 10 MHz Reference Output (BNC) †
Operating Temperature Range +32º to +122º F
0º to +50º C Modulator Output Connector L-Band output N to SMA output adapter †
Storage Temperature Range -40º to +158º F Clean Channel Technology Clean Channel Technology for 5 Mbaud*
-40º to +70º C Clean Channel Technology for 15 Mbaud*
Clean Channel Technology for 36 Mbaud*
Operating Humidity 5-85% non-condensing Clean Channel Technology for 54 Mbaud*
Electromagnetic Compliance CE and UL Clean Channel Technology for 72 Mbaud*
Pre-Distortion Automated Equalink® *
DVB-CID DVB RF Carrier Identifier*
MPE Insertion MPE Data insertion in TS (req. Video Package)* †
Encryption BISS (0-1-E) single TS (req. Video Package)* †
* Selectable via license key

†
Not controlled by NMX
www.harmonicinc.com
© 2014 Harmonic Inc. All rights reserved. Harmonic, the Harmonic logo, and ProView are trademarks, registered trademarks or service marks of Harmonic Inc. in the United States and other countries. Other
company, product and service names mentioned herein may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners. All product and application features and specifications are subject to change at
Harmonic’s sole discretion at any time and without notice.
07.09.14
Page 227 of 461
4
Monitoring
Page 228 of 461

ETHIOPIA DTT Head End - 22 CHANNEL MONITORING
L_b
1:2
Pas. IRD-PVR-7100 NETWORK
L_B Switch
Split L_b
IRD-PVR-7100
Cisco-2960X
DVI/HDMI
AA
DVB-SR1
Notes:
1. IRD’s and IP Switch by Harmonic , the rest by ONSET SAMSUNG ED-46C
2. Assuming Monitoring to be located with Modulators rack.
DESKTOP SPEAKERS

2014- 235539
SHEET:
6 of 8
Page 229 of 461

ETHIOPIA – 1 of 11 Regional Monitoring sites
L_b
IP / A
IRD-PVR-7100 SI
Wohler – MPEG-2443
Notes:
IRD by Harmonic , the Wohler quad ch monitor by ONSET

2014-235531
SHEET:
7 of 8
Page 230 of 461


19. Part IV. New complete DVB-T2 Transmitter: Drawings &

Data Sheets

Page 231 of 461
1 of 26 New SFN DVB-T2 Transmitter sites
PVR-7K ASI
Seamless Switch
PVR-7100 Main ASI-1

L_B -1 ASI-1 ch1-22
ASI-2 ch 1-22 ASI-1 Main
ASI-1 DVB-T2
ASI-2 Bak.
Exciter-Main
1:2
Rack ASI
Sat. L_b
Term.
L_b Term.
Panel Panel
PVR-7K ASI ASI-1 Main
Splitter
Seamless Switch DVB-T2
ASI-2 Bak.
by Exciter-Bak.
GatesA PVR-7100 Bak.
ir ASI-1 ch 1-22 ASI-2
L_B -1
ASI-2 ch 1-22 (New )
ASI-2 Provided by
GatesAir
Eth.
Eth Eth
Cisco-2960X-24
Notes: Web Based
1. Wired rack provided by GatesAir. Manag. Sw
2. 1:2 L_band Splitter supply by GatesAir
3. Monitoring Sys and Analyzer provided by GatesAir
4. DVB-T2 SFN Exciters provided by GatesAir
V1.1 2014- 234947 1 of 26 New DVB-T2 Tx. Sites
SHEET:
4 of 5
Page 232 of 461

GatesAir
Transmitter configuration1+1
Main/Alternate
Page 233 of 461


Transmitter configuration 1+1 – Main/Alternate
Transmitter A
MSC Controller system 1+1
GUI interface
RF out
RF Band Pass Filter

coaxial
switch RF out
Transmitter B
Dummy load
RF out
MSC: Multi-System Controller

Page 234 of 461

Page 235 of 461
ULXT Product
Details
Page 236 of 461


Maxiva ULXT - Key Benefits (1)
Broadband, high-efficiency design
• Maxiva ULXT provides the highest available AC to RF efficiency
along with fully broadband operation across the UHF band. This
means only one spare power amplifier module is needed to
service any ULXT series transmitter in the network. No
adjustment, or retuning of any type, is required.
Future-proof architecture
• Re-pack (Restack) of the UHF TV spectrum could mean potential
channel changes in the future. The broadband ULXT transmitter
is ready for such changes, without any need to swap PA
modules, combiners, or other components.
Page 237 of 461


Modular design with small, lightweight, PA modules
• A complete ULXT PA module weighs only 11kg (24lb), far
lighter than comparable PA modules from others, often
weighing in excess of 24kg (53lbs). This makes it much
easier to replace while on the air and its small size and
weight reduces shipping costs between either our service
department, or your spares depot and each transmitter site.
Small, lightweight, individual PA power supplies
• Each PA module has its own dedicated power supply. Each
power supply is a separate assembly from the PA module,
making it much easier to service and replace, if needed. PA
power supplies weigh less than 2kg (4.4lb) and can be
swapped on-air in less than 1 minute.
Page 238 of 461

Less expensive PA Module and Power Supply
• Our modular design approach with smaller/lighter
replaceable PA’s and associated DC Power Supplies are
less expensive to replace than combined PA/Power
supply assemblies that others may use.
Robust Control System with redundant controllers
• Our layered control system allows safe operation even if
the main control board is defective or needs to be
removed for service. An HTML web browser interface
and SNMP is included with every transmitter.
Page 239 of 461


Maxiva™ ULXT with PowerSmart® 3D
General Product Overview:
• Hot swappable front load PA Modules and Power Supplies
• Incorporates field-proven MaxivaTM M2X exciter technology
for best in class performance
• All-digital linear and nonlinear pre-correction: Real-Time
Adaptive Correction (RTAC™)
• All Worldwide digital modulation standards supported
• Modular & upgradeable architecture
• Rugged, reliable design and construction
• CE Marked / RoHS Compliant
Page 240 of 461

Block Diagram ULXT-10xx
10 PA System - Dual Drive Option Shown
M2X Exciter A IPA 1

PA 1
Control 1
÷ ÷ S
Control 2
PA 10
M2X Exciter B IPA 2
PS 1
Main
Controller PS 10
Page 241 of 461


System Block Diagram - Detailed
Exciter ARF
Control
Exciter B RF
Control
10 PA System
9.5kW ATSC
Page 242 of 461
19
Internal/Integral Pump System
With single rack, single power block systems, an
integral pump system is available
Save floor space
Save plumbing
Smaller pumps – lower power consumption –
more efficient!
External pump module also available
Page 243 of 461


High Efficiency External Pump Module
Leveraged from ULX system – Reliable, proven
3rd generation – Optimized for High Efficiency
Small physical size
2 Pumps, with auto/manual changeover
Low maintenance, closed-loop pressurized system
Quiet – Designed for indoor installation
Pump speed inverter controlled
Page 244 of 461


High Efficiency Heat Exchanger
GatesAir manufactured
Dual fans with on-air servicing/replacement
capability
Low noise, high-efficiency fan blades)
Speed controlled for maximum efficiency
Vertical or horizontal airflow (mounting can
be adapted on site for either configuration)
Two sizes available 20kW & 50kW heat
dissipation
Redundant heat exchangers available
Page 245 of 461


Maxiva M2X TV Exciter
Input Status
RTAC Controls
LED’s
Access to:
RTAC Status • RF Sample
LED’s Status LED’s • 10MHz ref.
• 1 PPS ref
Page 246 of 461

23
Maxiva M2X - Features
RoHS Compliant / CE Compliant
Software Defined Modulator
Backwards compatible with many GatesAir
transmitters.
RTAC – Real Time Adaptive linear and non-linear
Correction – standard
Internal GPS option (now with GLONASS)
Internal UPS option – Full exciter power for 1 minute
and frequency processing for 20 minutes
Simple browser interface
Configurable design - enables custom interface to
competitive transmitters.
No manual adjustments
Page 247 of 461

Maxiva M2X – One Design For All
Software Defined Modulator – can be changed between analog, fixed digital and
mobile standards with a Software Key
Supports the following standards:
Future
Standards
DVB-T2
ATSC M/H
T2-Lite
CTTB
DVB-T/H (DTMB)
CMMB ATSC
DAB/DMB ISDB-TB
Page 248 of 461

Maxiva M2X – One Design For All
Software Defined Modulator – can be changed between analog, fixed digital and
mobile standards with a Software Key
Supports the following standards:
Future
Standards
DVB-T2
ATSC M/H
T2-Lite
CTTB
DVB-T/H (DTMB)
CMMB ATSC
DAB/DMB ISDB-TB
Page 249 of 461

M2X Mechanical – Inside View
Top cover and front panel removed
Up/Down Converter
Signal Processing Board
Board
Precision Frequency
Reference Unit
1PPS, 10MHz & RF

Sample Ports
Power Supply
12V DC
Fans (2)
Page 250 of 461
27
Exciter – Rear Panel
RTAC RF Sample RS-232 & Transport Stream
1 PPS & 10MHz
Inputs CAN Monitor Output
Ref Inputs
Interfaces
RF Output
ASI / 310 Transport
Stream Inputs
10/100 BaseT
Ethernet
Input Option Board

Transmitter (ASI/IP Shown)
GPS Antenna Input
Interface Board
Page 251 of 461

Power Amplifier Block
Modular architecture on a larger scale
Page 252 of 461


ULXT-2xx – 2 PA’s
Up to 1.25kW OFDM / 2 kW ATSC (Pre-Filter)
Exc B (option)
4 RU
Exc A
IPA B
IPA A
4 RU
PA 1
PA 2
Page 253 of 461

30
ULXT-4xx – 4 PA’s
Up to 2.5 kW DV-T2-IS and 3.9 kW ATSC (Pre-Filter)
Exc B (option)
4 RU
Exc A
IPA B
IPA A
PA 1
7 RU PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
Page 254 of 461

31
ULXT-6xx - 6 PA’s
Up to 3.6 kW OFDM and 6 kW ATSC (Pre-Filter)
Exc B (option)
4 RU
Exc A
IPA B
IPA A
PA 1
PA 2
9 RU
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
Page 255 of 461

32
ULXT-10xx - 10 PA’s
Up to 6 kW OFDM and 9.5 kW ATSC
Exc B (option)
4 RU
Exc A
IPA B
IPA A
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
12 RU PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
PA 9
PA 10
Page 256 of 461

High Power ULXT Solutions
37RU rack 44RU rack 44RU racks

PAB 1 PAB 4
PAB 1
PAB 2 PAB 5
PAB 2
PAB 3 PAB 6
ULXT-12 / 20xx (12 or 20 PA’s) ULXT-30xx (30 PA’s) ULXT-40 / 50 / 60xx (up to 60Page
PA’s)
257 of 461

Maxiva™ ULXT with PowerSmart®3D: Model Details
ATSC RF Power (Pre-Filter - OFDM RF Power (Pre-Filter -
RACK SPACE RACK SPACE # PA
Tx MODEL # # RACKS Watts) Watts)
Blocks
(1 EXCITER) (2 EXCITERS) Pre-Filter Post-Filter Pre-Filter Post-Filter
ULXT-2xx 6 RU 8 RU 1 (37) 1 2,000 1,740 1,250 1,080
ULXT-4xx 9 RU 11 RU 1 (37) 1 3,900 3,470 2,500 2,220
ULXT-6xx 11 RU 13 RU 1 (37) 1 5,900 5,310 3,700 3,330
ULXT-10xx 14 RU 16 RU 1 (37) 1 9,500 8,560 6,000 5,400
ULXT-12xx 20 RU 22 RU 1 (37) 2 11,390 10,260 7,140 6,430
ULXT-20xx 26 RU 28 RU 1 (37) 2 18,350 17,120 11,590 10,810
ULXT-30xx 38 RU 40 RU 1 (44) 3 27,500 25,660 17,300 16,140
ULXT-40AT 50 RU 52 RU 2 (44) 4 36,280 33,850 22,910 21,380
ULXT-50AT 62 RU 64 RU 2 (44) 5 45,360 42,330 28,640 26,720
ULXT-60AT 74 RU 76 RU 2 (44) 6 54,430 50,790 34,370 32,070
Note: Model number is followed by 2 letter modulation code (xx)
Available modulations:
DA: DAB/DAB+/DMB
AT: ATSC / ATSC-MH
DV: DVB-T/H
T2: DVB-T2
IS: ISDB-T
Page 258 of 461

IPA / Drive Chain
Two redundant 1RU amplifier trays provide a very robust
solution to drive the PA Modules in a power block (2, 4, 6
or 10)
This system provides fully redundant drive capability in Driver B
case of failure Driver A
Redundant, optimized.. Linear RF drive for the PA’s

Power supplies are shared among drivers for further
redundancy (power supply failure will not affect drive
stage)
Page 259 of 461


IPA (Driver) Module
Output Combiner Phase & Gain Provides gain stage before PA
section
Front hot pluggable, redundant
modules
Uses same cold plate as the PA
for cooling of FETs
Operated in linear, class AB
Module interface is a passive
assembly which provides
Class AB Pallets
electrical and cooling. Hot plug
(2) Splitter RF Control Bd interconnect
Page 260 of 461


PA Block Control Redundancy
Each IPA module includes the
PA Block Controller
Power Amplifier Block control
circuitry.
Combiner PA Block controller is
incorporated on the Phase &
Gain board.
Phase &
PA Pallet 1 PA Pallet 2
Gain Fully redundant PA block control
is provided due to redundant
drive chain / IPA module
Splitter
architecture
Page 261 of 461


New High Efficiency PA Module
Power ~ 640W OFDM / 1kW ATSC
Efficiency ~ 44% OFDM / 49% ATSC
Configuration: 3 Pallets in parallel/6
LDMOS devices total
Liquid cooled
Light weight ~ 11kg / 24lb PA Module (Front)
• Easy to remove and service
• Lower shipping cost
• DC power supply is separate assembly
Hot-swap front plug-in design using
push-on / pull-off connectors
Up to 10 PA Modules per Power Block
PA Module (Rear)
Page 262 of 461

High Efficiency DC Power Supply
Separate assembly from the PA module
• Small and light (< 2kg / 5lb)
• Lower replacement cost
Hot swap, easy replacement in seconds
One Power Supply per PA module
IPA’s powered by all PA power Supplies
(paralleled)
Rating: 50 VDC / 2,725W / 0.98PF
Wide AC input regulation (±15%)
50 Volt DC 2.725kW Power Supply
Same power supply as used in Maxiva UAXT
and FAX FM transmitters
• Consolidate network spares
Page 263 of 461

Options & Accessories
37 RU rack is standard for 1 and 2 Power Block
systems
44 RU rack is used for other systems, or as
appropriate
Internal GPS receiver, now with GLONASS
GPS antenna and RF cable
Exciter UPS – Provides 1 minute full exciter back-up
and 20 minutes for frequency processing circuits
Dual drive, 1+1 (main/alternate), or N+1
configurations
SFN
Internal pump system for single power block systems
• Customer can always opt for external pump system
Page 264 of 461

GatesAir Maxiva ULXT- The Best Choice…
SUMMARY:
Broadband, high-efficiency design
Future-proof architecture
Modular design with small, lightweight, hot-pluggable PA modules
Small, lightweight, hot pluggable PA power supplies
Less expensive PA Module and Power Supply
Robust Control System with redundant controllers
Best Trained Service Dept. Available 24/7
= Lowest Total Cost of Ownership!

Page 265 of 461

High Efficiency UHF LiquidCooled TV Transmitter
The GatesAir Maxiva™ ULXT with
PowerSmart® 3D is a liquidcooled
transmitter that powers overtheair
delivery across the UHF television
spectrum. Built on the next generation of
GatesAir’s groundbreaking green
transmission architecture, Maxiva
transmitters offer today’s digital
broadcaster compact, energyefficient
solutions to reliably deliver rich, high
quality multiformat content to viewers at
home or on the move, and reduce Total
Cost of Ownership.
Designed with future broadcasting needs in mind, the ULXT
Maxiva ULXT utilizes the latest 50Volt LDMOS amplifier
transmitter is capable of multiple modulation schemes UHF
devices, new compact high efficiency power supplies and the
digital operation — including ATSC, ATSC MDTV, DVBT/H,
Maxiva M2X™ exciter with RTAC™. It provides today’s
DVB T2, ISDBTb and future digital standards. Upgrading to
broadcaster with unparalleled power efficiency and outstanding
newer digital standards is readily accomplished to further
signal performance. In fact, a single ULXT PowerSmart 3D
extend the capability and life of the transmitter.
amplifier model covers the entire frequency range of UHF band
IV/V, without the need for adjustment or tuning of any kind.
This powerful blend of new technologies provides bestinclass Product Features
performance with respect to transmitter power efficiency,
The highest efficiency fully broadband UHF transmitter on the
physical size, performance and features. The modular design
market. The all new design includes these energy saving
allows for simpler installation, infrequent maintenance
components to reduce Total Cost of Ownership:
requirements together with dramatically reduced total cost of
PowerSmart 3D amplifier technology, for bestinclass power
ownership over the life of the transmitter.
efficiency, broadband operation and lowest operating costs
The Maxiva ULXT PowerSmart 3D series is available from low High efficiency, compact, hot swappable AC to DC power
power to high power models, suitable for almost any UHF supplies
broadcast application. Variable speed coolant pumps and heat exchanger cooling
fans maximize system efficiency
Typical AC to RF efficiency of up to 42% for ATSC, including
cooling system
Typical AC to RF efficiency of up to 38% for all COFDM TV
modulations, including cooling system
+1.800.622.0022 Page 266 of 461
© 2014 GatesAir
© 2014 GatesAir
Rugged, reliable design and construction Global Monitoring and Control
Digital power levels up to 27.5 kW ATSC, 17 kW COFDM TV The Maxiva ULXT transmitter can be controlled from anywhere
yields the highest power density per cabinet in the world with an intuitive browserbased GUI or SNMP over
Fieldproven Maxiva M2X exciter technology, allowing easy TCP/IP via a telecom or network connection with password
migration to new digital standards protection.
Fast acting, alldigital linear and nonlinear precorrection,
Improved Uptime and Reduced Service Costs
using exclusive Maxiva RealTime Adaptive Correction (RTAC)
Hotpluggable, redundant power amplifier (PA) and universal
Fully broadband high efficiency PA modules, with no tuning of
power supply (PS) modules make onair servicing easy and
adjustments — 472862 MHz
eliminate costly service interruptions. Lightweight universal
Onetoone power supply to power amplifier redundancy
PA pallets and universal PS modules facilitate
Hotpluggable, small and lightweight (11kg) linear RF amplifier
overnight/sameday shipping for simple, costeffective spares
modules and DC power supplies
holding. With lightweight subassemblies, the Maxiva ULXT
Transmitter monitoring and indepth diagnostics via easyto
eliminates any twoperson lift requirements for routine
use, frontpanel controls and indicators
maintenance and troubleshooting.
Incorporates Maxiva Webenabled remote control graphical
user interface Smooth Upgradeability
Includes front panel LCD screen for display of transmitter The Maxiva ULXT system features the new UAX Compact
parameters, including Forward Power and Reflected Power Class drive, using Maxiva M2X exciter technology, allowing for
a seamless transition from any analog standard to a digital
Available Options:
terrestrial standard, or from an existing digital standard to a
Integral GPS/GLONASS receiver for SFN timing future standard, such as from DVBT to DVBT2 or from ATSC
Dual exciters and switcher to ATSC MDTV.
Exciter external UPS
Internal or External pump system (for models up to 5.5 kW
COFDM/9.5 kW ATSC)
ASI/T2MI over IP (100/1000BASET)
Product Details
GatesAir Po erSmart D Technology Inside
The Maxiva ULXT transmitter offers superior power density and
by far the highest available system efficiency on the market.
This new amplifier design utilizes the latest 50 volt LDMOS
device technology to deliver a dramatic increase in power
density, lower operating costs and reduced cost of ownership
over the life of the transmitter.
Compact Footprint
As the most compact liquidcooled UHF transmitter, the
Maxiva ULXT is ideal for crowded, shared transmitter sites.
The new UAX Compact Class drive further reduces rack space
requirements. The Maxiva ULXT transmitter reduces facility
space requirements, simplifies installation, lowers shipping
costs and allows for easier maintenance.
Highest Po er Density
The Maxiva ULXT provides the highest power density per rack
in a UHF transmitter. With power levels up to 27.5kW ATSC
and 17kW COFDM, fewer amplifier racks are required.
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 267 of 461
Images/Diagrams
Specifications
General
Frequency Range 470 to 862 MHz, in 1 Hz steps
Transmission Standards ATSC, DVBT, DVBT2, ISDBTb, CTTB (DTMB)
Channel Bandwidth 6, 7 or 8 MHz (system ependent)
Rated Power Output See chart below
Output Power Reduction 0 to 10 dB
Range
RF Load Impedance 50 ohms
VSWR Protected against open or short circuit, all phase angles. Capable of operation into infinite VSWR with
useradjustable fold back threshold. Factory preset to 2.8% of nominal nameplate power (VSWR
1.4:1)
RF Output Connector 15/8 , 31/8 or 41/16 EIA (dependent upon power level)
Transmitter Dimensions Call GatesAir
Transmitter Weight Call GatesAir
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 268 of 461
AC Mains
AC Line Voltage 3 phase: 380 to 415 V, or 208 to 240 V, 50/60 Hz specify when ordering
AC Line Variation ±15%, between 208 to 230 V or 380 to 400 V
Power Factor >0.95
Environmental
Altitude Up to 3,000 m (9,843 ft) elevation above mean sea level
Ambient Temperature 0° to 45° C (32° to 113° F) at sea level (upper limit derated 2° C (3.6° F) per 300 m (984 ft) elevation AMSL)
Humidity 95%, noncondensing
Cooling Method Liquidcooled, using 50/50 mix of ethylene or propylene glycol and water
Acoustic Noise <65 dBA (measured 1 m (3.3 ft) in front of cabinet)
Frequency Stability Without precision frequency control/GPS: ±150 Hz/month
(2.3 x 107ppm)
External Inputs
GPS Input SMA female, 50 ohms, (+5 V DC @ 100 mA max output for active antenna)
1 PPS Input BNC female, user selectable 50 ohms or high impedance termination
10 MHz Reference Frequency Input BNC female, 50 ohms
Monitoring utputs
RF monitor SMA female
(exciter)
1 PPS BNC female
10MHz BNC female
DVBT/DVBT2 / ISDBTb / CTTB Specification
Power Output (average) 1.2 kW to 17.0 kW (per rack), measured before mask filter
(see chart below)
Systems DVBT/H, standard EN 300744 DVBT2, standard EN 302 755 v1.3.1
ISDBTb, Brazil ANATEL standard
CTTB (China)
ASI/T2MI Inputs 2 inputs BNC female; 75 ohms according to EN 500839 (for DVBH 2 main/2 hierarchical)
ASI/T2MI over ASI (optional) 1 input, 100/1000BASET
Crest Factor 13 dB maximum
Shoulder Level <37 dB (before mask filter)
END <0.5 dB
MER >34 dB
Harmonics (before filter) <40 dB
Central Carrier Suppression >75 dB
DVBT2 Modes Supports multiple PLP’s, MISO, extended bandwidth mode, PAPR reduction, T2 Lite
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 269 of 461
ATSC Specification
Power Output (average) 2.0 kW to 27.5 kW models available, measured before mask filter (see chart below)
System ATSC A53, 8VSB DTV standard, ATSC Mobile DTV
Data Input 19.39 Mb/s, configurable as SMPTE310M or ASI (user selectable)
Impedance 75 ohms, unbalanced
Input Connector 2 inputs, BNC female
Signal to Noise (EVM) >27 dB (EVM <4%), Typical >32 dB (EVM <2.5 %)
Phase Noise <104 dBc/Hz @ 20 kHz offset (ATSC A/64)
Harmonic Radiation and Spurious Meets mask requirements specified in FCC 5th and 6th report and order
Sideband Performance Compliant with FCC radiation mask, when measured at the output of GatesAirsupplied
output filter
Remote Control
Parallel Remote SubD connector
Ethernet/SNMP RJ45, twisted pair
Compliance RoHS 2002/95/EC
R TTE 1999/5/EC
Safety: EN 60215
EMC: EN 3014891
Manufacturing: ISO 9001: 2008
Maxiva UL T Series Models and Po er levels
Model Rack Rack Racks RF Po er RF Po er

Space Space RU PreFilter atts Post Filter atts
Exciter 2 C FDM ATSC C FDM ATSC
Exciters
ULXT2xx ULXT4xx 6RU 8RU 8RU 10RU 1 (37) 1 (37) 1,250 2,500 2,000 3,900 1,000 2,100 1,700 3,300
ULXT6xx ULXT10xx 10RU 12RU 1 (37) 1 (37) 3,600 6,000 5,800 9,700 3,200 5,400 5,200 8,800
ULXT12xx ULXT20xx 14RU 16RU 1 (37) 1 (37) 7,100 11,500 6,400 10,400
ULXT30xx 18RU 20RU 1 (44) 11,500 19,200 10,400 17,500
26RU 28RU 17,000 27,500 15,500 25,000
38RU 40RU
Higher power levels available upon request.
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 270 of 461

MultiSystem Controller
MultiSystem Controller (MSC) for Redundant Television and Radio Transmission Systems
The GatesAir’s MultiSystem Controller
(MSC) is engineered to ensure your
television or radio broadcast is seamless
—even in the event of transmitter failure.
This nextgeneration multisystem control
platform extends the redundancy
capabilities of our transmitters to both
new and legacy transmitter platforms—
the first system on the market that
integrates legacy transmitters into N+1 nt of MSC fault/power failure
systems. Compatible with 4port coaxial switches from multiple vendors
Remote software upgrades available via network connection.
The MSC incorporates the latest advances in technology, Latest software is available on the GatesAir Service Portal
reflecting the GatesAir’s commitment to innovation and history (requires a Windows® based PC, not provided)
as the industryleading provider of redundancy solutions for Sleek, elegant GUI — easy navigation of system level or
television and radio transmitters. individual transmitter control and monitoring with a single IP
connection
Requires an optional MSC I/O module
Screensaver with wakeup function to extend life of backlight
and prevent accidental frontpanel button operation
Product Features SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) network agent
for broadcast manager operations
Factory scalable and configurable for N 1 to 8
External interlock monitoring — can be removed for servicing
Frontpanel control and readout of system status
without interruption of the interlock chain
Operation in automatic or manual mode, and by local or
Programmable N+1 priority — for backup of the most
remote control
important programming during multiple main transmitter
Local and remote selection on the front panel to lock out
outages
remote inputs during servicing
One of N logic output to control an external video or audio Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
router in the United States and other countries.
Ethernet interface to each transmitter and RF switch control
board for easytomanage connections
Product Details
External program router control — routes the correct service
to the redundant transmitter Costeffective, Reliable, Fle
Fast, reliable operation
Failsafe — current system configuration is retained in the eve
+1.800.622.0022 Page 271 of 461
© 2014 GatesAir
© 2014 GatesAir
xible HD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiquity Digital Corp.
At GatesAir, we know onair time is critical. For that reason,
the MultiSystem Controller is designed to maximize onair
reliability for broadcasters with digital networks, and can be
configured across various applications—main/alternate, N+1
and dual transmitter systems.
As an N+1 controller, the MSC is a costeffective, reliable
backup system with a simpletouse interface, making it ideal
for larger network operators with multiple transmitters at each
site. As a dual transmitter system controller, the MSC
enables increased power capability, operational flexibility, and
reliability by combining two or more transmitters.
Ho it orks
The MSC monitors the operating status and parameters of the
main transmitters and keeps the +1 reserve in standby. When
the MSC detects a failure, it safely disables the main
transmitter and activates the standby transmitter.
Users have the option of monitoring and controlling the MSC
though the frontpanel pushbutton controls with an alpha
numeric display, or remotely via a web browser or optional,
parallel I/O.
In N+1 applications, the MSC monitors and controls each
main or N transmitter. If the MSC detects RF output or other
failure output that exceeds the user’s configured time delay, it
automatically sets the frequency of the reserve or +1
transmitter to that of the failed main transmitter. It then routes
the correct video/audio to the reserve, changes the
configuration of the RF switching system to place the reserve
transmitter on air, and turns it on. The failed main transmitter s
RF output is simultaneously routed to the dummy load, where
it can be tested and repaired without further broadcast
interruptions.
If a second main transmitter fails, the reserve will back up the
highestpriority transmitter.
MSC Compatibility
The MSC is designed specifically for GatesAir transmission
products, including Maxiva™ UHF (ULX and UAX) DTV
transmitters, Platinum™ VHF (VLX and VAX ) DTV
transmitters and Platinum Z, ZX® and HPX® FM and HD
Radio™ transmitters. With an optional I/O module, the MSC
also works with most legacy and other vendors’ transmitters in
N+1 systems.
© 2014 GatesAir
GatesAir.com
Page 272 of 461
Specifications
19 in. (48.2 cm) rackmountable unit, 1RU high
Approximately 18 in. (45.7 cm) deep
Weight – approximately 8 lbs (3.6 kg)
Universal power supply input with automatic selection; accepts any line voltage 90 to 264 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Cooling – approximately 100 CFM
ptions
System MultiController (SMC)
The System MultiController (SMC) adds system control to the standard MSC controller.
Features
Scheduler — enables transmitters to be turned on and off automatically per a userdefined schedule with two periods per day; scheduler
can set a oneweek schedule for the entire year and modify individual days for fast, easy schedule programming
Customizable overall block diagram — allows users to label each transmitter with operating frequency and select a layout of left to right
or right to left to match the building floor plan
Transmitter data logging with search capability — assists users in identifying operating parameter trends
Data graphing — shows a parameter trend over time
Screensaver with wakeup function — extends the life of backlight and prevents accidental frontpanel button operation
1RU EIA rackmount chassis
Universal power supply input with automatic selection, 90 to 264 VAC input, 47 to 63 Hz, 65 Watts
MSC Panel PC Display Unit
Features
Ethernet interface with a 4x6 in. touchscreen control
GUI mounted on a 3RU EIA panel for easy navigation of functional areas of MSC and transmitters
MSC I/ Module
Generalpurpose I/O module for interfacing to the MSC
Features
Enables legacy transmitter integration into N+1 systems
Parallel I/O control to the MSC
1RU EIA rackmount chassis
Optoisolated and RFIfiltered command outputs, status inputs and analog metering inputs
Dual ethernet ports: one for operation and one for user configuration
GatesAir micromodule for easy software updates using our InSystem Programming (ISP) software
Universal power supply input with automatic selection, 90 to 264 VAC input, 47 to 63 Hz, 65 Watts
MSC IP Module
IP module for N+1 to Platinum Z transmitter interface
Features
Platinum Z RS232 serialtoethernet converter for interfacing of basic operating parameters and control from the Platinum Z transmitter to
MSC; enhanced data provision (for logging and graphing), scheduling and control by the SMC 3
GatesAir micromodule for easy software updates
Dual ethernet ports: one for operation and one for user configuration
Enhanced Platinum Z serial protocol and transmitter firmware — enables additional commands for remote switching of exciters and IPAs
+1.800.622.0022
© 2014 GatesAir
via the SMC GatesAir.com
Page 273 of 461

Page 274 of 461
Page 275 of 461
Part IV. New complete DVB-T2 Transmitter
Electrical ancillaries
Page 276 of 461

GatesAir
Mains block diagram
26 new sites
Page 277 of 461


MAINS DISTRIBUTION
Power
standby
Generator
Mains:
380VAC/50Hz
Transmitter
A
Distribution Surge Transmitter

AVR suppr. UPS B
Box
PIE Rack
Page 278 of 461

Authorized STABILINE Resellers
®
Coast-to-Coast and International

WHR Series STABILINE® Voltage Regulators are Voltage Control Components
obtainable worldwide through an extensive Authorized POWERSTAT® Variable Transformers
Reseller Network. These Resellers offer literature, LUXTROL® Lighting Controls
technical assistance and a wide range of models off 5-WAY® Binding Posts
the shelf for fastest possible delivery and service. SUPERCON® Electrical Connectors
In addition, Superior Electric Manufacturer’s Representatives
Power Quality Products
are available to provide prompt attention to customer
needs. Call or fax for ordering and application information
STABILINE® Automatic Voltage Regulators
or for the address of the closest Manufacturer’s Represen- STABILINE® Uninterruptible Power Supplies
tative or Authorized Reseller. STABILINE® Power Conditioners
STABILINE® Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors
383 Middle Street, Bristol, CT 06010 USA • Tel. 860-585-4500 • Fax 860-582-3784
www.superiorelectric.com
Customer Service 860-585-4500 ext. 4750 • Product Application 860-585-4500 Ext. 4755
In USA and Canada
Tel. 1-800-787-3532 • Fax 1-800-821-1369
Customer Service 1-800-787-3532 Ext. 4750 • Product Application 1-800-787-3532 Ext. 4755
Page 279 of 461

Printed in USA C7005-3 10/01 © 2001 Superior Electric
WHR Series STABILINE Voltage Regulators
The WHR Series is the most extensive line of In addition, Superior Electric Manufacturer's Representa-
STABILINE® Voltage Regulators Superior Electric has tives are available to provide prompt attention to customer
ever offered. This line of regulators includes units for use needs. Call or fax for ordering and application information
on all AC power systems, up to 660 volt, currently in use or for the address of the closest Manufacturer's Represen-
throughout the world. An extensive range of standard tative or Authorized Reseller.
sizes, features and options is included.
If you need application assistance, a special version WHR
Superior Electric has been manufacturing and marketing Series Regulator or to order, contact Superior Electric at:
voltage control and conditioning equipment since 1938. Superior Electric
The quality of our products, combined with our commit- 383 Middle Street • Bristol, CT 06010
ment to customer service, has established Superior Elec- Tel: 860-585-4500
tric as the industry leader. WHR Series STABILINE Fax: 860-582-3784
Voltage Regulators are obtainable worldwide through an
extensive Authorized Reseller Network. These Resellers Customer Service: 860-585-4500 - Ext. 4750
offer literature, technical assistance and a wide range of Product Application: 860-585-4500 - Ext. 4755
models off the shelf for fastest possible deliver and
service. U.S.A. and Canada
Tel: 1-800-787-3532
Fax: 1-800-821-1369
Customer Service 1-800-787-3532, Ext. 4750
Application Support 1-800-787-3532, Ext. 4755
Start-up Service • Service Training • On-Site Repairs

... Superior Electric offers these services for WHR Series STABILINE Voltage Regulators. Contact our
Customer Service Group for a full description of programs.
Page 280 of 461

2
The Solution
WHR Series STABILINE Voltage Regulators are the only units to meet all performance require-
ments, and offer so many superior features and options.
Performance Requirements
Based on the problems and their causes, the five primary characteristics needed for regulators are:
1. Voltage Regulation: The output voltage must be 3. Low Impedance: Since the interaction of load cur-
selectable to an accuracy of 1% to eliminate voltage rents and the source impedance causes low voltage,
unbalance problems on three phase systems, and to harmonic distortion and voltage unbalance, the imped-
minimize voltage deviations caused by abrupt input ance of the regulator must be very low so as to not add
voltage changes. to the problem.
4. Load Compatibility: The regulator must be able to
handle loads with high starting currents, all power
2. Input Voltage Range: Because line voltages drop factors and high crest factors in order to power all types
much more than they increase, the input range should of equipment. To prevent instability, the regulator’s
be large, and shifted to allow for more low voltage speed of response must be designed to work with the
correction than high voltage correction. WHR Series electronic power supplies used in much of today's
STABILINE Voltage Regulators have two input ranges, equipment.
each sized and shifted to match typical conditions.
These units also allow for all decrease or all increase 5. Transient Suppression: Transients are a major
(all buck or all boost) operation to give maximum problem in many locations. High energy transient
voltage correction for unusual applications. suppression is available for WHR Series Voltage
Regulators.
Page 281 of 461
9
General Specifications
Electrical:
Input - Output
Nominal Voltages See Rating Charts
Phases
Frequency
Input Voltage Range See Rating Charts
Output Accuracy Adjustable from 1% to 3%
Response Time 0.025 seconds at 60 Hz, 0.030 seconds at 50 Hz
Recovery Rate See Rating Charts
Maximum Input Current See Rating Charts
Load Current and kVA See Rating Charts
Load Capacity 100% rated continuous
200% rated 60 seconds
400% rated 3 seconds
600% rated 1 second
800% rated 0.5 second
1000% to 2500% 1/2 cycle inrush
Load Power Factor 0 lagging to 0 leading
Load Crest Factor 6 Max (I peak / I RMS)
Efficiency 99% typical, at full load
Heat Generated BTU (typical) = 35 x rated kVA
Harmonic Distortion Less than 1% added
Surge Withstand Capability 6000 volts per IEEE C62.41, location category B
Impedance 1% (typical) without transient suppression option
2% (typical) with transient suppression option
Transverse-Mode Noise Attenuation 40 dB (typical) with transient suppression option
Environmental:
Service Conditions Units are housed in NEMA I ventilated enclosures, intended for indoor
use under usual service conditions.
Temperature
Operating Average ambient temperature for any 24 hour period not to exceed 30°C
(86°F), and maximum temperature not to exceed 40°C (104°F). Average
ambient temperature for any 24 hour period may be increased to 40°C
(104°F), and the maximum temperature may be increased to 50°C
(122°F), if the load is decreased to 90% of standard rating.
Minimum temperature is 0°C (32°F).
Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)
Humidity (Operating and Storage)
Units without tropicalization 10 to 75% average relative humidity for any 7 day period, and maximum
relative humidity not to exceed 95% non-condensing.
Units with tropicalization 10 to 95% average relative humidity and maximum relative humidity not
to exceed 95% non-condensing.
Altitude
Operating maximum altitude derating
6,600 Ft. (2,000 meters) no derating
10,000 Ft. (3,000 meters) load to 95%, ambient 30°C (86°F)
15,000 Ft. (4,500 meters) load to 90%, ambient 20°C (68°F)
Storage 50,000 Ft. (15,000 meters) max
Page 282 of 461
44
46
RS & RS2 ENCLOSURES
Page 283 of 461

Rack Mount Dimensions
NOTE: All dimensions are inches [millimeters]

Excellence in Manufacturing
POWERSTAT® Variable Transformer

Assembly
Circuit Board Fabrication
Page 284 of 461

58
MASTERYS BC
from 15 to 40 kVA
solutions for your business critical applications
Single-phase and
three-phase UPS
The solution for
> Data centres

> Telecommunications
> Service Sector
Technology
> VFI “online double conversion”
Certifications
MASTE 049 C
MASTE 062 A
The MASTERYS BC series is

certified by TÜV SÜD with
regard to product safety
(EN 62040-1).
A complete, cost-effective Tailored to your environment

solution • Saves space with a reduced footprint and
• Online double conversion mode with an optimized cabinet size.
output power factor of 0.9 providing 12% • Low noise level.
more active power compare to UPS with a • Flexible battery solutions
power factor of 0.8. • Compact, lightweight and easy to install.
• Dual input mains allows you to manage • Extended battery life and performance
independent power sources. with exclusive EBS battery charging
• Increased system availability placing two management for increased battery life.
UPS in parallel for 1+1 redundancy.
• Internal manual bypass for easy
maintenance without power interruption.
• Internal batteries providing more than 1 hour
runtime.
• Multilanguage display.
32 Catalogue 2013 Page 285 of 461

MASTERYS BC
from 15 to 40 kVA
Single-phase and three-phase UPS
Standard electrical features Standard communication Remote monitoring service

• Dual input mains.
features • Remote mobile and web-based surveillance
• Internal manual bypass. • MODBUS/JBUS RTU (RS232/RS485) service connected 24/7 to your local
• Backfeed protection: detection circuit. • 2 slots for communication options. Socomec Service Centre.
• EBS (Expert Battery System) for battery
management. Communication options
Electrical options • Dry-contact interface.
• Remote mimic panel
• External battery cabinet. • PROFIBUS.
• External temperature sensor. • NET VISION: professional WEB/SNMP
• Additional battery chargers. interface for UPS monitoring and shutdown
• Galvanic isolation transformer. management of several operating systems.
• Parallel kit.
• ACS synchronization system.
Technical data UPS and internal batteries

MASTERYS BC Back-up time (minutes)(1)
Sn [kVA] 15 20 30 40 UPS IN/OUT kVA
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Pn [kW] 13.5 18 27 36
Input/output 3/1 • • - - BC115 3/1 15
Input/output 3/3 • • • • BC120 3/1 20
Parallel configuration 1+1(1)
BC315 3/3 15
INPUT
Rated voltage 400 V 3ph + N BC320 3/3 20
Voltage tolerance 240 V to 480 V(2)
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz ± 10% BC330 3/3 30
Power factor / THDI 0.99 /< 3% BC340 3/3 40
OUTPUT
Cabinet type “S” (1) Max BUT @ 70% load
MASTE 057 B
Rated voltage 1ph + N: 230 V (can be configured 220/240 V) Cabinet type “M”
3ph + N: 400 V (can be configured 380/415 V) Cabinet type “T”
Voltage tolerance static load ±1 % dynamic load in accordance with VFI-SS-111
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Frequency tolerance ± 2% (configurable from 1% to 8%)
Overload 125% for 10 minutes, 150% for 1 minute
Crest factor 3:1
BYPASS
Rated voltage rated output voltage
Voltage tolerance ± 15% (configurable with from 10% to 20%)
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Frequency tolerance ± 2% (configurable for Genset compatibility)
EFFICIENCY
Online mode @ 100 % of load up to 94%
ENVIRONMENT
Operating ambient temperature from 0 °C up to +40(2) °C (from 15 °C to 25 °C for maximum battery life)
Relative humidity 0% - 95% without condensation
Maximum altitude 1000 m without derating (max. 3000 m)
Acoustic level at 1 m (ISO 3746) < 52 dBA < 55 dBA
UPS CABINET
Dimensions W x D x H 444 x 795 x 800/1000/1400 mm
Weight(3) 105 kg 110 kg 135 kg 152 kg
Degree of protection IP20
Colours RAL 7012
STANDARDS
Safety EN 62040-1 (TÜV SÜD certified), EN 60950-1
EMC EN 62040-2
Performance EN 62040-3 (VFI-SS-111)
Product declaration CE
(1) The standard model is prepared for a 1+1 redundant system. Upon request, it is possible to have connected up to 6 modules
in a parallel system. (2) Conditions apply. (3) Without batteries.
Page 286 of 461

Catalogue 2013 33
Kubota Custom UG Extreme Machine 50kW
The Custom made Kubota Model UGE-50 Series is a Super Quiet Series generator with 50 kW continuos output at
60 Hz, tier 4 compliant. These industrial generators are suitable for prime power and standby use. When you
require the dependability of an industrial grade generator the UGE Series is for you. Our custom built generators
are available in several models from 8.5kW to 250kW available in single and three phase and priced competitively
to deliver the performance and value found only on more expensive competitors models. Standard features include
an upgraded powder coated weather sound attenuated enclosure, a 2 wire auto start module, a quieter residential
muffler, a larger extended run time base tank, an on board circuit breaker, unit mounted solid state regulator, a 2
amp battery charger and a starting battery, battery rack and cables.
United Generator’s Super Silent custom built Kubota and John Deere generators provide reliable power to meet the
most demanding requirements. We use the same engines as the factory built models and the best Newage /
Stanford alternators available. These generators are designed and built to withstand tough environments at
construction sites, provide prime power for off the grid applications and dependable temporary clean power at
entertainment venues and disaster recovery operations. By utilizing the latest state of the art voltage regulation
and the highest quality solid state circuit boards our generators are safe to use with sensitive equipment like
computers, cells phones and any where clean power is needed. Our easy to maintain design offers quick access to
all drain extensions and filters, which can be cross referenced at any auto store, making routine maintenance even
easier.
We upgraded this unit to a quiet residential muffler, mounted it on a 200 gallon extended run time fuel tank, added
an electric transfer fuel pump and included a free 2 wire auto start module. We upgraded the enclosure to a sound
attenuated aluminum powder coated weather enclosure for longevity, rust resistance and super quiet operation.
This unit includes every upgraded feature our customers repeatedly ask for making it turn key ready for a
commercial or residential back up or an off the grid primary power source.
This model features a premium Kubota model V3600T E3 Turbo, 4 cylinder, diesel fueled, liquid cooled engine with
electric start. This model runs at 1800 RPM and generates 50 kW (48 kVA) 60 Hz of clean stable continuous power
at a primary voltage of 120/240 VAC, single phase, 60 Hertz.
Page 287 of 461

The price includes a factory warranty of 24 months
MODEL Unit UGE 50
Rotating field single-phase AC
Type -
generator
Frequency Hz 60
Standby Output kW 30
Prime Output kW 28
Voltage - Single Phase V 120/240
Armature Connection - Series
1
Phase Single -
we can make this a 3 phase model
as well
Power Factor - 1.0
No. of Poles - 4
Insulation Class Rotor coil; class H
Type of Coupling - Direct coupled
AMPS
Single Phase 120V A 2 X 208
Single Phase 240V A 208
NO. OF RECEPTACLES = 0. Connections are made via hardwire to
Page 288 of 461

circuit breaker
5-15R (GFCI) - 0
5-20RA (GFCI) - 0
6-15R - 0
L5-30R - 0
L6-30R - 0
CS-6369 - 0
TERMINAL
Terminal - NA
DIESEL ENGINE
Vertical, liquid-cooled,
Type -
4-cycle diesel engine
Model - V3600T E3 Turbo
No. of Cylinders - 4
Bore x Stroke (in.) (3.94 x 4.72)
Displacement (cu. in.) (220.9)
Engine Speed rpm 1800
Continuous Rated Output (HP) (70.78)
Lubricant
- Above CF grade
(API classification)
Oil Capacity L (qts.) 9.5 (10.0)
Coolant Capacity L (qts.) 7.8 (8.2)
Starting System - Electric - 12 volt DC
SET
Diesel fuel No.2
Fuel -
(ASTM D975)
at Full Load (gal./h) (3)
Fuel at 3/4 Load (gal./h) (2.16)
Consumption
Approximate at 1/2 Load (gal./h) (1.56)
at 1/4 Load (gal./h) (1.1)
Fuel Tank Capacity gal. 200
at Full Load h 66.6
Continous
Operation at 3/4 Load h 95
Hours at 1/2 Load h 128
Approximate
at 1/4 Load h 181
Battery (Ah/5h) included - (12V x 64Ah)
Dimensions genset mounted on
200 gal fuel tank L x W x H (in.) 84 x 36 x 56
Approx. Net Weight (lbs.) 2100
Sound Level
dB (A) 64.0
(Full Load at 23 ft. [7m])
In case of abnormal: oil
pressure, water temperature,
Emergency Stop System - fan belt broken, when the side
access cover or door is opened
while running
Page 289 of 461

Feeder
Page 290 of 461

Product Specifications
HJ8-50B
HJ850B, HELIAX® Standard Air Dielectric Coaxial Cable, corrugated copper, 3 in, black PE jacket
CHARACTERISTICS

Construction Materials
Jacket Material PE
Dielectric Material PP
Flexibility Standard
Inner Conductor Material Copper tube
Jacket Color Black
Outer Conductor Material Corrugated copper

Dimensions
Nominal Size 3 in
Cable Volume 36.7 ft³/kft | 3409.4 L/km
Cable Weight 2.65 kg/m | 1.78 lb/ft
Diameter Over Jacket 76.454 mm | 3.010 in
Inner Conductor OD 28.9560 mm | 1.1400 in
Outer Conductor OD 72.390 mm | 2.850 in

Electrical Specifications
Cable Impedance 50 ohm ±0.5 ohm
Capacitance 21.7 pF/ft | 71.2 pF/m
dc Resistance, Inner Conductor 0.492 ohms/km | 0.150 ohms/kft
dc Resistance, Outer Conductor 0.229 ohms/km | 0.070 ohms/kft
dc Test Voltage 16000 V
Inductance 1.870 µH/m | 0.570 µH/ft
Insulation Resistance 100000 Mohms•km
Jacket Spark Test Voltage (rms) 10000 V
Operating Frequency Band 1 – 1640 MHz
Peak Power 640.0 kW
Power Attenuation 5.997
Velocity 93%

Environmental Specifications
©2011 CommScope, Inc. All rights reserved.

All trademarks identified by ® or ™ are registered trademarks or trademarks, respectively, of CommScope.All specifications are subject to change. page 1 of 3
See www.commscope.com/andrew for the most current information. 7/26/2011
Page 291 of 461
HJ8-50B
Installation Temperature 40 °C to +60 °C (40 °F to +140 °F)
Operating Temperature 40 °C to +85 °C (40 °F to +185 °F)
Storage Temperature 70 °C to +85 °C (94 °F to +185 °F)

Brand HELIAX®

Mechanical Specifications
Bending Moment 40.7 Nm | 30.0 ft lb
Flat Plate Crush Strength 175.0 lb/in | 3.1 kg/mm
Minimum Bend Radius, Multiple Bends 762.00 mm | 30.00 in
Number of Bends, minimum 15
Number of Bends, typical 25
Pressurization, maximum 0 N/mm² | 30 psi
Tensile Strength 340 kg | 750 lb

Standard Conditions
Attenuation, Ambient Temperature 20 °C | 68 °F
Average Power, Ambient Temperature 40 °C | 104 °F
Average Power, Inner Conductor Temperature 121 °C | 250 °F

Page 292 of 461
HJ8-50B
Attenuation
Frequency (MHz) Attenuation (dB/100 m) Attenuation (dB/100 ft) Average Power (kW)
0.5 0.029 0.009 640.00
1 0.041 0.013 475.54
1.5 0.051 0.015 387.10
2 0.059 0.018 334.39
10 0.135 0.041 146.12
20 0.194 0.059 101.58
30 0.24 0.073 81.88
50 0.317 0.096 62.16
88 0.432 0.132 45.55
100 0.464 0.141 42.41
108 0.484 0.148 40.62
150 0.584 0.178 33.72
174 0.635 0.194 30.96
200 0.689 0.21 28.56
300 0.874 0.266 22.50
400 1.039 0.317 18.93
450 1.117 0.34 17.62
500 1.192 0.363 16.51
512 1.209 0.369 16.27
600 1.335 0.407 14.74
700 1.47 0.448 13.38
800 1.601 0.488 12.29
824 1.631 0.497 12.06
894 1.719 0.524 11.45
960 1.8 0.549 10.93
1000 1.849 0.563 10.64
1250 2.14 0.652 9.19
1500 2.418 0.737 8.14
* Values typical, guaranteed within 5%
Regulatory Compliance/Certifications
Agency Classification
ISO 9001:2008 Designed, manufactured and/or distributed under this quality management system

Page 293 of 461
H8MB-302
31/8 in EIA Male Flange with gas barrier for 3 in HJ850B air dielectric cable
CHARACTERISTICS

Interface 31/8 in EIA Male Flange
Body Style Straight
Brand HELIAX®
Gas Barrier Yes
Mounting Angle Straight

Electrical Specifications
Connector Impedance 50 ohm
Operating Frequency Band 0 – 1640 MHz
Cable Impedance 50 ohm
RF Operating Voltage, maximum (vrms) 6717.00 V
dc Test Voltage 19 kV
Insulation Resistance, minimum 5000 MOhm
Average Power 16.0 kW @ 900 MHz
Peak Power, maximum 902.00 kW
Insertion Loss, typical 0.05 dB

Mechanical Specifications
Outer Contact Attachment Method Tabflare
Inner Contact Attachment Method Threadin stub
Outer Contact Plating Silver
Inner Contact Plating Silver

Dimensions
Nominal Size 3 in

Page 294 of 461
H8MB-302
Diameter 131.75 mm | 5.19 in
Length 152.40 mm | 6.00 in
Weight 3.06 kg | 6.74 lb

Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature 40 °C to +150 °C (40 °F to +302 °F)
Storage Temperature 70 °C to +100 °C (94 °F to +212 °F)
Return Loss/VSWR
Frequency Band VSWR Return Loss (dB)
45–400 MHz 1.01 45.00
400–560 MHz 1.02 40.00
560–1000 MHz 1.03 38.00
1000–1640 MHz 1.03 36.00
Regulatory Compliance/Certifications
Agency Classification
ISO 9001:2008 Designed, manufactured and/or distributed under this quality management system
* F o o t n o t e s
Insertion Loss, typical 0.05√¯freq (GHz) (not applicable for elliptical waveguide)

Page 295 of 461
Mast
Page 296 of 461

Page 297 of 461
Page 298 of 461
Page 299 of 461
Page 300 of 461
Page 301 of 461
Page 302 of 461
Page 303 of 461
Page 304 of 461
Page 305 of 461
Page 306 of 461
Page 307 of 461
Page 308 of 461
Page 309 of 461
Page 310 of 461
Page 311 of 461
Page 312 of 461
Page 313 of 461
Page 314 of 461
Page 315 of 461
(1) 3/4" (1) 1"
262.0'
260.0'
D
J
N O
1
L
255.0'
C
H
3.0'
240.0'
M
L
235.0'
PLAN
I
5.5625"x0.2580" PIPE
220.0'
3.0'
M
L
20 @ 5.0'
215.0'
NOTES:
1. The tower model is an S4TL.
2. Azimuths are relative (not based on true north).
200.0' 3. Foundation loads shown are maximums.
2"x2"x1/8"
L
L
195.0' 4. (6) 1 1/2" dia. F1554 grade 105 anchor bolts per leg.
Minimum 58" embedment from top of concrete to
top of nut.
5. All unequal angles are oriented with the short
(1) 5/8"
leg vertical.
180.0'
L
G
175.0'
ANTENNA LIST
NO ELEV ANTENNA TX-LINE
5.5625"x0.3750" PIPE
160.0' 1 282' (1) Lights & Lightni

G
E
ng Rod
153.3' 2 274.1' (1) Top Jampro JUHD-
4/4 16 + Elements, C
2
ables & Spine

3 262' (1) Top Plate & Supp (1) 3
140.0'
H
orts
G
H
4 262' (1) Angle Waveguide (1) 1 & Supports

133.3' Supports
2
Phone: (416) 736-7453
120.0'
E
G
MATERIAL LIST
113.3'
B
G
NO TYPE
2
A 8.6250"x0.3220" PIPE
100.0' B 5.5625"x0.5000" PIPE
C 4.0000"x0.2260" PIPE
K
G
D 2.8750"x0.2030" PIPE
90.0'
F
E 3-1/2"x3-1/2"x1/4"
F 3"x3"x1/4"
G 3"x3"x3/16"
80.0'
A
H 2-1/2"x2-1/2"x3/16"
(1) 3/4"
E
G
I 1-3/4"x1-3/4"x1/4"
70.0' J 3-1/2"x4"x3/8"
E
K 4"x4"x1/4"
DrawTower (c) Guymast Inc. 2012
L 2"x2"x3/16"
60.0' M 2"x2"x1/8"
N 2-1/2"x2-1/2"x1/4"
10 @ 10.0'
E
E
O 2"x2"x5/16"
50.0' P 5"x5"x5/16"
8.6250"x0.5000" PIPE
40.0'
4"x4"x1/4"
K
K
30.0'
20.0'
(2) 5/8"
K
P
10.0'
25.0'
0.0'
TOTAL FOUNDATION LOADS INDIVIDUAL FOOTING LOADS
50 ksi
36 ksi
36 ksi
A325X
H=108.13 k H=42.04 k
V=56.38 k V=415.04 k
M=14175.42 k-ft U=-386.85 k
T=0.00 k-ft
Sabre Towers and Poles

Panel Height # Panels
7101 Southbridge Drive, PO Box 658, Sioux City, IA 51102-0658
Phone: (712) 258-6690 Fax: (712) 279-0814

Brace Bolts
Horizontal
Face Width
Diagonal
Brace
Client: GATES AIR Job No: 15-4927 Date: 3 oct 2014

Leg
Location: Ethiopia (S4TL) Total Height: 262.00' Tower Height: 262.00'
Standard: EIA/TIA 222-F-1996 Page 3163-Sec.Gust-FS=1-no

Design Wind & Ice: 137.6mph of 461 ice
Project: c:\GUYMASTER WORKSPACE\-15-4927.LOD Sheet: 1 of 4
No.: 15-4927-TAB
Date: 10/3/14
By: RLH
Customer: Gates Air

Site: Ethiopia
262 ft. Model S4TL Self Supporting Tower At

136.7 MPH 3-Second Gust Wind Speed - No Ice
Factor of Safety = 1.00 - According to ANSI/TIA/EIA-222-F-1996
PRELIMINARY -NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION-
Center of Tower
and Foundation
Notes:
1). Concrete shall have a minimum
20'-3"
28-day compressive strength of
3000 PSI, in accordance with
ACI 318-02.
40'-6"
2). Rebar to conform to ASTM specification
20'-3" A615 Grade 60.
3). All rebar to have a minimum of 3"

concrete cover.
4). All exposed concrete corners to be

20'-3" 20'-3" chamfered 3/4".
5). The foundation design is based on

40'-6"
"Normal Soils" as defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-
PLAN VIEW 222-F. It is recommended that a soil
analysis of the site be performed to verify the
Two(2) #4 ties soil parameters used in the design.
4'-0" within top 5" of
0'-6"
(Typical) Grade concrete

3'-6"
6'-6"
6'-0"
3'-0"
40'-6"
ELEVATION VIEW Rebar Schedule per Mat and per Pier

(16) #8 vertical rebar w/hooks at bottom
(188.77Cu. Yds.)
Pier w/#4 Rebar ties, two (2) within top 5" of pier
(1 REQUIRED)
then 12" C/C
(68) #10 horizontal rebar evenly spaced
Mat
each way top and bottom. (272 total)
Information contained herein is the sole property of Sabre Communications Corporation, constitutes a trade secret as defined by Iowa Code Ch. 550 and
shall not be reproduced, copied or used in whole or part for any purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of Sabre Communications
Corporation.
Page 317 of 461

2101 Murray St - P.O.Box 658 - Sioux City, IA 51102-0658 - Phone 712.258.6690 - Fax 712.258.8250
No.: 15-4927-TAB
Date: 10/3/14
By: RLH
Customer: Gates Air

Site: Ethiopia
262 ft. Model S4TL Self Supporting Tower At

136.7 MPH 3-Second Gust Wind Speed - No Ice -
Factor of Safety = 1.00 - According to ANSI/TIA/EIA-222-F-1996
PRELIMINARY -NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION-
0'-6"
4'-0"
Grade Dia. Notes:
1). Concrete shall have a minimum
28-day compressive strength of
3000 PSI, in accordance with
Two (2) #4 ties ACI 318-02.
within top 5" of
concrete 2). Rebar to conform to ASTM specification
A615 Grade 60.
8'-6" 3). All rebar to have a minimum of 3"

10'-6" concrete cover.
4). All exposed concrete corners to be

chamfered 3/4".
5). The foundation design is based on

"Normal Soils" as defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-
222-F. It is recommended that a soil
analysis of the site be performed to verify the
soil parameters used in the design.
2'-0"
21'-0"
ELEVATION VIEW
(36.86 Cu. Yds. each) Rebar Schedule per Pad and Pier
(4 REQUIRED) (20) #8 vertical rebar w/hooks at bottom
Pier w/#4 ties, two (2) within top 5" of pier then
12" C/C
(26) #7 horizontal rebar evenly spaced each
Pad
way top and bottom (104 Total)
Information contained herein is the sole property of Sabre Communications Corporation, constitutes a trade secret as defined by Iowa Code Ch. 550 and
shall not be reproduced, copied or used in whole or part for any purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of Sabre Communications
Corporation.
Page 318 of 461

2101 Murray St - P.O. Box 658 - Sioux City, IA 51102-0658 - Phone 712.258.6690 - Fax 712.258.8250
Measurement equipment
Page 319 of 461

l
Visibly Better
BE-IRD-5502
BE-IRD-5502 Integrated Receiver/Decoder Professional IRD
The BE-IRD-5502 is a versatile broadcast-class H.264/AVC (MPEG-4) HD/SD
integrated receiver and decoder for broadcasters, cable operators, and telecoms. A
Elec
highly flexible professional choice, the 5502’s ability to decode all video formats (HD or
SD, MPEG-2 or MPEG-4), together with its wide choice of input and output options, Applications
makes it the perfect solution for customers migrating from MPEG-2 SD to MPEG-4 HD.
The Telairity BE-IRD-5502 offers
A built-in Multiplexer/Filter allows users to create highly customized output transport
professional receive, decrypt,
streams. Two PCMCIA Common Interface card slots support a variety of Conditional descramble, decode, and re-multiplex
Access systems, including Conax, Cryptoworks, Irdeto, Mediaguard, NDS, SECA, capabilities for all broadcast
Viacross, and others. Control and monitoring can be done via the unit’s LCD front applications, including IP, Satellite, and
panel or over a LAN via the built-in Monitor Center facility, or using an HTTP Web Cable head-end facilities. Supports
browser interface, or through standard SNMP-based network management systems. • IPTV
• All types of head-end facilities
• HD/SD ENG/SNG Receiving
• HD/SD Program Distribution
Benefits
Features and Options Decodes all 4:2:0 formats HD & SD,
MPEG-2 & MPEG-4 (H.264/AVC)
Tuner / Input Specifications (select one) Profiles: MP@ML/HL, MP/HP@L4.0
• DVB-S/S2 QPSK & 8PSK Demodulation complies with DVB-S, MPEG-2, ETSI 300421 Resolutions: 1080i, 720p, 576i, 480i
o Symbol Rate: 2~45 Mb/s (SCPC or MCPC) FPS Speeds: 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60
o Input Frequency Range: 950~2150 MHz Video PID bit rate < 80 Mb/s
o Input Level: -25dBm~65 dBm HD to SD down-conversion & aspect ratio
o Input Impedance: 75Ω, F type female connector adaptation; Convert DVB to/from IP;
o Roll-off Factor: 0.35 for QPSK; 0.35, 0.25, 0.2 for DVB-S2 8PSK Convert other TS formats to DS3
o FEC Code Rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 for DVB-S QPSK – 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, QPSK / 8PSK, QAM, or COFDM input
5/6, 8/9, 9/10 for DVB-S2 QPSK – 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 89, 9/10 DVB-S2 8PSK interface with error correction; source
o LNB Level: 0, 13V, 18V adjustable; LNB Selection Tone: 0/22KHz selectable loop-out over 75Ω cable
o Satellite Selection Command: DiSEqC 1.0; ISI ID: 1 ~ 255 user configurable
Option to replace DVB interface with DS3
• DVB-C QAM Demodulation complies with DVB-C & MPEG-2 (G.703, E1/E3) interface
x
o Input Symbol Rate Range: 1~7 Mbaud (ITU J.83 Anne A) IP interface standard on all models;
o Constellation: 16/32/64/128/256 QAM UDP/RTP, Unicast/Multicast, SPTS/MPTS
o Bandwidth: 6, 7, 8 MHz 2 CI slots to accommodate a variety of CA
o Input Frequency Range: 48~862 MHz systems, multi-program decryption
o Digital Signal Input Level: 45~75 dBµV
Supports BISS-1/BISS-E descrambling
o Input Return Loss: 7dB (typical)
IP, ASI, SDI, HDMI, Component, and
• DVB-T/T2 COFDM Demodulation complies with DVB-T & MPEG-2 Composite video outputs
o Input Symbol Rate Range: 4.98~31.67 Mbps (8 MHz bandwidth)
Decodes 2 audio stereo pairs with
o Bandwidth: 6, 7, 8 MHz
embedded, analog and digital output;
o Input Frequency Range: 104~862 MHz (VHF/UHF) AC3 pass-through supported
o Digital Signal Input Level: -20~-70 dBm
Built-in multiplexer/filter for highly
o Input Return Loss: 7dB (typical)
customized output transport streams
o DVB-T Specifications: Constellation: QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM; FFT Mode: 2K/8K;
Guard Interval: 1/4, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32; FEC Code Rate: 1/2, 2/3, 3/4, 5/6, 7/8 VBI: Teletext/WSS/VFD/VPS; EBU & DVB
o DVB-T2 Specifications: Constellation: QaPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM; FFT Mode: subtitles; EIA 608/708 Closed Caption
1K, 2K, 4K, 8K, 16K, 32K; Guard Interval: 1/4, 5/32, 1/8, 5/64, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64, 1/128; Auto-saves settings on power loss
FEC Code Rate: 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6
140905
Page 320 of 461
Visibly Better
Ordering Information • ASI Input compliant with DVB-ASI, EN50083-9
Part Number: BE-IRD-5502 o Connector Type: BNC x 2; Impedance: 75Ω; Maximum Bit Rate: ≤ 100 Mb/s
• DS3 Input & Loop-through Output (Option) compliant with ITU-T G.703
Contents o Connector Type: BNC x 2, Impedance: 75Ω; Maximum Code Rate: 44.736Mbps
• IRD 5000-series Decoding Platform o Frame Structure: compliant with ITU-T G.752 and ITU-T G.804
• CD with management software
• TS over IP
• User Manual (hardcopy)
o RJ-45 x 1 connector, 10/100 Base-T or 100/1000 Base-T (Option): RJ45
• Cables
o Effective Bit Rate: 70 Mb/s for 10/100 Base-T or 80 Mb/s for 1000 Base-T
o Power cord (IEC to USA plug)
o RCA A/V cable o Protocols: UDP/RTP, Multicast/Unicast, IGMPv2, ARP
o BNC cable Audio
o RS-232 to XLR • 2 stereo pairs decoded or passed-through (compressed) in SDI output
Requirements • PCM embedded in SDI and HDMI outputs; output on 2 AES/EBU output ports
• 32, 44.1, 48 KHz sampling rates; bit rates from 32-448 Kb/s depending on codec
• PC for control system
• Encoded source Transport Stream Processing
• Display to view decoded images • Input & Output management with demuxing/remuxing;
Service & PID management with remuxing, filtering, and remapping;
System Control
PSI/SI table regeneration, NIT and SDT edit, LCN edit and regeneration
• LCD panel menus
• Common Interface multi-program decryption; BISS Mode descrambling
• Network control software (on CD)
• Dynamic PMT detection and automatic updating
• SNMP-based network management
systems • Redundant backup between Tuner, ASI, TS/IP inputs with configurable priority
• Built-in remultiplexer receives Tuner, ASI x 2, TCP/IP inputs
Certifications
Input Connectors
EMC: EN 55024: 1998 + A1:2001 +
• 2 RJ-45 connectors: 1 IP input/output; 1Ethernet management port
A2:2003, EN 55022:2006 + A1:2007, EN
• 2 ASI – BNC connectors
61000-3-2:2006, EN 61000-3-3:2008;
FCC: Part 15 Class B; LVD: EN 60950- • 1xF type female 75Ω for RF Tuner
1:2006 + A11:2009 Output Connectors
• 1 IP output – RJ45 connector (shared with input)
About Telairity
• 1 RS-232 printing port
Telairity, based in Santa Clara, California
• 4 (2 pairs) ASI BNC: EN50083-9, ≤99 Mb/s; 2 independent TS remultiplexed from inputs
designs, manufactures and markets
H.264/AVC and other advanced encoding • 2 SDI BNC: SMPTE 259M SD 270 Mb/s, 292M HD 1.485 Gb/s; level 800mV p-p
and transcoding solutions for broadcast • 1 HDMI 1.3 (up to 1080i)
and professional video applications. • 1 component video – Y Pb Pr set of RCA
Telairity's breakthrough video architecture
• 2 composite video – 1 RCA , 1 75Ω BNC; NTSC, PAL, SECAM
(Telairity-1™) is the foundation for all its
real time encoding products, which • 2 L/R stereo pairs – RCA connectors
combine outstanding video quality with • 2 DB-9 – 2 digital AES/EBU or 2 analog XLR stereo pairs with 110Ω L/R adaptor cables
state-of-the-art, video compression based
• 1xF type female 75Ω for RF Tuner loop-out
on the AVC (H.264 / MPEG-4.10)
standard to achieve the lowest possible Physical Specifications
bitrates. Power: AC 90V~250V, 50/60Hz, 24W (exclusive of LNB power)
Dimensions: 1RU (H) / 19 (W) x 12.6 (L) in / 483 (W) x 320 (L) mm
Weight: 11.9 lbs / 5.4 Kg (gross)
Telairity o
Operating Conditions: Temperature 0~45 C; Humidity ≤90% non-condensing
3375 Scott Blvd., Suite 300 o
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Storage Temperature: 10~60 C
tel 408 764 0270
fax 408 764 0271
www.telairity.com
BE-IRD-5502 Back Panel
140905
Page 321 of 461
Videotek® CVM306
Compact Multiformat Signal Analyzer
The Videotek® CVM306 multiformat
signal analyzer delivers integrated video
and audio signal monitoring in an
affordable, compact package. With a
robust feature set and spacesaving
design, the CVM306 allows even the
most modest installation to benefit from
highend monitoring and a professional
look.
Three versions of the CVM306 are available: SD, HD/SD and Product Features
3G/HD/SD. Both the SD and HD/SD versions are upgradeable
Available in SD, HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD versions
to 3 Gb/s. All three units possess two SDI inputs, and
SD can be upgraded to HD/SD or 3G/HD/SD
selectable waveform, vector, gamut, timing and fullscreen
HD/SD can be upgraded to 3G/HD/SD
picture display. You can meter all 16 channels of embedded
Metering of all 16 channels of embedded audio
audio or the one AES input, with integrated speakers that can
Speaker output of two selected channels with dedicated
monitor any two selected channels. You can also customize
volume control
the integrated LCD display with independent sizing and
Two active looping SDI inputs
positioning of waveform, vector and picture, or select from the
One AES audio input
following quad displays:
Thumbnail picture with adjustable size and position
Waveform or timing 608, 708 closedcaption detect, alarm, display
Vector or gamut Teletext detect, alarm, display
Audio, alarm pane or alarm status OP47 HD subtitle display
Picture DVID external display output
Waveform display of external reference or LTC input
The 3RU CVM306 chassis is less than seven inches
LCD display with independent sizing and positioning of
deep and integrates easily with today’s consoles. An 1117
waveform, vector and picture
VDC power input comes standard, and low power
Selectable quad display with waveform or timing, vector or
consumption allows the use of convection cooling for silent
gamut, audio or alarms, and picture
operation.
Standard fourpin XLR DC power input (AC adapter supplied)
Convectioncooled, silent operation (no fan)
Frontpanel headphone jack
Frontpanel USB port for save/recall of presets, screen
captures and SDI captures
99 presets
1
Delivering the Moment
Imaginecommunica ons.com
Page 322 of 461
+1.866.4.Imagine
+1.866.4.Imagine
Videotek® CVM306
Specifications
INPUTS
Input Type 2 active looping inputs
Input Connector Type BNC female
Input Impedance 75 ohms nominal
Signal Source Amplitude 800 mV nominal
Signal Source DC Offset ±0.5 V DC
SDSDI Input
Input Return Loss ≤25 dB (5 to 270 MHz)
Cable EQ ≥300 M, Belden 8281
HDSDI Input
Input Return Loss ≤15 dB (5 MHz to 1.485 GHz)
Cable EQ ≥100 M, Belden 8281
3 Gb/sSDI Input
Input Return Loss ≤10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz)
Cable EQ ≥80 M, Belden 1694A
OUTPUTS
SDI Output
Output Connector Type BNC female
Output Impedance 75 ohms
Output Return Loss ≤15 dB (5 MHz to 1.485 GHz)
Output Return Loss ≤10 dB (1.485 to 2.97 GHz)
Output Signal Level 800 mV ±10%
Output DC Offset 0 V ±0.5 V
Analog Monitoring Output (Headphone)
Number/Connector 1 1/8 in. (3.5 mm) stereo headphone jack
Load Impedance 16 ohms nominal
Maximum Output Level 44 mW RMS
Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise (THD+N) 65 dB
Level Adjustment From maximum output level to 0 mV with front panel control
Source Any audio input pair may be selected to appear on the headphone output
Analog Monitoring Output (Speakers)
Load Impedance 8 ohms nominal
Maximum Acoustic Output Level 96 dB SPL at 2 ft, 997 Hz sine wave into left and right speaker
Level Adjustment From maximum output level to ambient with front panel control
Source Any audio input pair may be selected to appear on the headphone output EMB 3
Gb/sSDI, EMB HDSDI, EMB SDSDI or AES
Analog Monitoring Output (Line Out)
Number/Connector 1x 6pin connector
Load Impedance 1 K ohms minimum
Maximum Output Level 2 V pkpk ±10% 0 dBFS, 997 Hz sine with digital audio input of 0 dBFS
Analog Output Frequency Response With ±1.0 dB 20 Hz to 18 kHz
Digital Inputs
Analog Output SNR With Digital Inputs ≥80 dB relative to 2 V pkpk; measured at 997 Hz; noise measurement 22 Hz to 22
kHz; Aweighted
Analog Output THD + Noise With Digital 0.1%; measured at +20 dBu output, 997 Hz sine into a hiZ load; Filter: 22 Hz to 22
Inputs kHz; AES 1/2
Crosstalk (stereo separation) ≤80 dB @ 0 dBFS, 997 Hz, sine; adjacent channels only
2
Delivering the Moment +1.866.4.Imagine
© 2014 Imagine Communications
Page 323 of 461
Videotek® CVM306
Videotek® CVM306
External Reference Input
Input Connector Type BNC female
Input Type Passive looping
Input Impedance 75 ohms nominal
Blackburst Input Amplitude NTSC: sync and burst 286 mV nominal
PAL: sync and burst 300 mV nominal
Blackburst Input Amplitude Tolerance ±6 dB
TriLevel Sync Amplitude 600 mV pkpk
TriLevel Sync Amplitude Tolerance ±3 dB
Return Loss ≤40 dB (100 kHz to 5 MHz)
Digital Audio Input
Audio Formats AES/EBU, embedded
AES Input Connector Type 1 BNC female
AES Input Impedance 75 ohms nominal
AES Input Return Loss >25 dB; 0.1 to 6 MHz
AES Input Level 0.2 to 2 V
Input Sample Rate AES, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz (internal sample rate converted to
48 kHz)
DVI Output
Output Connector DVII connector supporting DVID
Output Resolution 1024x768 (XGA)
HSync Rate 48.363 Hz ±1%
VSync Rate 60.004 Hz ±1%
Communication Interfaces
Ethernet Port 1 Ethernet port, RJ45 connector, 10/100BaseT
USB 1 USB 2.0 host port, USB type A receptacle
LTC/GPIO 1 LTC/GPIO connector 15pin female Dsub
LTC Nominal input amplitude = 2 V pkpk
4 General Purpose Inputs Input impedance 10 K ohms returned to +3.3 VDC
1 General Purpose Output Relay closure
Waveform/Vector Display – SDI Inputs
Line Select Waveform Formats YCBCR; RGB; YRGB; YCBCR + Alpha; RGB + Alpha; SDI as composite
Sweep Rates 1H, 2H; 1 V, 2 V
Sweep Magnification x1, x5, x10
Waveform/Vector Gain Fixed: steps of 1x, 2.5x, 5x
Variable: 0.5x to 15x in 0.01 steps
Waveform Display – External Reference and LTC
Waveform Amplitude Accuracy ±5%
Waveform Frequency Response 25 Hz to 4.5 MHz within ±5% of amplitude at 50 kHz
Power Requirements
Power Connector 15 VDC nominal
11 VDC minimum
18 VDC maximum
Power Consumption 40 W nominal
OverVoltage Protection ±50 VDC nominal
Page 324 of 461
Videotek® CVM306
Videotek® CVM306
Mechanical
Dimensions (H X W X D) 5.22 x 18.94 x 6.47 in. (13.26 x 48.11 x 16.43 cm)
Weight 6.15 lbs (2.79 kg)
Environmental
Operating Temperature 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C)
Storage Temperature 22° to 149° F (30° to 65° C)
Humidity (non condensing) Operating: 20% to 80%
Nonoperating: 5% to 90%
Transportation 24 in. (9.5 cm) impactdrop survivable in original factory packaging
Altitude 6562 ft (2000 m)
Pollution Degree 2
Ordering Information
CVM306 CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and
speakers, SD and HDSDI, 3RU, upgradeable to 3GSDI
CVM306S CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and
speakers, SDSDI, 3RU, upgradeable to HDSDI or HD and 3GSDI
CVM306 CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and
speakers, SD and HDSDI, 3RU, upgradeable to 3GSDI
CVM3063GB CVM series compact video monitor/multiformat signal analyzer with integral LCD and
speakers, SD and HD and 3GSDI, 3RU
CMNS23GBF Upgrade CMN41S, CMN91S, or CVM306S to support HD and 3GSDI, field
upgrade
CMNS2HF Upgrade CMN41S, CMN91S, or CVM306S to support HDSDI, field upgrade
CMNH23GBF Upgrade CMN41, CMN91, or CVM306 to support 3GSDI, field upgrade
Page 325 of 461

DTU-245
Portable streaming of DVB-ASI and SDI
FantASI USB-2 ASI/SDI
The essential tool for every DTV engineer
Input+Output Adapter No AC power adapter required
FEATURES
Convenient, compact USB adapter that can
be used to capture and generate MPEG-2
transport streams (DVB-ASI) and uncom-
pressed serial digital video (SDI)
USB powered - no power supply required
Simultaneous input and output operation
for transport streams
Huffman compression of SDI signals for
reducing the required USB bandwidth
16-Mbytes local RAM for sustained
real-time streaming
BUNDLED SOFTWARE (DTU-245-SY-SXP)
APPLICATIONS DtGrabber+ advanced capturing

DtTV transport-stream television
General-purpose USB adapter for
capturing, generating and processing StreamXpress ASI / SDI player
of ASI and SDI streams StreamXpert transport-stream analyser
On-site recording and analysis SdEye SDI waveform analyser
Portable demo set Windows/Linux drivers and associated SDK
for developing custom applications
KEY ATTRIBUTES ORDERING INFORMATION

Parameter Value Type Description
Connector 75-Ω BNC (2x) DTU-245-SDP USB-2 ASI/SDI input and output
ASI Physical layer EN50083-9 with DtGrabber+, DtTV and
StreamXpress
Bitrate range 0 ..160Mbit/s
DTU-245-SXP DTU-245-SDP with StreamXpert
Packet size 188 or 204
DTU-245-SY-SXP DTU-245-SDP with SdEye and
SDI Physical layer SMPTE 259M StreamXpert
Bitrate (half-duplex only) 270Mbit/s DTU-245-DVB+ DTU-245-SDP with DVBAnalyzer
#Bits 8 or 10 bit in-depth TS analyser and viewer
The latest pricing information and a list of DekTec resellers can be
USB port USB-2* found on www.dektec.com.
An OEM version of the DTU-245 without case is available upon request.
Power (through USB-2) 5V, 400mA max Please contact DekTec for OEM conditions.
Dimensions in mm (LxWxH) 87 x 104 x 30
* USB-1 provides insufficient bandwidth and is not supported
© 2005-2012 DekTec Digital Video BV www.dektec.com DTU-245 Product Leaflet

Affordable Tools for Digital-TV Professionals March 2012
Page 326 of 461
C T b c b h b c T \b
Generate Analyze Monitor
ReFeree T2
DVB-T2 & DVB-T Measurement Receiver
Applications
• R&D Labs
• R&D Test & Measurement
Complete DVB-T/T2 Analysis, from RF down to the Video • DVB-T2 & DVB-T Baseband Signal Generation
• Broadcast
AT5TaTTC!XbP3E1C!C\TPbdaT\T]caTRTXeTaRd\d[PcX]V3E1C!P]S
• RF Reception Quality Monitoring
3E1C[XeTaTRT_cX^]fXcWaTP[cX\TP]P[hbXbP]SaTRâSX]V • DVB-T2 & DVB-T Broadcast Network Troubleshooting
ENENSYS ReFeree T2 allows to monitor DVB-T2 parameters (RF, T2 frame • Installation & Maintenance
structure, PLP parameters), whatever the DVB-T2 transmission mode (Single • Coverage & Drive Tests
PLP, Multi PLP, SFN/MISO. ..). ReFeree T2 also allows to monitor DVB-T
Benefits
parameters (RF, TPS, MIP).
• Easy to use
• Compact, USB2-self-powered
As forerunner on DVB-T2, ENENSYS proposes a real time application, capable
to monitor simultaneously RF signal & Transport Stream content. Monitoring • Complete 2-in-1 product:
screens can be totally customized. • RF + Baseband (ASI + IP)
Characteristics
In its basic version, the ReFeree T2 features live stream capture capabilities
• Multi-Inputs:
for baseband stream (T2-MI and MPEG2-TS) recording. The application also
• RF input for DVB-T & DVB-T2
integrates a video decoder enabling real-time decoding of any unencrypted
• ASI input
services (SD, HD MPEG-2/4, H264).
• IP input
To facilitate your analysis, ENENSYS RFScope plug-in includes a specific • 1pps and 10MHz inputs for SFN Monitoring
screen gathering the main RF parameters in real-time: Rotated Constellation, • GPS input
Impulse response, signal level, SNR level, error rates. Combined with ReFeree • Single and multi-PLP support
T2, RFScope plug-in provides accurate measurements of RF parameters
(signal level, SNR, MER, echoes). DiviSuite Software (included)
• Service Decoding (SD and HD, MPEG-2/MPEG4 H264)
• Advanced Transport Stream recording
The T2MI plug-in software gives access to the most complete T2MI Multi-PLP
analyzer: L1 specific screen (pre & post signalling), T2 Frame composition, T2 • Transport Stream over IP forward
timestamp, ...
Plug-in Options
• RFScope: Analysis of RF parameters (MER, ....)
Finally, with the TS Analyzer plug-in, the Transport Stream contained inside
• T2MI & Multi-PLP Analysis
the selected PLP of the DVB-T2 stream can be analyzed. PSI/SI tables are
• TS Analyzer (ETR290, PIDs, PSI/SI parsing...)
parsed and displayed (including Private Table parsing). The 3 priority levels of
ETR290 are implemented. Bitrate can be monitored globally and for each
service. Customizable alarms are also available.
ENENSYS Technologies reserves the right to change the specifications without notice - November 2011
www.enensystest.com
Page 327 of 461
C T b c b h b c T \b
Generate Analyze Monitor
ReFeree T2
Input Interfaces Services Processing
A5X]_dcbcP]SPaSb 3E1C!3E1C BTaeXRTSTR^SX]V)73P]SB3<?46!<?46#7!%#STR^SX]V
A52^]]TRcâ g5ch_TUT\P[T&$Ω d]T]Rah_cTS_a^VaP\b
5aT`dT]RhaP]VT E751P]S888 &#!"<7i ATRâSX]VÛcWTbcaTP\^]733CBêTa8?5âfPaS
D751P]S8E#&'%%<7i ATP[cX\TUâfPaSÛcWTT]cXaT\d[cX_[Tgc^P]8?PSSaTbb
BT]bXcXeXch 'c^$S1\
2WP]]T[QP]SfXScW &'<7i
55C<^ST Z!Z#Z'Z'ZTgcT]STS %Z
%ZTgcT]STS"!Z"!ZTgcT]STS Environment
<^Sd[PcX^] @?B: %@0<%#@0<!$%@0<
=â\P[A^cPcTS Operating temperature 0 to 55°C / 0 to 131 °F
Storage temperature -20°C to 70°C / -4°F to 158°F
__bR^]]TRcâ g1=2$Ω Humidity 0 to 95%, non condensing
<7iR^]]TRcâ g1=2$Ω
3E10B82^]]TRcâ g1=2&$Ω
6?B2^]]TRcâ g<2G$Ω Physical and Power
RF Measurements
Length 210mm / 8.3 in.
Constellation Diagram display Height 35 mm / 1.3 in.
Channel Impulse Response Diagram display of echoes from 0dB Width 153 mm / 6.0 in.
down to -50dB, Delay up to 233µs Weight Approx. 660 g
Signal level +5 downto -85 dBm ±1 dBm Power supply USB2.0 self-powered
SNR 0 to 24 dB ±1 dB
Bit Error Rate LDPC & BCH (DVB-T2),
Viterbi & RS (DVB-T)
Modulation Error Rate 0 to 38, ±1 dB Ordering codes
T2MI MPLP Analysis AT5TaTTC!A5C!0]P[hiTa)3E1CC!A50]P[hiTaBWX__TS
C!B_TRXUXR0]P[hbXb Qd]S[TSfXcW3XeXBdXcTbÛcfPaTUâFX]S^fb&"!Q%#Q
<d[cX?;?bd__âc?;?dbTabT[TRcX^] G?_aêXSX]VBcaTP\êTaeXTfEXST^STR^SX]VbcaTP\
C!BXV]P[[X]V0]P[hbXb)C!5aP\T115aP\T; aTRâSX]V
C!<80]P[hbXb^]0B8â8?X]_dc
?[dVX]>_cX^]b)
CaP]b_âcBcaTP\0]P[hbXb A5BR^_T_[dVX])A50]P[hbXb
CaP]b_âcBcaTP\\^]XcâTSX]aTP[cX\TUa^\TXcWTab^daRT) C!<80]P[hiTa_[dVX])C!<80]P[hbXb>_cX^]UâA50]P[hiTa
A5â0B8cWa^dVWDB1Ua^\AT5TaTTC! CB0]P[hiTa_[dVX])CaP]b_âcBcaTP\0]P[hbXb
8?Ua^\W^bc4cWTa]TcR^]ca^[[Ta
CA !(
?aXâXcXTb !P]S"X\_[T\T]cTS
BTaeXRTX]Uâ\PcX^]
?B8B8cPQ[TSXb_[Ph
BTaeXRT;Xbc ENENSYS Test Systems
a division of ENENSYS Technologies
?83Bd\\Pah
Le Germanium
?aXePcTcPQ[T_PabX]V 80 avenue des Buttes de Coesmes
1XcaPcT\^]XcâX]V 35700 Rennes
>eTaP[[âUX[cTaTSQh_a^VaP\â?83 FRANCE
?2A9XccTa Office (+33) 810 ENENSY
?2A9XccTa0RRdaPRhVaP_WbaTP[cX\TWXbcâhP]SST]bXch RoHS
2002/95/EC
(+33) 810 36 36 79
Fax (+33) 299 36 03 84
sales@enensystest.com
2^_haXVWc!"! 4=4=BHBCTRW]^[^VXTbB04=4=BHB]P\TP]S[^V^PaTaTVXbcTaTScaPST\PaZbÛ4=4=BHBCTRW]^[^VXTbB0
3E1XbPCaPST<PaZÛcWT3E13XVXcP[EXST^1a^PSRPbcX]V?a^YTRc (( c^ ((%
4=4=BHBCTRW]^[^VXTbaTbTaeTbcWTaXVWcc^RWP]VTcWTb_TRXUXRPcX^]bfXcW^dc]^cXRT=êT\QTa!
www.enensystest.com
Page 328 of 461
TV EXPLORER HD+
HIGH DEFINITION TV ANALYSER
High resolution Spectrum Analyser Constellation Diagram for all DVB systems MER by carrier DVB-T2 and DVB-T
with direct access keys (DVB-T2 and DVB-S2 included)
! Video decoding: MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 H.264 for 1080i, 720p and 576i
! Audio decoding: Dolby Digital Plus, AAC, MPEG-2 and MPEG-1
! Video formats: SD (standard definition) and HD (high definition)
! Screen formats: 16:9 and 4:3
! HDMI interface
! DVB-T2, DVB-T/H, DVB-C and DVB-S/S2
! CAM module (Conditional Access) for encrypted channels
! TS-ASI input and output
Page 329 of 461

TV EXPLORER HD+
HIGH DEFINITION TV ANALYSER
SPECIFICATIONS TV EXPLORER HD+
GENERAL
Frequency margin Continuous tuning from 5 to 1000 MHz and from 950 to 2150 MHz
Tuning modes Chanel or frequency (IF or downlink at satellite band)
Channel plan Configurable on demand
Resolution
5-1000 MHz 50 kHz
950-2150 MHz < 200 kHz (span FULL-500-200-100-50-32-16 MHz)
Automatic search (Explorer) Threshold level selectable. DVB-T2, DVB-T/H, DVB-C and DVB-S2 selection
Analogue and digital signal identification Automatic
Transport Stream parameters identifying Detection of Audio and video bitrate, Network ID and Service list
VIDEO
Digital modulations DVB-T2, DVB-T, DVB-H, DVB-S, DVB-S2, DVB-C
Resolutions 1080i, 720p, 576i
Video formats MPEG-2, MPEG-4 H.264
Colour system PAL, NTSC, SECAM
TV standard M, N, B, G, I, D, K and L
Aspect ratio 16:9, 4:3
RF INPUT
Impedance 75 Ω
Connector Universal, with BNC or F adapter
Maximum signal 130 dBµV
Maximum input voltage
DC to 100 Hz 50 V rms (powered by the AL-103 power charger)
30 V rms (not powered by the AL-103 power charger)
5 MHz to 2150 MHz 130 dBµV
DIGITAL MEASUREMENTS Numeric and level bar
DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. 06/10.
DVB-T2/T/H (COFDM) Power, CBER, LBER, MER, C/N and Noise margin
DVB-C (QAM) Power, BER, MER, C/N and Noise margin
DVB-S (QPSK) Power, CBER, VBER, MER, C/N and Noise margin
DVB-S2 (QPSK/8PSK) Link Margin, Power, CBER, LBER, MER, C/N and Noise margin
ANALOGUE MEASUREMENTS
Terrestrial bands Level, V/A ratio, C/N ratio and FM deviation and demodulation
Satellite bands Level and C/N ratio
ADVANCED FUNCTIONS Dolby Digital Plus audio decoder
Constellation diagram for DVB-T2, DVB-T/H, DVB-C, DVB-S and DVB-S2
Echoes analyser mode
Built-in spectrum analyser with direct access keys
Datalogger (measurements automatic acquisition and storage) for digital and analogue channels
SAT IF test (IF distribution network response for satellite band)
Attenuation test function (signal distribution network response for terrestrial band)
DiSEqC generator and LNB supply
Audio and Video recording and playing
CONNECTIONS SCART, HDMI, TS-ASI (input and output), USB, Common Interface
MECHANICAL FEATURES
Dimensions 230 (W.) x 161 (H.) x 76 (D.) mm. Total size: 2,814 cm3
Weight 2.2 kg (without holster)
PROMAX ELECTRONICA, S.A.

Francesc Moragas, 71 * Apartado 118 * 08907 L'HOSPITALET DE LLOBREGAT * SPAIN
Tel: (+34) 93 184 77 02 * Fax: (+34) 93 338 11 26 * e-mail:promax@promaxelectronics.com * http://www.promaxelectronics.com
Page 330 of 461
ULE-217 http://www.ikegami.com/br/products/hdtv/ule217.html
HOME« BACK ULE217
21.5-inch HDTV Full HD professional monitor
The ULE-217 is a professional multi-purpose Full HD

monitor with 3G/HD-SDI and HDMI interface. ULE-217 is
ideal for PC applications, or HD video monitoring. With a
VESA interface it can be easily racked, wall-mounted or
used as a desktop.
FEATURES
Full HD 3G Multi-format LED Monitor

3G/HD-SDI input
3D Comb-filter & DeInterlace
Built-In Speakers
Eco-Frendly LED solution
Built-In HDCP encryption engin
Anti-reflection coating protection cover
SPECIFICATIONS
21.5inch Diagonal AM-TFT(Active-Matrix)
Pixel pitch(mm) 0.24825(H) x 0.24825(V)
Brightness 2
250cd/m (Typical)
LCD-Type
Contrast ratio 1000:1 (Typical)
Viewing angle 170‹/160‹(H/V)
Response time 5ms (Typ., on/off)
RESOLUTION (H x V) 1920X1080@60Hz
Horizontal 31~80kHz
FREQUENCY
Vertical 56~75Hz
VIDEO 2ch input 1.0Vp-p, 75ohms terminated, 1ch loop-through out
HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface)
DVI (Digital Video Interface)
VGA (RGB-PC)
PC Stereo In.
AV(composite) Sound R & L
INPUT SIGNAL
3G 1080P (60/59.94/50)
1080i (60/59.94/50)
3G/HD/SD-SDI
HD 1080p (30/29.97/25/24/23.98)
(BNC, 75ohm, 1ch input
720p (60/59.94/50)
/ 1ch loop-through out)
480i (59.94)
SD
576i (50)
ACTIVE SCREEN SIZE 476.64mm x 268.11mm
PACKING DIMENSIONS 580mm x 440mm x 145mm (W x H x D)
Net: 5.42Kg (11.95 lbs)
WEIGHT
Gross: 7.22Kg (15.92 lbs)
12V
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
1.8A (100-240V~, 50/60Hz)
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.

Home | All Products | Contact | Site Map | Email this page link
Page 331 of 461
1 of 1 4/25/2013 4:32 PM
TVRO 3.8 meter
Page 332 of 461

ProView™ 7100
HIGHLIGHTS

distribution
TS Outputs:
ASI
IP
Video and Audio
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 333 of 461

1
ProView™ 7100


infrastructure.
APPLICATIONS


www.harmonicinc.com
Page 334 of 461

2
ProView™ 7100

simultaneously)
DVB-S
ASI
MPEG-4 AVC HD 4:2:0 MP @ L4.0 / HP @ 4.1
Connectivity DS3
4:2:2 – 50 Mbps
ASI
480p @ 59.94 fps
MPEG Over IP
Sockets Four
www.harmonicinc.com
Page 335 of 461

3
ProView™ 7100

AAC
Presets

Audio Outputs
single channel
480p @ 59.94 fps
COMPLIANCE
576i @ 25 fps EMC EN61000-3-2;-3
EN55024 (CISPR 24)
1080i: 1920 x 1440 @ 29.97, 30, 25 fps
Safety EN60950
Video Outputs
CB (IEC60950)
UL60950
MPEG-4 AVC MP@L3
Notes:
1. Licensed feature
Any to any
VBI passthrough
Audio passthrough
www.harmonicinc.com
09.30.14
Page 336 of 461
4
Page 337 of 461
RC2000A
Dual Axis Antennas
FEATURES


value
ÿ Adapti-DriveTM
TM
ÿ Dual Speed
automated control
5420 Martindale
Phone: (913) 422-0210
Fax: (913) 422-0211
Page 338 of 461
MODES
performance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Page 339 of 461

T
e
xt
20. Civil Engineering

GatesAir understand that civil engineering will be done by ERTA, including:
Tower Foundation
T T T T
New site
e civil works T
e e e
xt e
xt xt xt
xt
20.1. Civil Engineering Minimum Expected On-site:

Drilling walls and slabs:
- For the piping between the bays and hydraulic heaters
- For installation of exhaust fans
- Trappe pass feeder
If necessary, fresh air intake system

If necessary, construction of a concrete slab by transmitter to receive the heaters.
Recommended dimensions: 1.50 mx 2.50 m.
If necessary, construction of a concrete slab for antenna satellite (TVRO). Recommended
dimensions: 1 m x 1 m
20.2. Installation of Antennas, Feeder and Mast Services
20.2.1. Site Survey for Mast Installation

In all cases, the Bill of Material should be reviewed based on the characteristics of the soil (defined by
the site survey).
The geo technical study of the soil is included in this offer.
In the absence of information on soil type, the value of the resistivity (W) system ground is not
guaranteed.
If a reinstatement is required, should be defined during a visit to the nature of this restoration.
All foundation work is supported by ERTA.
The implementation of a drawing room or a cable buried in the building is not included in this offer.

Page 340 of 461

T TT
e
20.2.1. Mast Installation (ERTA) ee
xt xtxt
The installation of the tower includes the assembly and the lifting of the tower and the installation of all
towers accessories included in the composition of the standard package. Gatesair responsibility.
The cost of installation is included, bad weather could have an impact. In the event that the weather
would require the establishment of special facilities for assembly, a complementary estimate will be
made.
The signing of the acceptance test is made on site during the last mast installation with the site
manager. If this is not the case, a new trip for the acceptance test will be charged.
The assembly is scheduled for a site accessible to vehicles handling and lifting (13T axle), cranes and
other equipment needed to assemble the tower.
The site is large enough to accommodate two areas on the ground as the first area allowing the
assembly floor of the tower and the second allows the establishment of the crane for lifting the mast.
The power supply is considered available on site.
The place of installation of the tower shall not include any discomfort of work (buildings, pipelines,
networks, etc ...).
The administrative approval of erection and installation of new towers are supported by ERTA.
ERTA will provide layouts of existing towers, including space and used space in order to refurbish
them and calculate additional charge.
20.2.2. On-Site Pre-Requisite for the Towers - Mounting Feeders and Antennas

The price is based on the antenna loading considered in this offer.
Antenna supplier considered the size of wire including antennas, the installation of connectors,
splitters and grounding.

Page 341 of 461

21. Training
21.1. Training Course:

Designed for operators and engineers, with a combination of classroom learning and hands-on
exercises using actual GatesAir products, Transmitter Engineers will learn how to Operate, Maintain
and repair your GatesAir Transmitter products.
Each GatesAir Training course will cover the following topics:
Overview
Equipment Layout and component location
Using Technical Documentation/E-Customer Portal
Theory of Operation
Power Supply Systems – AC/DC
Exciter/Modulation – Analog(NTSC;PAL)/Digital (DVB;DVB-T2;ATSC;ISDB-T(b);CTTB;DAB)
RF Chain
Transmitter Control
Cooling Systems – Air and/or Liquid
Hands-On
Operation of Equipment
Web GUI (If applicable)
Setup and Calibration
Software Updates
Maintenance
Daily/Monthly/Yearly Maintenance Tips
Service Bulletins
Troubleshooting
Module Repair
Installation tips
21.2. On-Site Training

ERTA staff will be trained on each transmitter type that is provided. The training will happen in
ETHIOPIA at the customer premises for a period of 10 days, bound for 10 people. It will cover the
following aspect of the transmission system operation and maintenance
Global network and Subsystems operation using supervision and equipment management
tools
Execute preventive maintenance
Execute first level corrective maintenance, such as :
- Issue identification and report
- Breakdown Identification
- Standard Exchange

Page 342 of 461

22. GatesAir User List & References

Gates Air has a comprehensive history of various scaled radio and television systems that proudly
exhibits our expertise. Although the summary of projects included below is far from a complete listing
of our systems users, it does represent a profile of the depth, range and quality of our facility design
and system integration experience.
Rwanda:
ORINFOR (Rwanda)
FM & DVB-T
$12M
2009-2014, Rwanda
Acceptance document attached. (We had individual site acceptance documents rather than
project acceptance. Acceptance document for one site attached.

Page 343 of 461

Uganda
UCC (Ugandan Communications Commission)

Digit TV & Head-end Equipment
$3M
2013
Acceptance certificate attached

Page 344 of 461

Bell Media
Bell Media (Canada)

Digit TV
$450K
2011-2012
Customer acceptance for one site attached.

Page 345 of 461

Romania
Societatea Nationala de Radiocomunicatii S.A.

FM, AM & TV – completed in 3 phases
$150M
2003-2008
GatesAir completed the modernization program of the Radio and TV Transmitters program throughout
Romania in 20 months. (All phases completed ahead of schedule.) Scope included:
Microwave network
Civil works + construction
Antenna subcontracts and installation
over 150 Low power TV transmitters and transposers
206 FM, AM and TV transmitters
Completely integrated remote monitoring and control
electrical equipment
program distribution, satellite receiving equipment
training
logistics (deliveries, spares, customs clearance, testing, tools and overall planning)
Value @ $150M
25 installation personnel, 70+ Maximum personnel working in parallel

Page 346 of 461

Page 347 of 461
Maxiva ULX Liquid‐Cooled Series Transmitters
Through September 30, 2014
List of Customer References
Power Level Transmitter Modulation

Country Customer Ship Date
(Watts) Model Standard
BRAZIL TV BAURU SA 10,800 30‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐20IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV SAO JOSE DO RIO PRETO 10,800 30‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐20IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV ALIANCA PAULISTA S/A 10,800 30‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐20IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV ALIANCA PAULISTA S/A 10,800 30‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐20IS ISDBTb
INDIA DOORDARSHAN 6,500 30‐Sep‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
MEXICO TELEVISION DE CHIAUAUA/ 6,300 30‐Sep‐2014 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO OPMA 3,600 30‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐4AT ATSC
USA KEMO‐TV 10,600 30‐Sep‐2014 ULXT12AT ATSC
BRAZIL TELEVISAO CIDADE LTDA. 2,300 26‐Sep‐2014 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TELEVISAO CIDADE LTDA. 2,300 26‐Sep‐2014 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
MEXICO TELEVISA 3,600 25‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐4AT ATSC
BRAZIL TV DIARIO LTDA 5,500 18‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐10IS ISDBTb
MEXICO CANAL 13 DE MICHOACAN 1,800 12‐Sep‐2014 ULXT‐2AT ATSC
CHINA SHANGHAI ORIENTAL PEAR 3,400 29‐Aug‐2014 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
CHINA SHANGHAI ORIENTAL PEAR 3,400 29‐Aug‐2014 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 29‐Aug‐2014 ULX1100T2 DVB‐T2
URUGUAY ANTEL 5,500 31‐Jul‐2014 ULXT10IS ISDBTb
URUGUAY ANTEL 5,500 31‐Jul‐2014 ULXT2IS (4+1 ) ISDBTb
THAILAND 'ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 2,000 30‐Jul‐2014 ULXT4‐T2 DVB‐T2
THAILAND ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 2,000 30‐Jul‐2014 ULXT4‐T2 DVB‐T2
THAILAND ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 2,000 30‐Jul‐2014 ULXT4‐T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA AHMEDABAD CH32 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA BANGLORE CH24 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA BHOPAL CH23 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA GUWAHATI CH29 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA HEDERABAD CH24 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
Page 348 of 461


INDIA LUCKNOW CH32 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA RAIPUR CH23 6,500 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
PHILIPPINES GMA NETWORK INC. 5,000 9‐Jul‐2014 ULX5000AN Analog
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 30‐Jun‐2014 ULX1100T2 DVB‐T2
THAILAND ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 2,000 30‐Jun‐2014 ULXT4‐T2 DVB‐T2
USA WDAF‐TV 70,000 30‐Jun‐2014 ULXT‐80AT ATSC
CANADA WOLFVILLE MAIN 4,700 18‐Jun‐2014 ULX4700AT ATSC
CANADA BRIDGEWATER MAIN 2,400 17‐Jun‐2014 ULX2400AT ATSC
CANADA SYDNEY MAIN 4,700 13‐Jun‐2014 ULX4700AT ATSC
THAILAND ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 5,500 29‐May‐2014 ULXT10‐T2 DVB‐T2
THAILAND ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 5,500 29‐May‐2014 ULXT‐10T2 DVB‐T2
MEXICO SISTEMA JALISCIENCE DE RA 9,200 13‐May‐2014 ULX9200AT ATSC
BRAZIL MARINGA SITE ‐ TELEVISAO 4,400 31‐Mar‐2014 ULX4400IS ISDBTb
COSTA RICA UNIVERSITY OF COSTA RICA 10,000 31‐Mar‐2014 ULX10000AN Analog
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 29‐Mar‐2014 ULX1100T2 DVB‐T2
MEXICO PUEBLA COMUNICACIONES 7,600 28‐Mar‐2014 ULX7600AT ATSC
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 22‐Nov‐2013 ULX1100T2 DVB‐T2
Page 349 of 461


MEXICO GRUPO MARMOR 4,700 15‐Nov‐2013 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO GRUPO MARMOR 4,700 15‐Nov‐2013 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO HERMOSILLO 6,300 15‐Nov‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
CANADA KAMLOOPS 3,200 12‐Nov‐2013 ULX3200AT ATSC
MEXICO CANCUN 6,300 31‐Oct‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO CANCUN 6,300 31‐Oct‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
RUSSIA CTC 10,000 24‐Oct‐2013 ULX10000AN Analog
USA WDAF‐TV 7,600 22‐Oct‐2013 ULX7600AT MH ATSC
DOMINICAN REPUANTENA LATINA 10,000 11‐Oct‐2013 ULX10000AN Analog
DOMINICAN REPUANTENA LATINA 5,000 11‐Oct‐2013 ULX5000AN Analog
MEXICO DURANGO 6,300 11‐Oct‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO DURANGO 6,300 11‐Oct‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
BRAZIL FOZ DO IGUACU SITE 3,400 27‐Sep‐2013 ULX3400IS ISDBTb
CHILE COMPANIA CHILENA DE TV 8,700 27‐Sep‐2013 ULXD8700IS ISDBTb
CHILE CANAL DOS S.A. 8,700 27‐Sep‐2013 ULXD8700IS ISDBTb
MEXICO MORELIA 9,200 25‐Sep‐2013 ULX‐9200AT ATSC
MEXICO MORELIA 9,200 25‐Sep‐2013 ULX‐9200AT ATSC
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 20‐Sep‐2013 ULX1100T2 DVB‐T2
MEXICO SALTILLO 4,700 13‐Sep‐2013 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO SALTILLO 4,700 13‐Sep‐2013 ULX4700AT ATSC
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 13‐Sep‐2013 ULX‐1100T2 DVB‐T2
NIGERIA KWARA STATE 10,000 6‐Sep‐2013 ULX10000AN Analog
MEXICO CHIHUAHUA 6,300 30‐Aug‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO CHIHUAHUA 6,300 30‐Aug‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO SAN LUIS POTOSI 9,200 30‐Aug‐2013 ULX9200AT ATSC
MEXICO SAN LUIS POTOSI 9,200 30‐Aug‐2013 ULX9200AT ATSC
INDIA CHANNAI ‐ CH26 6,500 16‐Aug‐2013 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA DELHI ‐ CH29 6,500 16‐Aug‐2013 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA KOLKATTA ‐ CH25 6,500 16‐Aug‐2013 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
INDIA MUMBAI ‐ CH27 6,500 16‐Aug‐2013 ULX6500T2 DVB‐T2
BRAZIL RADIO E TV UMBU 3,400 28‐Jun‐2013 ULX3400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL LONDRINA SITE 4,400 28‐Jun‐2013 ULX4400IS ISDBTb
CANADA RED DEER 9,200 28‐Jun‐2013 ULX9200AT ATSC
KUWAIT JELYIAH 2,300 25‐Jun‐2013 ULX2300T2 DVB‐T2
KUWAIT MUTLAA 2,300 25‐Jun‐2013 ULX2300T2 DVB‐T2
KUWAIT MAGWA STATION 5,500 25‐Jun‐2013 ULX5500T2 DVB‐T2
SAUDI ARABIA ADEED SITE ‐ MOCI 3,400 20‐Jun‐2013 ULX3400T2 DVB‐T2
RUSSIA RTRN 1,700 2‐May‐2013 ULX1700T2 DVB‐T2
Page 350 of 461


CANADA PARIS, ONTARIO 9,200 26‐Apr‐2013 ULX9200AT ATSC
NICARAGUA INTRASA S.A. 5,000 16‐Apr‐2013 ULX5000AN Analog
UGANDA UGANDAN COMMUNICATIO 3,400 5‐Apr‐2013 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
UGANDA UGANDAN COMMUNICATIO 3,400 5‐Apr‐2013 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
CHILE CORPORACION DE TELEVIS 5,500 3‐Apr‐2013 ULX5500IS ISDBTb
USA KILM‐TV (SNOW PEAK) 2,400 27‐Mar‐2013 ULX2400AT ATSC
USA KILM‐TV (MT. HARVARD) 6,300 27‐Mar‐2013 ULX6300AT ATSC
CANADA CBC 7,600 5‐Mar‐2013 ULX7600AT ATSC
CANADA CBC 7,600 5‐Mar‐2013 ULX7600AT ATSC
CANADA CBC RADIO ‐ CANADA 7,600 21‐Feb‐2013 ULX7600AT ATSC
CANADA NORTH BAY 3,200 22‐Jan‐2013 ULX3200AT ATSC
PHILIPPINES END USER NOT DEFINED 30,000 28‐Dec‐2012 LX30000AN/ULX9500 ISDBTb
PHILIPPINES END USER NOT DEFINED 30,000 28‐Dec‐2012 LX30000AN/ULX9500 ISDBTb
THAILAND ROYAL THAI ARMY RADIO & 5,500 24‐Dec‐2012 ULX5500T2 DVB‐T2
BRAZIL CIA CATARINENSE 3,400 21‐Dec‐2012 ULX3400IS ISDBTb
MEXICO TIJUANA CH28 7,600 10‐Dec‐2012 ULX7600AT ATSC
MEXICO TIJUANA CH29 7,600 10‐Dec‐2012 ULX7600AT ATSC
RUSSIA RTRN 5,500 10‐Dec‐2012 ULX5500T2 DVB‐T2
RUSSIA RTRN 600 10‐Dec‐2012 ULX9600T2 DVB‐T2
RUSSIA RTRN 600 10‐Dec‐2012 ULX9600T2 DVB‐T2
USA WGN 7,600 4‐Dec‐2012 ULX7600AT ATSC
Page 351 of 461


CHINA SHANGHAI ORIENTAL PEAR 10,000 14‐Nov‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
TOGO ALEDJO KADARA 3,400 11‐Oct‐2012 ULX3400T2 DVB‐T2
TOGO MONT AGOU 3,400 11‐Oct‐2012 ULX3400T2 DVB‐T2
BRAZIL TAUBATE 2,300 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV VALE 2,300 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
NIGERIA KEFFI SITE ‐ NASSARAWA ST 10,000 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
NIGERIA KEFFI SITE ‐ NASSARAWA ST 10,000 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
NIGERIA LAFIA SITE ‐ NASSARAWA S 10,000 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
NIGERIA LAFIA SITE ‐ NASSARAWA S 10,000 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
PERU UNIVERSIDAD ALAS PERUA 500 28‐Sep‐2012 ULX2500AN Analog
MEXICO TELEVISA 7,600 21‐Sep‐2012 ULX7600AT ATSC
MEXICO TELEVISA S.A. DE C.V. 6,300 20‐Sep‐2012 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO TELEVISA S.A. DE C.V. 7,600 30‐Aug‐2012 ULX7600AT ATSC
CANADA KELOWNA 3,200 28‐Aug‐2012 ULX3200AT ATSC
CANADA KELOWNA 3,200 28‐Aug‐2012 ULX3200AT ATSC
CANADA OTTAWA 6,300 23‐Aug‐2012 ULX6300AT ATSC
CANADA OWEN SOUND 9,200 23‐Aug‐2012 ULX9200AT ATSC
MEXICO TELEVISA SA. DE C.V. 6,300 22‐Aug‐2012 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO TELEVISA SA. DE C.V. 9,200 22‐Aug‐2012 ULX9200AT ATSC
Page 352 of 461


CHINA SHANGHAI ORIENTAL PEAR 10,000 29‐Jun‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
CHINA SHANGHAI ORIENTAL PEAR 10,000 29‐Jun‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
USA WJHG 4,700 29‐Jun‐2012 ULX4700AT ATSC
USA KXII 4,700 29‐Jun‐2012 ULX4700AT ATSC
CANADA SHAW TELEVISION LIMITED 6,300 28‐Jun‐2012 ULX6300AT ATSC
CANADA SHAW TELEVISION LIMITED 9,200 28‐Jun‐2012 ULX9200AT ATSC
ITALY TELENORBA & TELECOLOR 2,300 1‐Jun‐2012 ULX2300DV DVB‐T
USA KTXD 4,700 31‐May‐2012 ULX4700AT ATSC
USA KFSN 7,600 25‐May‐2012 ULX7600AT ATSC
INDIA END USER NOT DEFINED 1,700 8‐May‐2012 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
USA WPCW‐TV 3,200 4‐May‐2012 ULX3200AT ATSC
MEXICO CANAL DEL CONGRESO 12,300 30‐Mar‐2012 ULX12300AT ATSC
PHILIPPINES END USER NOT DEFINED 20,000 20‐Mar‐2012 ULX20000AN Analog
USA WGCU 12,300 5‐Mar‐2012 ULX12300AT ATSC
RUSSIA CTC‐DTV 1,000 28‐Feb‐2012 ULX1000AN Analog
INDIA END USER NOT DEFINED 10,000 31‐Jan‐2012 ULX10000AN Analog
USA KPBI‐TV 4,700 28‐Dec‐2011 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO COATZACOALCOS SITE 4,700 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO COATZACOALCOS SITE 4,700 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO JUAREZ SITE 6,300 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO JUAREZ SITE 6,300 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX6300AT ATSC
MEXICO AGUASCALIENTES SITE 7,600 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX7600AT ATSC
MEXICO ZACTECAS SITE 7,600 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX7600AT ATSC
MEXICO ZACTECAS SITE 7,600 23‐Dec‐2011 ULX7600AT ATSC
DOMINICAN REPUSUPERCANAL 5,000 22‐Dec‐2011 ULX5000AN Analog
MEXICO PROMEXAR S.A. DE C.V. 1,600 20‐Dec‐2011 ULX1600AT ATSC
MEXICO PROMEXAR S.A. DE C.V. 7,600 20‐Dec‐2011 ULX7600AT ATSC
PHILIPPINES NBC 30,000 20‐Dec‐2011 ULX30000AN Analog
PHILIPPINES NBC 30,000 20‐Dec‐2011 ULX30000AN Analog
MEXICO CANAL 13 DE MICHOACAN 9,200 14‐Dec‐2011 ULX9200AT ATSC
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 8‐Dec‐2011 ULX1100DV DVB‐T
VIETNAM DONG THAP TV AND RADIO 10,000 30‐Nov‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
MEXICO TV AZTECA 10,000 22‐Nov‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
RUSSIA RTRN 1,700 22‐Nov‐2011 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
Page 353 of 461


MEXICO OPMA 10,000 21‐Nov‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
MEXICO OPMA 2,400 21‐Nov‐2011 ULX2400AT ATSC
VIETNAM AVG 1,700 15‐Nov‐2011 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
RUSSIA RTRN 1,100 28‐Oct‐2011 ULX1100DV DVB‐T
PHILIPPINES GMA NETWORK 20,000 25‐Oct‐2011 ULX20000AN Analog
PHILIPPINES GMA NETWORK 20,000 25‐Oct‐2011 ULX20000AN Analog
ARGENTINA TELECENTRO 2,300 23‐Sep‐2011 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
ETHIOPIA ADDIS ABABA CITY GOVT M 1,000 23‐Sep‐2011 ULX1000DV DVB‐T
ETHIOPIA ADDIS ABABA CITY GOVT M 3,400 23‐Sep‐2011 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
SRI LANKA SRI LANDI RUPAVAHINI COR 5,500 23‐Sep‐2011 ULX5500DV DVB‐T
USA KVAW‐TV 4,700 26‐Aug‐2011 ULX4700AT ATSC
USA TVBS 7,600 12‐Aug‐2011 ULX7600AT M/H ATSC
Page 354 of 461


PHILIPPINES END USER NOT DEFINED 1,000 10‐Aug‐2011 ULX1000AN Analog
PHILIPPINES MEDIASCAPE 1,000 10‐Aug‐2011 ULX1000AN Analog
INDONESIA BANTEN TV 20,000 1‐Jul‐2011 ULX20000AN Analog
MEXICO TV AZTECA 10,000 1‐Jul‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
MOLDOVA RADIOCOMUNICATII 10,000 1‐Jul‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
USA WHNT‐TV 12,300 1‐Jul‐2011 ULX12300AT ATSC
NIGERIA MUBI SITE ADAMAWA STAT 10,000 30‐Jun‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
NIGERIA MUBI SITE ADAMAWA STAT 10,000 30‐Jun‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
VIETNAM AVG 1,700 29‐Jun‐2011 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
VIETNAM EMICO 5,000 29‐Jun‐2011 ULX5000AN Analog
BRAZIL RECORD NEWS 5,500 24‐Jun‐2011 ULX5500IS ISDBTb
SAUDI ARABIA SITE: ABADEL MOCI 1,000 24‐Jun‐2011 ULX1000DV DVB‐T
SAUDI ARABIA SITE: AL‐MOIEH MOCI 3,400 24‐Jun‐2011 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
CANADA DE TROIS‐RIVIERES SITE TEL 6,300 22‐Jun‐2011 ULX6300AT ATSC
CANADA GATINEAU SITE ‐ TELE‐QUE 7,600 22‐Jun‐2011 ULX7600AT ATSC
PHILIPPINES GMA NETWORK 5,500 21‐Jun‐2011 ULX5500IS ISDBTb
Page 355 of 461


TANZANIA DAR ES SALAAM SAHARA M 3,400 14‐Jun‐2011 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
EGYPT ERTU 13,000 10‐Jun‐2011 LX13000AN/ULX4400D DVB‐T
CANADA CJCH‐TV 12,300 2‐May‐2011 ULX12300AT ATSC
CANADA CKCW‐TV 12,300 2‐May‐2011 ULX12300AT ATSC
BRAZIL TV VALE DO PARAIBA 5,000 28‐Apr‐2011 ULX5000AN Analog
CANADA NEWFOUNDLAND BROADC 12,300 27‐Apr‐2011 ULX12300AT ATSC
BRAZIL BR TRADE 3,400 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX3400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL RADIO TV DO PIAUI 3,400 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX3400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV O ESTADO FLORIANOPO 4,400 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX4400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL BAURU SITE ‐ TV SAO JOSE 4,400 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX4400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL SAO JOSE DO RIO PRETO SIT 4,400 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX4400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV INDEPENDENCIA S/A 8,700 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX8700IS ISDBTb
NIGERIA YOLA SITE ADAMAWA STAT 10,000 1‐Apr‐2011 ULX10000AN Analog
BRAZIL RADIO TV DO AMAZONAS L 6,800 31‐Mar‐2011 ULXD6800IS ISDBTb
USA WUNW 4,700 18‐Mar‐2011 ULX4700AT ATSC
CHILE CORPORACION DE TELEVIS 8,700 8‐Mar‐2011 ULX8700IS ISDBTb
CANADA CFCN 12,300 28‐Feb‐2011 ULX12300AT ATSC
GUATEMALA PRENSE LIBRE 20,000 24‐Feb‐2011 ULX20000AN Analog
CANADA TELE‐QUEBEC 17,800 26‐Jan‐2011 ULX17800AT ATSC
ITALY TELELOMBARDIA 3,400 12‐Jan‐2011 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
USA KIAH 6,300 28‐Dec‐2010 ULX6300AT ATSC
CHILE RED TELEVISIVA MEGAVISIO 12,600 22‐Dec‐2010 ULX12600IS ISDBTb
NIGERIA GOTEL TV 10,000 22‐Dec‐2010 ULX10000AN Analog
NIGERIA GOTEL TV 10,000 22‐Dec‐2010 ULX10000AN Analog
GUATEMALA RADIO TELEVISION GUATEM 20,000 17‐Dec‐2010 ULX20000AN Analog
PHILIPPINES MEDIASCAPE INC. 10,000 14‐Dec‐2010 ULX10000AN Analog
PHILIPPINES MEDIASCAPE INC. 20,000 14‐Dec‐2010 ULX20000AN Analog
USA KDAF‐TV 6,300 13‐Dec‐2010 ULX6300AT ATSC
ARGENTINA PRODUCCIONES DRAGON S 6,500 10‐Dec‐2010 ULX6500IS ISDBTb
PHILIPPINES GMA NETWORK INC. 5,000 3‐Dec‐2010 ULX5000AN Analog
PHILIPPINES GMA NETWORK INC. 5,000 3‐Dec‐2010 ULX5000AN Analog
TAIWAN PTS 3,400 29‐Nov‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
TAIWAN PTS 500 29‐Nov‐2010 ULX500DV DVB‐T
TAIWAN PTS 500 29‐Nov‐2010 ULX500DV DVB‐T
ITALY TELELOMBARDIA 2,300 10‐Nov‐2010 ULX2300DV DVB‐T
CANADA TELE‐QUEBEC ‐ SHERBROO 3,200 27‐Oct‐2010 ULX3200AT ATSC
CANADA TELE‐QUEBEC ‐ CARELTON 4,700 27‐Oct‐2010 ULX4700AT ATSC
CANADA TELE‐QUEBEC ‐ GASCONS S 4,700 27‐Oct‐2010 ULX4700AT ATSC
MEXICO TV AZTECA 12,300 1‐Oct‐2010 ULX12300AT ATSC
Page 356 of 461


ITALY TELENORBA 2,300 10‐Sep‐2010 ULX2300DV DVB‐T
USA CORPORACION TELEVEN CA 10,000 19‐Aug‐2010 ULX10000AN Analog
GUATEMALA RADIO TELEVISION GUATEM 16,500 6‐Aug‐2010 ULX16500IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV SERRA DOURADA 6,800 2‐Jul‐2010 ULXD6800IS ISDBTb
MEXICO GRUPO PACIFICO 5,000 2‐Jul‐2010 ULX5000AN Analog
PERU RADIO AMERICA 500 2‐Jul‐2010 ULX500IS ISDBTb
PERU RADIO AMERICA 8,700 2‐Jul‐2010 ULX8700IS ISDBTb
ITALY TELENORBA 1,700 30‐Jun‐2010 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
ITALY IRTE 1,700 11‐Jun‐2010 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
PHILIPPINES ABC PHILIPPINES 10,000 8‐Jun‐2010 ULX10000AN Analog
PERU COMPANIA LATINOAMERIC 8,700 4‐Jun‐2010 ULX8700IS ISDBTb
SAUDI ARABIA HANAKIA 3,400 2‐Jun‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
NICARAGUA RATENSA 3,200 20‐May‐2010 ULX3200AN Analog
NICARAGUA RATENSA 3,200 20‐May‐2010 ULX3200AN Analog
AUSTRALIA BROADCAST ONE 5,500 17‐May‐2010 ULX5500DV DVB‐T
BRAZIL TV PAJUCARA LTD 3,400 14‐May‐2010 ULX3400IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL NOT DEFINED 1,100 2‐Apr‐2010 ULX1100IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL NOT DEFINED 2,900 2‐Apr‐2010 ULX2900IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL END USER NOT DEFINED 5,500 2‐Apr‐2010 ULX5500IS ISDBTb
PANAMA REPUBLIC DE PANAMA 2,300 2‐Apr‐2010 ULX2300DV DVB‐T
PERU ANDINA DE RADIODIFUSIO 8,700 2‐Apr‐2010 ULX8700IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL NOT DEFINED 2,300 31‐Mar‐2010 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL NOT DEFINED 13,000 31‐Mar‐2010 ULXD13000IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV GAZETA LTDA 5,500 25‐Mar‐2010 ULX5500IS ISDBTb
NIGERIA EKITI 20,000 22‐Mar‐2010 ULX20000AN Analog
NIGERIA EKITI 20,000 22‐Mar‐2010 ULX20000AN Analog
USA DISH NETWORK 4,700 19‐Mar‐2010 ULX4700AT M/H ATSC
Page 357 of 461


SAUDI ARABIA BALQAREN 3,400 18‐Mar‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
SAUDI ARABIA TOURBAH 3,400 18‐Mar‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
BRAZIL TV BAND 2,300 15‐Mar‐2010 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
CHILE TELEVISION NACIONAL DE C 8,700 11‐Mar‐2010 ULX8700IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV TAUBATE LTDA 1,100 26‐Feb‐2010 ULX1100IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV VALE 2,300 26‐Feb‐2010 ULX2300IS ISDBTb
COSTA RICA END USER NOT DEFINED 5,000 25‐Feb‐2010 ULX5000AN Analog
RWANDA JARI RWANDA SITE 3,400 18‐Feb‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
RWANDA JARI RWANDA SITE 3,400 18‐Feb‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
RWANDA KARISIMBI RWANDA SITE 3,400 18‐Feb‐2010 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
ITALY TELEOGGI S.P.A. 2,300 5‐Feb‐2010 ULX2300DV DVB‐T
BRAZIL TV BAND 6,800 1‐Feb‐2010 ULX6800IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV BAND 11,000 29‐Jan‐2010 ULXD11000IS ISDBTb
BRAZIL TV BAND 6,800 29‐Jan‐2010 ULXD6800IS ISDBTb
MEXICO CANAL ONCE 10,000 31‐Dec‐2009 ULX10000AN Analog
MEXICO CANAL ONCE 1,600 31‐Dec‐2009 ULX1600AT ATSC
MEXICO CANAL ONCE 6,300 31‐Dec‐2009 ULX‐6300AT ATSC
VIETNAM VTV 10,000 14‐Dec‐2009 ULX‐10000AN Analog
VIETNAM VTV 5,000 14‐Dec‐2009 ULX5000AN Analog
SAUDI ARABIA TOURBAH 3,400 9‐Dec‐2009 ULX3400DV DVB‐T
VIETNAM VTV 10,000 10‐Nov‐2009 ULX‐10000AN Analog
MEXICO GOBIERNO DEL ESTADO 1,600 22‐Oct‐2009 ULX1600AT ATSC
UNITED KINGDOMHARRIS SYSTEMS LIMITED 1,700 5‐Oct‐2009 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
Page 358 of 461


MEXICO GRUPO IMAGEN 9,200 18‐Sep‐2009 ULX9200AT ATSC
USA KOVR 17,800 18‐Sep‐2009 ULX17800AT ATSC
ITALY IRTE S.P.A. 1,700 31‐Aug‐2009 ULX1700DV DVB‐T
MEXICO TELEVISA 12,300 29‐Apr‐2009 ULX123000AT ATSC
MEXICO TELEVISA 12,300 29‐Apr‐2009 ULX123000AT ATSC
Page 359 of 461


T-DMB network, Korea
Several broadcast network operators chose GatesAir to provide DMB transmitters in Band III to
support the nationwide rollout of mobile TV in Korea. GatesAir was able to provide and complete
transmission solutions to enable DMB mobile TV broadcasting, including transmitter, exciters, GPS
reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated RF systems, multi-transmitter
Main/Alt control systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control systems, factory acceptance
testing, and final on site delivery. GatesAir provides local support, integration and service with partner
Vision Telecom.
T-DMB network, Indonesia
GatesAir was selected to provide DMB transmitters in Band III to support the
Jakarta roll out of DMB mobile TV in Indonesia. GatesAir is providing
complete transmission solutions to enable DMB mobile TV broadcasting,
including transmitter, exciters, GPS reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated
RF systems, multi-transmitter Main/Alt control systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control
systems, factory acceptance testing, and final on site delivery.
T-DMB network, Beijing China
GatesAir was selected to provide DMB transmitters in Band III to support the
Beijing roll out of DMB mobile TV in China in time for the Summer Olympic
Games. GatesAir provided complete transmission solutions, including
transmitters, exciters, GPS reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated RF
systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control systems, factory acceptance testing, and final
on site delivery.
DVB-H network, Oxford, United Kingdom
GatesAir has provided DVB-H transmitters to support the Arqiva operated Oxford
trials in mobile TV. GatesAir provided complete transmission solutions to enable
DVB-H mobile TV broadcasting, including multiple transmitters, exciters, GPS
reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated RF systems, multi-transmitter
Main/Alt control systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control systems, factory acceptance
testing, and final on site delivery. This trial system has been in operation for several years.
DVB-H, Sydney, Australia
GatesAir has provided DVB-H transmitter systems to support the award winning Sydney
mobile TV trails operated by the Bridge Networks. The trials were called “innovative and
groundbreaking” at the IBC Innovation Awards. GatesAir provided complete transmission
solutions to enable digital TV broadcasting, including transmitter, exciters, pre-fabricated RF
systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control systems, factory acceptance testing,
and final on site delivery. This trial included technical and consumer evaluation, and has been
successfully completed.

Page 360 of 461

Hong Kong
GatesAir was selected to support the first FLO Trial in Hong Kong in
cooperation with Qualcomm and PCCW-HKT Telephone. In this location,
GatesAir provided a UHF 400W air cooled “Ranger” transmitter, RF system,
factory testing, site installation and commissioning services for this trial. The technical trial was
United Kingdom
The UK is one of the world’s hotspots for mobile TV evaluation. With GatesAir’s
rich history of DAB and mobile TV transmission support in the UK, it was only
natural that market leaders British Sky Broadcasting and Arqiva turned to GatesAir
to provide transmission systems for the FLO trial. GatesAir delivered UHF 200W and
400W air cooled “Ranger” transmitters, factory testing, site installation and commissioning
services for this trial. The technical trial was successfully completed, and further activity
is pending government operated spectrum auctions.
Spain
GatesAir was chosen to provide transmission systems for FLO trials

conducted around the 3GSM 2007 World Congress. These FLO Trials were
conducted with Qualcomm and Albertis Telecomm. GatesAir delivered UHF 200W and 400W air
cooled “Ranger” transmitters, RF system, factory testing, site installation and commissioning services
for this trial. The technical trial was successfully completed.
South Africa
GatesAir was selected to provide transmission solutions for FLO Trials that were
conducted with Qualcomm and MultiChoice. GatesAir delivered UHF 200W and
400W air cooled “Ranger” transmitters, RF system, factory testing, site
installation and commissioning services for this trial. The technical trial was
Terrestrial Network Projects
Rwanda Nationwide FM Radio & DVB-T Project, value exceeds10m$.
GatesAir is providing a full turn-key broadcasting solution for Rwanda Bureau of Information and
Broadcasting (ORINFOR), including installation and commissioning of equipment at fourteen (14) sites
throughout Rwanda & Mt. Karisimbi, Africa’s highest location of a man-made structure. This site is
located at an elevation of 4320 meters and is only accessible by foot.Supplied GatesAir Z and ZX FM
transmitters (31), FM antennas (7), GatesAir Maxiva UAX and ULX DVB-T transmitters (16), GatesAir
NetVX networking system, Digital microwave links (14), Standby generators (13), Broadcast towers
(5), Tower refurbishments (9). GatesAir provided the complete system-wide network schematic,
Microwave network design, FM coverage maps & DVB-T coverage maps.

Page 361 of 461

DVB –T2 first phase of Nationwide deployment, Tanzania.
GatesAir is shipping the Transmitters for first 5 Sites with powers of 3kW, 2kW and 1kW for this
Nationwide DVB T2 Project.
Each site will be extended to four Transmitters per site.
Distribution and Networking including integration of Radio Channels (Regional and National) and 25
Channels initially (rising to 60+ channels) of Digital HD TV Programming, with Network Control, MCR,
Digital Radio Studios, Citizen Journalist, Head-ends, Microwave, Satellite multiplexing and Decoding
will also be added.
DVB-T2 DBS Botswana first pilot system.
A GatesAir DVB T2 1kW Transmitter, Antenna and Feeder system, HD Content has been delivered
and has been fully operational for 3 months, no problems were encountered, the system operates for
24hr per day.
DVB T/T2 Digital Ready TV Transmitters, Nigeria.
GatesAir supplied and Installed UHF and VHF Maxiva TV Transmitters in some Nigeria States.
Some of these transmitters are Digital ready DVB-T/T2. Plus 80 other Transmitters, AM, FM Analogue
TV.
ERTA (Ethiopian Radio and TV) Ethiopia 40 High Power AM Transmitters.
EMA – Education Ministry, Ethiopia 25 AM Transmitters.
TPA Angola 151 FM Transmitters 5kW – 50w.
DVB-T Network Rollout, Australia
GatesAir has provided DVB-T transmitters in to support one of the world’s largest
nationwide digital television roll outs. With in-country partners, GatesAir has provided
530 of transmitters and services to serve both the government and commercial
broadcast networks. This roll out has been on going over the past five years, and continues as
Australia prepares for the analog shut off. GatesAir provides complete transmission solutions to
enable digital TV broadcasting, including transmitters, exciters, GPS reference for Single Frequency
Network operation, pre-fabricated RF systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control systems,
factory acceptance testing, and final on site delivery. In addition, GatesAir has been awarded 7
DAB/DMB and 3 VHF transmitters for new networks.

Page 362 of 461

Digital Television Network Rollout – DVB-T & DMB-T/H, China
GatesAir has provided an evolutionary solution for

television broadcasters in China to rapidly offer digital
television first with DVB-T, and later with the recently
approved DMB-T/H China national standard adopted
by SARFT. GatesAir is providing complete transmission solutions that include transmitters, exciters,
GPS reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated RF systems, remote SNMP
and TCP/IP monitor & control systems. Provincial and local broadcasters have taken delivery of
transmitters to support the nation’s transition to digital, and GatesAir provides in-country service and
support from a centralized service and spares depot.
Television Azteca, Mexico City, Mexico
GatesAir was contracted to design and build first 58, then an additional 44 site
television network supporting two channels each to cover Mexico. The system
provided includes both UHF and VHF transmitters, RF systems, a monitor and &
control solution, program distribution system for multiple Mobile Production
Systems, two “Flyaway” uplink systems, one fixed uplink facility, one a helicopter
mounted auto-tracking microwave system, two portable microwave systems, fixed
microwave systems, and miscellaneous studio equipment. GatesAir also provided program
management, engineering, installation and commissioning services. This project was successfully
completed.
DAB & DAB-IP Network, United Kingdom
GatesAir has provided DAB transmitters to support the Arqiva operated DAB
multiplexes for BBC, Digital one nationwide coverage, and a number of
regional services. This network of multiplexes represents the world’s largest
DAB system. In addition to the digital radio services offered, these networks also offer DAB-IP Mobile
TV services in the UK. GatesAir is providing complete transmission solutions, including more than 160
transmitters, exciters, GPS reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated RF
systems, multi-transmitter Main/Alt control systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor & control
systems, factory acceptance testing, and final on site delivery. This is an on-going program.
DAB, DMB & DVB-T Networks, Germany
GatesAir has provided DAB, DMB & DVB-T transmitters to support

the transition to digital for multiple networks operated by T-Systems –
Media Broadcast in Germany to support both public and private broadcasters with nationwide
coverage, and a number of regional services. GatesAir has provided complete air-cooled
and liquid-cooled transmission systems in a wide range of power levels, including multiple
transmitters, exciters, GPS reference for Single Frequency Network operation, pre-fabricated
RF systems, multi-transmitter Main/Alt control systems, remote SNMP and TCP/IP monitor &
control systems, factory acceptance testing, and final on site delivery. GatesAir has
delivered hundreds of transmitters over a several year period.

Page 363 of 461

Radio-Television Malaysia
GatesAir was awarded a contract by the Ministry of Information of Malaysia to

design and build an entire Television network system including nationwide
network of transmitters, RF systems, monitor and control solution, program
distribution system and multiple mobile news gathering systems capable of
handling mountainous topography, rough roads, monsoons, tropical heat and
humidity. GatesAir successfully delivered this extensive project to Radio and Television Malaysia
(RTM), the official broadcast agency for the Malaysian Ministry of Information.
Societata Nationala de Radiocommunicatii, Romania’s state-owned Broadcast Organization,

Phase 1 value 85m$. Add-on Phases valued at more than 15m$.
Societe Nationala Radiocomunicati., Romania’s state-owned broadcast

organization contracted GatesAir to be its prime supplier for a three-year
program to upgrade and expand its FM and AM nationwide broadcast
infrastructure. During the modernization project, GatesAir provided radio
broadcast transmission systems for approximately 90 sites throughout Romania,
microwave links, centralized network management systems and civil work
including towers, antennas, roads and buildings. GatesAir also provided engineering, installation and
commissioning services. This project was completed successfully ahead of schedule.
DAB & DVB-T Network, Switzerland
GatesAir has provided 50 DAB (power levels from 125 watts to 900 watts) and 210
DVB-T transmitters (power levels from 100 watts to 3400 watts) to support the
transition to digital for both public and private broadcasters in Switzerland with
nationwide and regional services. This program was successfully completed. Additional orders are
now being considered.
Societata Nationala de Radiocommunicatii, Romania – System Expansion
Value exceeded 85m$. Upon successful completion the large radio network upgrade,
contracted again with GatesAir to implement upgrades to its nationwide broadcast
television infrastructure and provide a future upgrade path to digital transmission.
During the modernization project, GatesAir provided television broadcast transmission
systems for 156 sites throughout Romania. The power levels ranged from 20 watts to
40KW. Site systems included electrical subsystems, microwave links, and expansion of the
centralized network management systems. Antenna systems were purchased separately but
coordinated with GatesAir to ensure seamless installations. This project was completed in two phases.
Caracol Television and RCN Television, Bogota, Columbia
GatesAir was contracted to design and build a 29 site television network supporting two channels each
to cover Columbia. The systems provided including both UHF and VHF transmitters, RF systems,
monitor and control solution, program distribution, and encoding / decoding studio equipment.
GatesAir also provided program management, engineering, installation and commissioning services.

Page 364 of 461

ATSC Digital Transition, United States
The transition to digital television in the United States is clearly one of the largest
conversions, and associated analog switch off projects in the world. The market
landscape in the US chose not have a high level of media consolidation, but rather a
loose network of stations that share content from network sources. In this diverse
ownership model, GatesAir has been uniquely successful in being selected to convert
over 75 percent of the total US market from analog to ATSC digital transmission. This transition
represents contracts with hundreds of individual stations to provide transmission equipment, RF
systems, encoding and control and monitoring solutions. In addition, GatesAir provided program
management, engineering, installation and commissioning services. While it is impossible to outline
the specifics of all the projects those included below represent some examples of the scope of the
digital conversions completed.
CBS Television Transmission Network, USA
CBS, Inc. selected GatesAir to provide the transmission infrastructure for their transition
to digital and High Definition broadcasting. GatesAir has provided 37 main and back-up
high power digital transmitters, RF systems, high definition encoding, monitor and
control systems, and associated test and support equipment. GatesAir also provided
engineering, installation and commissioning services. This project was successfully
completed.
CBS Distribution Network, New York, USA
CBS, Inc., one of the United States’ premier television networks, chose the GatesAir high definition
encoding and decoding solutions for the upgrade of the network’s affiliate distribution system. The
purchase included GatesAir ‘s Netplus, HD contribution and distribution decoders and FlexiCoder
ATSC MPEG-2 encoding systems for the network’s two hundred affiliates and thirty-seven owned-and-
operated stations.
Gray Communications, USA
Nine stations owned by Gray Communications have taken advantage of the

GatesAir MC-PK solution to upgrade to DTV. The MC-PK solution features the
integrated MasterPlus master control switcher, the GatesAir Flexicoder, the ARX
receiver series and a basic off-air monitoring package. In addition to transmission
and encoding, GatesAir has been able to specially design a digital transition solution that is consistent
across all stations, while retaining enough flexibility to make minor modifications at each individual
station's request.
Media General Communications, USA
Description: GatesAir has supplied Media General’s Florida-based Broadcast

Group with a full array of digital products, including DiamondCD UHF solid state
DTV transmitters, Sigma CD high-power UHF DTV transmitters, and PlatinumCD

Page 365 of 461

solid state VHF DTV transmitters at power levels from . With the purchase GatesAir-built transmission
equipment, GatesAir also provided engineering, installation and commissioning services for 24 Media
General stations. This project was completed successfully.
Indiana Public Broadcasting (IPBS), USA
Description: Stations in the Indiana public broadcasting network desired an

integrated solution for their DTV transmission, encoding, and HD master control
needs. GatesAir provided turnkey transmission, RF systems, encoding, branding switching and DTV
monitoring solutions for each station.

Page 366 of 461

Harmonic Customer Reference List
Year Country Customer Logo comments
1998 UK British Digital 30 ch.

Broadcasting
2005 France TF1 MPEG‐2 and MPEG‐4/AVC (H.264) based services
2006 Spain Teledifusión Single Frequency Network Transmission over IP

Madrid
2006 Netherlands Nozema

Services/KPN
2008 New Zeeland TVNZ DiviCom® Electra® 7000 high definition (HD) and

Electra 5400 standard definition (SD) MPEG‐4 AVC
(H.264) encoders
2008 South Africa Multichoice DTT MPEG‐2 SD

mux
2008 Czech Republic Czech digital Group Electra 5000 standard definition (SD) MPEG‐2
2008 Spain Abertis DTT HE in Barcelona, Madrid, Aluz and ongoing

‐ sales of Electra encoders, , PS1000.
2010
2009 Israel The Second Electra 5400 standard definition (SD) MPEG‐4 AVC

Authority for (H.264) encoders, PS1000
Television and
Radio
2009 Russia RTRN Moscow DVB‐T HE. 8 TV ch AVC SD. Electra 5400,

PS1000.

Page 367 of 461

2009 Taiwan PTS New Electra 5400 and Electra 7000 AVC (h.264) ,

PS1000, in addition to old installations of MPEG‐2
MV encoders
2010 Italy Mediaset 2 big HE. 20‐30 TV ch each. SD & HD. Electra 8000,

PS1000.
2010 Cyprus CyBC Electra 5400 standard definition (SD) AVC (H.264)

encoders and HD AVC with E7k, PS1000
2010 Tanzania Tanzania 12 ch AVC Electra 5400 SD, PS1000. Distribution

Broadcasting – Star over DVB‐S2.
SF with Tanzania
broadcasting
2010 Uganda Star Uganda 18 ch AVC Electra 5400 SD, PS1000. Distribution

over DVB‐S2
2010 Kazakhstan Kazteleradio 3 main HEs. 100 SD AVC channels. (digital platform

for both DBS and DVB‐T2)
2010 Czech Republic O2 HE and expansions
2010 Portugal PT DVB‐T HEs
2010 Russia RTRN Regional DVB‐T SFN HEs, SD AVC, ad insertion.
DVB‐S2 distribution, 900 Proview7000.
2010 South Africa Multichoice DVB‐T2 SFN Main HE and DVB‐S2 distribution of

GoTV T2‐MI with Proview7000. The platform supports 2
main MUXes and up to 15 regional PLPs. First
phase is targeted to be started in Ghana, Nigeria,
Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania, Zambia, Zimbabwe,
Namibia.

Page 368 of 461

2011 Russia RSCC Main distribution National HE for: Primary Dist.,

DVB‐T SFN, DVB‐T2 SFN and analog terrestrial. 112
SD AVC.
2011 Italy RAI‐way DSR technology for DVB‐T SFN remux.
1000 PVR7000, 30 PS1K, DMS.
2011 Ukraine Zeonbud 4 DVB‐T2 SFN MUXs, DVB‐S2 multi TS distribution,

local program multiplexing
800 PVR7000, 200 PS1K.
2011 Taiwan NCC (TTV, CTS, Special DVB‐T SFN regional table replacement. 120

CTV, PTS, FTV) PVR7000, DMS.
2011 Namibia NBC DVB‐T2 SFN Main HE and distribution
2011 Russia RTRN 8 Regional DVB‐T SFN HEs, SD AVC, ad insertion.
DVB‐S2 distribution, 500 Proview7000.
2011 Kazakhstan Kazteleradio 4 DVB‐T2 MFN regional HE’s, local encoding,

reception, mux with CAS, ad insertion.
2011 Sweden Teracom DVB‐T2 HE compression, new muxs.
2011 Kyrgyzstan Kyrgyztelecom DVB‐T HE and distribution for terrestrial broadcast
2011 Brasil TV Globo Main HE for HD/SD and 1SEG, satellite distribution

to ISDB‐T broadcast stations.
2011 Indonesia NexMedia DVB‐T HE 60 ch SD for Pay TV service
2012 UK Arqiva DVB‐T D3 & D4 all main and regional compression

and multiplexing. Around 80 TV Ch. In MP‐2 stat‐
mux. Electra 9200 and Prostream1000.

Page 369 of 461

2012 South Africa SENTECH DVB‐T2 SFN (T2‐MI) satellite distribution to towers

with T2‐MI descrambling. 380 PVR7K.
2012 South Africa Multichoice DVB‐T2 SFN HE, expansion 80 ch AVC. And 40

GoTV PVR7K for T2‐MI satellite distribution.
2012 Indonesia Trans DVB‐T2 MFN remultiplexing and transcoding. 7

sites with 28 PVR7100, and main HE with PS1K
and EPG.
2012 Indonesia SCTV DVB‐T2 Main HE and MFN distribution. Electra

encoder, PS1K and 50 PVR7100 (25 sites)
2012 Indonesia TV One/ANTV DVB‐T2 MFN remultiplexing and transcoding. 16

sites with 32 PVR7100.
2012 Cambodia RMEC DVB‐T HE. 60 TV ch AVC SD. Electra 5400, PS1K for

Pay TV service
2012 Cambodia PPCTV DVB‐T HE. 60 TV ch AVC SD. Electra 5400, PS1K.
2012 Myanmar MRTV4 DVB‐T/T2 HE 80 ch SD+HD ELC8200 for Pay TV

service
2012 Guinea GBC PVR7100 distribution
2012 Ghana GBC Main HE, Electra 8K, Prostream 1K, and

distribution PVR7100
2012 Nigeria NBC Continued from 2010/11, Main HE, Regional

encoding and distribution Proview7100
2013 distribution
2012 France Towercast R7 & R8 MUXs, distribution with PVR7100
2012 Tanzania Agape TV Zanzibar HE and distribution

Page 370 of 461

2013 Tanzania BTL HE and distribution
2013 Indonesia Trans DVB‐T2 MFN remultiplexing and transcoding.

Expand 10 sites with 34 PVR7100.
2013 Indonesia SCTV DVB‐T2 MFN distribution. Expand 11 sites with 30

PVR7100.
2013 Thailand TV5 DVB‐T2 12 CH HE SD+HD, SFN
2013 Malawi Malawi Digital DVB‐T2 MFN, 20 SDTV AVC and 10 radio HE and

Broadcasting distribution over IP to 5 sites.
Network Company

2014 Afghanistan ACG DVB‐T2, 4 MUXs, MFN, (SFN future), Distributed

HE architecture, 50 SD, 10 HD, AVC, 30 local TV, 30
Asian Consulting International TV, 6 TX sites with local processing.
Group
(Huawei)

Page 371 of 461

Page 372 of 461
Part 2: Statement of Requirements PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006
Section 6: Statement of Requirements

23. Global Service and Support

Service Program Overview
GatesAir provides unrivaled long-term customer support for users of GatesAir-branded hardware and GatesAir-
developed software solutions, as well as GatesAir-distributed equipment.
One of the most compelling reasons for selecting broadcast equipment from GatesAir is the level of support
you will receive. We call it sustaining support, because its purpose is to sustain your equipment to a level that
provides the highest return on your investment. We also want to sustain your confidence in GatesAir as your
preferred supplier.
Service Bulletins
Service bulletins are produced to make customers aware of performance improvement, field modifications
requirements and other corrective measures when it is considered to be of significant importance to the
operation and performance of the equipment. GatesAir sends the bulletins to the original purchaser or if
known, to the current user of the product in question. All bulletins are kept on file in the event there is a request
for all bulletins of a particular model.
Update Kits
In addition to the service bulletins mentioned above, GatesAir makes available update parts kits that may be
purchased by customers wishing to keep their equipment up-to-date. In cases where the updates involve
issues of safety or necessary corrections to meet specifications, the kits are provided at no cost to the end
user.
Hardware and Equipment
Our customers can call Field Service during our regular business hours, 8-5 M-F. Customers who require off-air
emergency support can call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and be connected with an on-call engineer. Call +1
217-222-8200 or e-mail: tsupport@gatesair.com.
GatesAir Parts department located at the transmitter manufacturing facility in Quincy Illinois. GatesAir supports
all manufactured product for a minimum of 10 years. GatesAir ships 90 percent of all emergency parts within 24
hours and 99 percent within five days. It is GatesAir’s intention to maintain product parts availability at all
times.
In addition to the services offered above, we offer unparalleled support documentation for the experienced
engineer. Support documents provided include:
Product Manuals
Complete Part Listings
Service Bulletins
Safety Bulletins
vSchematics
Procedures

Page 373 of 461

These and many more documents can be found in the Downloads section of our GatesAir Self-Service Support
Site.
On Hand for Timely Delivery
Need something repaired? Notify the service support center for your product and region and call us for a RMA
so we know it is coming. The GatesAir in–house technical repair facility provides our customers with the best
repair, refurbishment, and upgrade opportunities available. Staffed by technically expert and product
knowledgeable engineers and technicians, we perform services ranging from simple troubleshooting and
component replacement to complete overhauls and refurbishments of all types of equipment. Our process
includes testing your equipment using original factory test procedures. No repaired equipment will be returned
until it performs to "as new" functionality or we will contact you to explain the problem and work out an
alternative course of action.
Need short term replacement modules? Our services also include a rental program, which enables you to stay
on the air while your equipment is being repaired. We have over 60 modules available for rent to support the
vast majority of GatesAir –built equipment in service. For a complete list of rental equipment please contact the
repair call center at 1-888-534-8246.
Onsite Support
When it's critical to have an added level of onsite support, GatesAir has an experienced team ready to assist
you:
Diagnose, troubleshoot, calibrate and check network interoperability

Maintain, proof or evaluate current and existing systems
Customize onsite support packages specifically to your needs.

Specialized Services
Onsite Field Checkout Commissioning Services: One of our trained engineers will review and verify that your
installation meets manufacturer specifications. They will ensure product integration and interfaces for
interoperability, and make sure your new or existing project gets online quickly.
GoLive Support Services: For on-air cutovers or system launches. Arrange to have a factory-trained specialist
onsite when your system goes live to make sure you have the support you need while you perform this critical
operation.
Radio and Television Transmission Services: GatesAir’s highly trained, highly experienced staff has installed,

commissioned and maintained hundreds of radio and television transmitters worldwide. Transmission onsite
field engineers from GatesAir provide these ongoing transmission services:
Turnkey installations
Installation assistance and commissioning
Preventive and after-warranty maintenance
Troubleshooting and equipment repair

Page 374 of 461

Support Prestaging
Factory prestaging is available on large system installs and makes sure everything is working as a complete
system before it gets shipped to a remote location. It also reduces onsite setup time. Customers may preview
their systems in person by visiting the factory for a Factory Acceptance Test.
Interoperability
Understanding how your existing products will operate with new products is one of the key components to
ensuring your systems’ interoperability. At GatesAir we recognize this is critical to the build-out success, so
we've defined a group of pre-qualified product, guaranteed to be interoperable. Whether your product came
from GatesAir or from another third-party provider, GatesAir will test and evaluate the interoperability of those
products, before you’ve designed the complete system. This is the GatesAir Interoperability Evaluation Service.
For more information, contact us.
Project Management
Make your next project a huge success with GatesAir’s project management services. GatesAir Professional
Services allows your organization to leverage our technology leadership, project management, and broadcast
and media expertise to build and grow your business. Whether you are upgrading or expanding your current
plant, designing a disaster recovery solution, building a new facility, or re-engineering your workflows, GatesAir
has consultants that can help you plan and deliver successful projects.
Perform an onsite survey of all broadcast-related products

Review your system for interoperability issues
Perform a cost-saving study
Create a customer service support plan
Workflow requirements
Design and training
Identify project needs
Maintenance projections
Outsourcing resources
Align strategic plan
Coordinate project to ensure performance
Collaborate and define ongoing needs for system lifecycle
Training
Investing in the industry’s most advanced and dependable broadcasting equipment is the first step to building a
reliable and efficient operation. The second is securing the knowledge your team needs to maintain and
operate your equipment at peak performance. GatesAir is also the only manufacturer to sponsor a training
center with a full complement of general training classes as well as GatesAir product courses. Customized
training is also available.
International Training
As part of our commitment to helping broadcasters around the world, GatesAir offers an annual two-week
training session for broadcast engineers from developing nations. This program is a joint effort between

Page 375 of 461

GatesAir and the United States Telecommunications Training Institute (USTTI). Since 1983 over 250 engineers
from 60 countries have participated in this program.
Service Agreements
GatesAir Service agreements ensure your products are supported after their standard warranty period expires.
Have your service in place to take over when your warranty expires. GatesAir offers multiple levels of Services
to fit your individual needs. Let us help you find the right level of support coverage.
GatesAir performs services ranging from simple troubleshooting and component replacement to complete
overhauls and refurbishments of all types of equipment. Staffed by expert engineers and technicians, our
process includes testing your equipment using original factory test procedures. GatesAir also offers a rental
program, which enables you to stay on the air while your equipment is being repaired. We have modules
available for rent to support the vast majority of GatesAir–built equipment in service.

Page 376 of 461

24. Declaration of Resources

World’s Largest Transmitter Facilities!
Meeting customer requirements for delivery and quality is foremost for GatesAir. GatesAir maintains an
ISO9001 registered transmitter manufacturing facility.
Several buildings in Quincy, Illinois are dedicated to manufacturing. The main manufacturing building at
30th and Wismann Lane is 125,000 square feet and houses the following functions: Sheet Metal and
Machine Shop, Printed Wiring Board Assembly and Test, Cable Assembly, High Power Module
Assembly and Test, L-Band/UHF/VHF Product Assembly and Test and FM Radio Product Assembly and
Test.
There are three leased buildings totaling 55,000 square feet used for AM Radio Product Assembly and
Test and Phasor/Antenna Control Unit Assembly and Test. These buildings are located 3 miles north of
the main manufacturing facility.
Beyond the manufacturing space in Quincy, Illinois there is a 100,000 square foot administrative building
which houses Manufacturing Engineering, Finance, Order Administration, Service, Service Parts, Sales
Support and the Order Administration functions. There is also a separate 15,000 square feet building
where technical training courses are offered to customers.
Production capacity
In any given day, there are approximately 15 different models of transmitters simultaneously being
assembled and tested at the Quincy, Illinois manufacturing facilities:
FM transmitters, a mix of solid state and tube units

AM transmitters, all solid state
VHF transmitters, all solid state
UHF transmitters, a mix of solid state and tube units.
L-Band transmitters, all solid state
The mix and volume of product coming out of the GateAir factory is unmatched by any other transmitter
manufacturer.
The operation runs one full shift per day. There are only a couple of areas where there are 2 shifts
running today, so future needs for expanded output will come from more personnel working on a second
shift.
Types of Machinery
$2-3 million of capital is invested in the Manufacturing operation each year. All GatesAir manufacturing
plants are a subject of continuous improvement and capital investment. Most of the capital investment is
driven by new technologies, new products and efficiency improvements for the operation.
Other major equipment in the plants:
Sheet Metal Shop: 2 Wiedematic Punch Presses, 2 Amada Press Brakes, 2 Haeger Insertion Presses,
Timesaver Sanding/Finishing Machine.

Page 377 of 461
Part 2: Statement of Requirements Section 6:PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006
Statement of Requirements

Machine Shop: 3 Manual Lathes, 2 Bridgeport Manual Mills, 2 NC Bridgeport Mills, NC Okuma Milling
Center, NC Mazak Lathe, Coil Winding Machine.
Cable and Printed Wiring Board Assembly:
Flow Solder Machine, Automatic Coaxial Strippers, Automatic Wire Marking Machine, and Automated
Wire Cutting/Stripping Machines.
High Power Module Assembly and Test: Video Demodulators, Video Test Signal Generators, Power
Meters, Signal Generators, and Digital Generators. Temperature Probe, Network Analyzers, Video
Measurement Set, and Spectrum Analyzers.
Radio Assembly and Test: 10 Precision Audio Test Stations, Pulse Generators, Function Generators,
Oscilloscopes, Frequency counters, Sweep Generators, Modulation Monitors, Digital Power Analyzer,
Spectrum Analyzers, Network Analyzers, FM Digital Stereo Modulation Monitor, and R&S Modulation
Analyzers.
TV Assembly and Test: Signal Generators, Vectorscopes, Frequency Counter, Waveform Monitor, Video
Multiplexers, Tracking Generators, Oscilloscopes, Spectrum Analyzers Modulation Analyzers, PAL and
NTSC Video Measurement Equipment, Digital Oscilloscopes, Network Analyzers, Digital Video
Measurements System, Digital Average Power Meter, and Tektronix TV Demodulator.
Customer Acceptances
Formal customer acceptance is an option available that demonstrates the product performing to
specification, at the same time, giving the customer an opportunity to confirm confidence by inspecting
the manufacturing process. The number of formal customer acceptances performed in the plant each
year varies. Overall, the average is two formal customer acceptances per month. Most products ship
directly to the customer after the factory test is completed.
Quality
GatesAir manufacturing facilities have been ISO 9001 registered since December 1994. There is a
comprehensive and documented quality system in place that covers all major facets of the operation: the
management review process, product design, order administration, inspections, all manufacturing
operations, purchasing, equipment calibration, and training. This system is monitored through an on-
going internal and external audit program.
There is an intense focus on improving the manufacturing operation. A team of 10-15 people work to
transform and change an area. The team is given a very specific mandate on what goals need to be
achieved. The team is trained on some very specific principles, which will help them achieve the goals:
once piece flow, waste identification and removal, spaghetti diagrams, kanban pull systems, and
workplace organization. The team then implements the changes.
To ensure transmitters are manufactured under the most exacting conditions, GatesAir has voluntarily
sought and achieved ISO Quality Standard registration.
GatesAir is registered with current certification on file for the following manufacturing, testing,
environmental and quality standards:
ISO 9001:2008 – Certificate of Registration of Quality Management System
ISO 14001:2004 – Certificate of Registration of Environmental Management System
Page 378 of 461


OSHAS 18001:2007 – Certificate of Registration of Occupational Health and Safety Management
System
RoHS – All products/parts/materials offered conform fully with Directive 2011/65/EU – European Union
(EU) Restriction on Hazardous Substances – sets limits on the use of restricted substances found in
electronic equipment:
Lead (Pb)
Mercury (Hg)
Cadmium (Cd)
Hexavalent Chromium (Cr-V1)
Polybrominated Biphenyls (PBB)
Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)
WEEE Directive – HBC is fully compliant with EU Directive 2002/96/EC– The European Union Directive
on Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment
Shipping
Our shipping and packing department is the best in the world for getting the orders to the customer on
time and undamaged.
The Shipping department ships product to over 100 countries each year. There is extensive traffic
knowledge on how to ship product anywhere in the world using almost any mode of transportation. The
packing and crating for all shipments (domestic and international) is done in-plant. The knowledge
gained in preparing shipments for international shipment over the past 40 years is important to making
sure the equipment arrives in good condition. Should an issue arise, it is easy to correct the packaging
scheme as the process is controlled internally.
Page 379 of 461


25. ISO Certificates
Page 380 of 461

Page 381 of 461
Certificate of Registration
of Quality Management System
to I.S. EN ISO 9001:2008
The National Standards Authority of Ireland certifies that:
GatesAir
5300 Kings Island Drive
Suite 101
Mason, OH 45040
USA
has been assessed and deemed to comply with the requirements
of the above standard in respect of the scope of operations given
below:
The Design, Manufacture, Sales and Service of

Radio, Television, and Networking products for use
in Broadcast Communications and related media
industries.
This indiviual site certificate has been issued as a part of a multi-site certification under
file number 19.1841.
Approved by: Approved by:

Kevin D. Mullaney Theresa Feely-Naismith
Chief Executive Officer Operations Manager
Registration Number: 19.1841

Certification Granted: Aug 27, 2001
Effective Date: Apr 01, 2014
Expiry Date: Feb 22, 2016
National Standards Authority of Ireland, 402 Amherst Street, Nashua, New Hampshire, NH 03063, USA T +1 603 882 4412
Page 382 of 461

9001:2008–MSS-ANAB-US (1.6)
of Quality Management System
to I.S. EN ISO 9001:2008
GatesAir
3200 Wismann Lane
Quincy, IL 62305
USA
has been assessed and deemed to comply with the requirements
of the above standard in respect of the scope of operations given
below:

Radio, Television, and Networking products for use
in Broadcast Communications and related media
industries.
This indiviual site certificate has been issued as a part of a multi-site certification under
file number 19.1841.

Registration Number: 19.1841/A

Certification Granted: Dec 22, 1994
Page 383 of 461

9001:2008–MSS-ANAB-US (1.6)
of Environmental Management System
to I.S. EN ISO 14001:2004
GatesAir
3200 Wismann Lane
Quincy, IL 62305
USA
has been assessed and deemed to comply with the requirements of
the above standard in respect of the scope of operations given
below:

Radio, Television, and Networking products for
use in Broadcast Communications and related
media industries.

Registration Number: 14.4127X

Certification Granted: Sep 04, 2007
14001:2004–ANAB-US (2.5) Page 384 of 461


26. Harmonic Technical Statement
Page 385 of 461

ETHIOPIA
DVB-T2 Network Rollout Solution
Technical Description
November – 2014
Presale Engineer: Zohar Adiv
Page 386 of 461

Contents
1. Harmonic General Solution ................................................................................................. 4

1.1 Company Overview ............................................................................................................... 5
1.2 World-Class Video Solutions.................................................................................................. 5
1.3 Industry Recognition ............................................................................................................. 6
1.4 Global Services and Support.................................................................................................. 8
2. System Description ................................................................................................................ 11
2.1 General ................................................................................................................................ 11
2.2 National HE System Architecture ........................................................................................ 14
2.2.1 PVR-7100 Satellite reception Module .............................................................................. 15
2.2.2 Harmonic ProView™ 7100 IRD ......................................................................................... 17
2.2.3 ELECTRA-9200 video encoding Module ........................................................................... 19
2.2.4 Harmonic Electra™ 9200 Encoder .................................................................................... 20
2.2.5 Harmonic Media Center Playout Server ........................................................................... 22
2.2.5.1 MediaCenter Server....................................................................................................... 23
2.2.5.2 Playout ........................................................................................................................... 25
2.2.6 SPECTRUM COMPONENTS ............................................................................................... 27
2.2.6.1 MediaCenter™ System Controllers with Integrated Storage ........................................ 27
2.2.6.2 MediaDeck™ 7000 Integrated Media Server ................................................................ 27
2.2.6.3 ChannelPort™ Integrated Channel Playout Module ................................................. 28
2.2.6.4 MediaStore™ Storage Arrays..................................................................................... 29
2.2.6.5 MediaPort™ I/O Modules .......................................................................................... 30
2.2.6.6 System Manager (NSM-2012) ................................................................................... 31
2.2.6.7 ProDrive ..................................................................................................................... 32
2.2.6.8 Spectrum Media Server Solutions ............................................................................... 34
2.2.7 PSM-9100 Mux Video Stream Processing Module ........................................................... 38
2.2.8 Harmonic Prostream-9100 MUX ...................................................................................... 42
2.2.9 Satellite Modulation and HE Monitoring Module ............................................................ 49
2.2.9.1 Satellite Modulators ...................................................................................................... 50
2.2.9.2 Harmonic SMD-9300 Satellite Modulator ..................................................................... 51
2.2.10 Harmonic NMX-7 Management System ......................................................................... 53
Page 387 of 461

2.2.10.1 NMX Sizing and Scalability........................................................................................... 55
2.2.10.2 Automation.................................................................................................................. 59
2.2.10.3 NMX Redundancy ........................................................................................................ 60
2.2.11 Head End Monitoring System Module ........................................................................... 62
2.2.11.1 DVB Mosaic.................................................................................................................. 63
2.2.12 Regional Earth Station and Monitoring Module ............................................................ 66
2.2.12.1 AVENU-9125 Active SD/HD-SDI DA ........................................................................... 69
2.2.12.2 Monitoring system in Regional Earth Station ............................................................ 71
2.2.13 DVB-T2 SFN Transmitter site .......................................................................................... 73
Conclusion ................................................................................................................................. 76
Page 388 of 461

Statement
Harmonic LTD. thanks the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia for having
the opportunity to present our solution of Digital Head End system.
Harmonic LTD. hereby confirms that it can meet customer requirements and has
the capabilities and capacity to supply customer a stable and secured solution
that conforms to all project goals and expectations.
Harmonic solid experience, technology know-how, market structure and vast

experience in global markets make it an ideal partner and solution provider for
customer.
Harmonic Cost-effective and flexible solutions allow operators to offer a wide

choice of content while saving CAPEX and OPEX for the operator.
The comprehensive solution in this proposal is described, step-by-step, to allow

the end-user to get familiar with the system concept flow and logic.
1. Harmonic General Solution
The proposed systems offered by Harmonic is designed to provide customer an

advanced, reliable and flexible solution for 22 x channels DVB-T2 SFN Head End
(HE), 11 x Regional Earth Stations, 100 x DVB-T2 Transmitter sites, Monitoring
solution for Head End and Regional sites.
Harmonic solution combined of the following major parts:
1. National Head End – 12 local Regional ch’s received by Satellite, 6

International Satellite ch’s according to customer channel lineup and 4
ch’s from Local Playout Server. Four ch’s encoded locally and the rest are
transcoded to MPEG-4 SD.
One of the 22 ch’s plan to be HD but no RFP clarification yet where it is
coming from. The HE is broadcasting 22 VBR ch’s encoded MPEG-4
SD/HD via Satellite uplink to the transmitter sites.
Page 389 of 461

2. Transmitter sites – 74 existing sites with Analog Transmitters which need
to be upgraded to DVB-T2 MFN/SFN and 26 New Transmitter sites. Each
of the 100 transmitter sites, designed to receive a MPTS transport stream
with 22 MPEG-4 encoded ch’s via Satellite downlink.
Note: All 100 Transmitter sites shall be equipped with third party digital
DVB-T2 MFN/SFN exciters ready for DVB-T2 Transmission.
3. Regional Earth Stations – 11 x sites each equipped with up to 4 MPEG-4

SD encoded local ch’s which are distributing over Satellite uplink to the
Main HE, received and combined together a part of the 22 ch’s MPTS
DTT stream.
1.1 Company Overview
We live in the midst of an expanding video economy, driven by innovation,

competition and the emergence of new distribution models — including over-the-
top (OTT) and web-ready delivery — that give consumers instant media access
from any device, anytime, anywhere. While the Pay-TV industry continues to
grow on a global scale, these changing consumer expectations offer content
producers and service provider’s new opportunities to monetize content across a
wider range of platforms.
As consumers enjoy more media on more devices than ever before, the ways in
which that content is produced, packaged and distributed must adapt to address
the increasing demand. Harmonic provides the supply chain infrastructure —
from production through delivery — that enables content producers and service
providers to engage and prosper in today’s video economy.
1.2 World-Class Video Solutions
Harmonic offers a complete range of solutions for increasing production

capabilities, improving video quality and achieving ultra-efficient video delivery.
Page 390 of 461

Broadcast & Media — for content providers and broadcasters, our
broadcast and media solutions address every step in a broadcast workflow.
Optimize efficiency in multi-camera studio and news production environments.
Create news and sports highlights. Edit clips in place on shared storage using
your NLE of choice. And play out a rich, branded channel, complete with
multilayer graphics and dynamic text.
Service Providers — Leveraging our expertise in the cable, Telco and
DTT markets, Harmonic products support service providers’ most-demanding
applications, including HD broadcast, digital turnaround (DTA), OTT video-on-
demand, Multiscreen delivery and switched digital video (SDV). We also simplify
your ability to cost-effectively deliver more bandwidth to the home with industry-
leading solutions for hybrid fiber-coax (HFC) networks.
OTT Operators — optimized for live and file-based Multiscreen video
production and processing, Harmonic digital video delivery systems
performs a wide range of functions including transcoding, packaging and
origination. By supporting all of the industry’s most popular Internet and mobile
formats, we help you deliver the compelling viewing experience your customers
demand — on any device.
Post Production — Harmonic file-based solutions provide the
infrastructure to make video and audio simultaneously accessible to multiple
professionals and their tools, factoring in a high degree of performance and
reliability to streamline even the most complex workflows.
1.3 Industry Recognition
Harmonic holds over 50 technology patents in the United States and other
countries, and has won numerous industry awards. Recent honors include:
2012 SCTE Technological Innovation Award, U.K.: ProMedia Suite, runner

up in the ‘Best digital processing solution’ category
2012 TV Technology STAR Award, Spectrum Channel Port
Page 391 of 461

2011 Broadband Technology Report 4.5 Diamond Rating — ProMedia™
multiscreen production and delivery suite
2011 Broadband Technology Report, 4 Diamond Rating — NSG 9000-
40G HectoQAM®
2011 TelcoTV Vision Award, Innovation in Content Management — Media
Application Server asset management platform with ProXplore™™ media and
workflow management application.
2011 TV Technology Europe STAR Award — Electra 9000 universal
broadcast and multiscreen encoder
2011 SCTE Awards for Technical Innovation, Technological Product of the
Year and Best Digital Processing Solution — NSG 9000-40G HectoQAM
2011 TV Technology STAR Award — Omneon Spectrum MediaPort 7000
I/O module
2011 Broadcast Engineering Excellence Award, Newsroom Technology
Winner — Omneon server deployment at CNN; New Studio or RF Technology,
Station Runner Up — Harmonic deployment at LDS Conference Center
2010 IPTV Excellence Award — ProStream 4000
2010 TMC Cable Spotlight Product of the Year — NSG 9000-40G
HectoQAM
2010 Broadband Gear Report 4.5 Diamond Rating — ProStream 1000
stream processor with ACE® transcoder; Electra 8000 universal SD/HD encoder
with 3D capability
2010 Broadband Gear Report 4 Diamond Rating — PWRBlazer™ HLN
3142E 4x4 segmentable node
2010 Leading Lights Best New Cable Product Award — NSG 9000-40G
HectoQAM
2010 Cable & Satellite International Product of the Year, Best Satellite
Contribution/Distribution/Transmission Solution — DMS™ video distribution
management system
Page 392 of 461

1.4 Global Services and Support
The Global Service and Support organization brings extensive system

integration, technical support and program management experience to Harmonic
customers. With a range of professional services, customer training and support
plans, Global Service and Support helps customers optimize their system
infrastructures and more rapidly deploy new solutions.
Customers around the Globe
Harmonic’s customers, including many of the world’s largest media and

communications companies, deliver services in virtually every country. A partial
list includes:
Cable
Bell Express
Cablevision
Charter Communications
Comcast
Cox Communications
DirecTV
Hunan Cable Group
Kabel BW
SET
SKY Brazil
Sky Italia
Source Cable
Time Warner Cable
Virgin Media
Zon
Page 393 of 461

Broadcast & Internet
BBC Sport
CNN
Dubai Media
ESPN Star Sports
Globosat
HBO Asia
HSE24
M6 Group
NBC Olympics
NDR
New York Racing Association
NRK
PlazaMedia
Shaw Media
Sky Sports
SSG SSR
SWR
Turner UK
Telco
Alpha Networks
Capella Telecommunications
Deutsche Telekom
Netstream
Swisscom
Page 394 of 461

Post Production
Crawford Media Services

Fotokem
Modern VideoFilm
The London Studios
Harmonic, Inc. (NASDAQ: HLIT) is headquartered in San Jose, California, with

over 1,150 employees in locations around the globe.
10
Page 395 of 461

2. System Description
2.1 General
The following document describes Harmonic’s proposed solution for Federal

Democratic Republic of Ethiopia includes Central Head End (HE) with 22 MPEG-
4 SD/HD ch’s, 11 Regional sites and 100 DVB-T2 SFN (could be MFN as well)
transmit sites, each receives and transmit 22 MPEG-4 ch’s Mux.
The Central HE is built of the following main parts:
12 Clear local Regional ch’s received via Satellite

6 International ch’s received from Satellites according to
customer ch lineup.
4 SDI embedded TV ch’s from local Studio via Playout
server
1 HD-SDI TV ch from the total 22 ch’s.
MPEG-4 SD/HD encoding module
Multiplexing and processing module
DVB-T2 SFN (Single Frequency Network) module with T2-
Gateway supports PLP/MPLP schemes.
DVB-S2 Q/8PSK Modulation module
NMX Management system
Monitoring IRD
CAS, SMS and EPG provided by third party vendor
(AUCOM).
HE Monitoring system
11
Page 396 of 461

11 x Regional Earth Stations:
1+1 ELC-9200 MPEG-4 SD Encoders – 4ch’s each
1+1 SMD-9300 Q/8PSK uplink Modulators
Automatic L_band Switch based on GPI alarms
4 ch’s Regional site Monitoring system
74+26 x DVB-T2 SFN Transmitter sites:
74 Analog to Digital DTT Third Party upgradable Transmitter

sites, located in different at different parts of the country.
26 new Digital DTT Transmitter sites using UHF band.
1+1 PVR-7100 Receiver IRD
1+1 PVR-7K ASI Seamless Switch
Each site equipped with 1+1 DVB-T2 Exciter provided by
third party vendor.
12
Page 397 of 461

Harmonic Demarcation Notes:
a. Required L_band feeds for reception of 12 Regional encoded services

from Satellite supplied by SI using L_band splitter connected to Harmonic
Central HE rack L_band Termination panel.
b. Required L_band feeds for reception of 6 International ch’s provided by SI
vendor and connected to Harmonic HE rack L_band Termination panel.
c. 4 SDI embedded studio sources provided by customer via playout server
and connected to Harmonic HE Rack SDI Termination panel.
d. Nagra CAS, SMS and EPG in central HE supplied by AUCOM and located
in separate racks. Onsite Integration is required between CAS and
harmonic engineers.
e. Required CAMs and smart cards for PVR-7100 DTA HE IRD’s supply by
the customer according to its final ch lineup.
f. Assuming the Modulators and uplink HPA located in a separate room, the
output feeds from 1+1 T2-GW’s are ASI ended with rack ASI output
Termination Panel.
Since no clear info regarding the distance between HE to Modulators
rooms, we assume a maximum distance of 150 Meters. Quality ASI Data
cabling and wiring to be provided and taking care by Third Party vendor /
Customer.
g. Harmonic 1+1 DVB-S2 Modulators are located in a separate together with
HE Monitoring system equipment. ASI Termination Panel (T/P) is the rack
inputs and L-band T/P is the rack output. Required ASI Data cables and
Ethernet management cables between Main HE and Modulators racks to
be taking care by Third Party Vendor / Customer.
h. Wired Racks plus Monitoring for 11 x Regional sites provided by
Harmonic, SD/HD-SDI T/P rack input and L_Band T/P rack output.
i. 74+26 Remote sites – Wired racks and Monitoring provided by SI.
13
Page 398 of 461

2.2 National HE System Architecture
Figure-1: National DVB-T2 SFN Head End
14
Page 399 of 461

2.2.1 PVR-7100 Satellite reception Module
Figure-2: 18 DTA ch’s reception Module
15
Page 400 of 461

Eighteen Satellite programs to be received in the Main HE. Twelve of those are
regional CLEAR ch’s encoded MPEG-4 SD CBR with max. 2.2Mbps output bit
rate per each, using 7+1 cold standby PVR-7100 DTA IRD’s, each equipped with
4xL_band inputs, 4xCI-CAM’s and dual IP outputs. Each IRD is planning to
receive minimum 1 ch and maximum 4 ch’s and up ready for futuer expansion.
The IRD’s feed out 12 clear ch’s over its dual IP TS output, connected to Main
and Backup data switches (Cisco-3750X-TE) accordingly and from there to the
1+1 Prostream Mux’s.
The other Six International Satellite encrypted ch’s will be received by additional
and similar 6+1 cold standby PVR-7100 DTA IRD’s connected to Main and
Backup Data switches and to 1+1 Prostream MUX’s. Assuming those ch’s are
encrypted, required CAMs and smart cards per each IRD shall be supply by the
customer, while each shall be able to decrypt required number of services
according to final ch’s line up. The SI shall take care to connect all required
L_band sources to Harmonic L_Band T/P taking care for required polarization via
required external L_band splitters which will be located out of Harmonic rack. In
case fault in one of the Main IRD’s, the user will take care manually to replace
the faulty one with the backup PVR-7100 IRD which serves 18xDTA IRD’s.
16
Page 401 of 461

2.2.2 Harmonic ProView™ 7100 IRD
The Harmonic ProView™ 7100 is the industry’s first 1RU, scalable, multi-format
integrated receiver-decoder (IRD), transcoder and MPEG stream processor.
Leveraging Harmonic expertise in intelligent function integration, it adds
broadcast-quality MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) and MPEG-2 video compression to the
feature-rich ProView IRD platform, allowing content providers, broadcasters,
cable MSOs and Telco’s to easily and cost-effectively streamline their workflows
and decrease operating costs.
The ProView 7100 addresses the vast spectrum of content reception

applications, from single-channel decoding and MPEG-4 AVC-to- MPEG-2
transcoding to DVB descrambling and re multiplexing of multiple transport
streams. With an advanced and dense multi-channel descrambler, the ProView
7100 simplifies the deployment of (or migration to) an all-IP headend solution,
and powers the launch of added-value services such as HD. The flexible
hardware design can be easily reconfigured by a firmware upgrade, enabling
seamless adaptation to new inbound video formats and codecs, such as the
transition from SD MPEG-2 to HD AVC.
The ProView 7100 supports a rich set of input options, ranging from multiple
DVB-S/S2 to IP and DVB-ASI, allowing it to mesh with any headend architecture
and enabling support for advanced content delivery redundancy schemes, such
as primary satellite and backup IP network feeds.
Utilizing powerful processing capabilities, the ProView 7100 offers next-

generation deterministic SFN re multiplexing (DSR) to dramatically reduce the
distribution network bandwidth of regional program replacement in DVB-T SFN
broadcasts. By using DSR, the local regional programs are synchronously
included in the SFN multiplex at each transmitting site, avoiding the need for full
multiplex regional retransmission.
17
Page 402 of 461

The ProView 7100 performs any-to-any transcoding of up to eight channels of
H.264 to MPEG-2, allowing programmers to efficiently distribute superior-quality
video content while using minimal satellite transponder capacity. Content can be
received and transcoded to any resolution required.
Highlights
Fully integrated platform combines all headend reception functionality with

any-to-any Remultiplexing
Four TS descramblers with four integrated DVB-CI slots
Single/dual-channel decoder
Four stereo pairs of audio decoding
High-quality H.264-to-MPEG-2 transcoding with down conversion option
Two ASI Inputs and Four independent ASI outputs
Four IP socket outputs with 1+1 redundancy support
HD-SDI, SD-SDI, HDMI and analog video outputs
Figure-3: PVR-7100 IRD
18
Page 403 of 461

2.2.3 ELECTRA-9200 video encoding Module
Figure-4: Video Encoding Module
Four local studio SDI Embedded channels are connected over 75 ohms BNC’s
connectors to Harmonic rack SD/HD-SDI Termination panel, from T/P to 4 In/Out
SDI ch’s Harmonic Playout Server, from Playout to 16x16 SD/HD Matrix,
supports Electra encoder’s automatic redundancy controls by NMX and from
Matrix to 1+1 Quad Ch MPEG-4 SD Electa-9200 encoders.
Each Electra encoder feed out main and backup MPEG over IP TS outputs
connected to main and backup data switches than to the 1+1 PSM-9100
multiplexers. The encoders equipped with VBR license which gives the PSM-
19
Page 404 of 461

9100 Mux ability to dynamically control each channel bit rate in real time
according to the complexity of the encoded content, keeping the overall VBR
pool bit rate as CBR required by the modulators.
The NMX management system is taking care for configuration, monitoring alarms
and auto Reduanncy activation. In case of indicating urgent alarm from faulty
encoder, this will be replaced with its backup one taking care to switch the
sources from faulty to the backup encoder via the 16x16 SDI matrix.
Note: The 16x16 SD/HD Matrix is ready for flexible future expansion of additional
8 x local SD/HD ch’s (total 12 ch) with minimum sys interruption.
2.2.4 Harmonic Electra™ 9200 Encoder
Figure-5: Electra-9200 Encoder
The latest evolution of Harmonic’s market-leading Electra™ compression family,

the Electra 9200 is a multi-channel, multi-service encoder in a compact, energy-
efficient 1-RU chassis. Part of a complete video headend solution, the encoder
supports main and secondary SD or HD channels of constant bitrate (CBR) or
variable bitrate (VBR) video using either MPEG-2 or MPEG-4 AVC encoding. It
offers high bandwidth efficiency and channel density—up to four audio/video
input processing modules per chassis.
Superior video quality merges with Harmonic intelligent function integration in the
Electra 9200 to deliver a high-performance unit that helps increase efficiency
while lowering service providers’ capital and operating expenses.
Comprehensive features include integrated audio encoding tools, GbE
networking, flexible internal video routing, and enhanced serviceability via
20
Page 405 of 461

removable power supplies, fan assembly, compression modules and processing
cards.
IOM-RAC2 Optional Audio Card
Encoding, decoding and transcoding of up to 16 audio services

MPEG-1 Layer II, AC-3, E-AC-3 and AAC/HE-AAC encoding
MPEG-1 Layer II, AC-3, E-AC-3 and AAC/HE-AAC and Dolby E decoding
MPEG-1 Layer II, AC-3, E-AC-3, AAC/HE-AAC and Dolby E pass-through
Highlights:
High-quality low-bitrate MPEG-2 or MPEG-4 AVC encoding of SD or HD

video with Harmonic’s Hierarchical Look Ahead and pre-processing technologies
Optional dual independently compressed outputs per input
Up to 8 broadcast services per chassis
Flexible internal video router feeds any audio/video processing module
from any source
Broadcast-grade up/down converter and deinterlacer
Integrated statmux, or statmux over IP for LAN and WAN
High-quality integrated decoding with FLEX® technology option
Harmonic’s Iris advanced analytics for video quality monitoring
Rich audio functionality
21
Page 406 of 461

2.2.5 Harmonic Media Center Playout Server
Figure-6: Media Center Playout Server
The system proposed by Harmonic includes 1 Spectrum MediaCenter server,

supporting 4x channels ingest + 4 channels playout.
All I/O interfaces are SDI with IP (1GbE) connections.
The control of the different modules is done via API over the network.
22
Page 407 of 461

The Harmonic solution does NOT include the following components:
Content VTRs / DVDs

Required Workstations or servers for ProDrive playout control and for
Carbon file transcoding FW.
2.2.5.1 MediaCenter Server
The Video Server is first configured and installed with the Harmonic System
Manager application (NSM-2012). This is where the initial configuration is being
set up and all the licenses are loaded. The proposed Server for Ingest and for
Playout is a Spectrum MediaCenter. It is a 2RU chassis with its own Linux-based
file system. It includes 12x 2TB E-SATA drives that are arranged in 2 groups of
4+2 RAID set. Should any 2 disks fail, another one will kick-in automatically
without any damage to the data (video clips).
The disks are hot swappable, and the failed-disk can be removed and replaced
with a working one, as the system is up and running. The overall usable storage
capacity of each MediaCenter is 16TB (approx. 1270 hours of content ingested
@ 25 Mbps on average). Each Server also has dual power supplies, can be hot
swapped should 1 of them fail.
Each MediaCenter has 8x1Gb Ethernet interfaces in the back. One interface is
connected to the network switch to transfer clips in and out of the storage and to
receive control commands via the Spectrum API from the external applications.
Using this interface the File System allows for an overall of 1.6 Gbps of IP
read/write bandwidth.
Additional 4 interfaces are connected in a private point-to-point connection one

per each module. This connection is used the real-time transfer of the media
clips (either in for ingest, or out for playout) and must be a direct one and cannot
be connected to any external network device such as hub/router or switch.
23
Page 408 of 461

The I/O modules (MIPs and CPTs) are dual-channel SD/HD-SDI modules, and
are fitted in a 1RU dedicated MPC-7002 chassis. The modules chassis (MPC-
7002) is 1RU and has dual power supply units. It includes a front-panel led
screen that can give the operator a real-time status of the media clips that are
ingested / played. For more advanced monitoring, including mails and SNMP
traps, the operator should use the NSM-2012 system manager.
Ingest process of encoding SDI sources into files, media clips, will be done on a
dedicated MediaCenter Server. Customer SDI source content interfaces will be
connected to Harmonic rack SDI Termination Panel.
4 outputs will be connected to the MIP-7100-DVS dual output modules, 2 from

each module.
The ingest process will be controlled and scheduled via each of the 2 Ingest
Stations supplied by customer, using a ProDrive application. The operator will be
able to schedule the ingest process and assign metadata information to the files,
such as clips names and duration. The operator will also be able to trim clips with
the basic editing features of ProDrive. Each ingested clip can be predefined in
the System Manager to support DV, IMX and MPEG Long GOP file formats in up
to 50 Mbps. The Metadata wrapper of the ingest channel can be also predefined
to support many wrapper options the main ones would be MXF OP1a and
QuickTime MOV self-contained. Each clip can be predefined to support up to 16
discrete audio channels. All the clips will be stored in the online built-in storage of
the MediaCenter server. Once the ingesting process is over, the customer editors
will be able to pull the clips via FTP from the MediaCenter storage. They will then
be able to edit and finalize the clips using a standard NLE provided by customer
or SI (such as Adobe Premiere, Apple FCP etc.).
Once finalized the editor will now be able to push and load the clips via FTP to
the Playout Server. If needed, the finalized clips can be archived for future use to
customer provided NAS storage.
24
Page 409 of 461

2.2.5.2 Playout
The Playout is done via the Spectrum MediaCenter video server using MIP-7100
DVS modules. The operator controls the scheduling of the Playout clips via each
of the 2 x ProDrive Playout workstations. There are a total of 4 channels that are
scheduled and controlled using the ProDrive.
Additional information
The system offered also includes a 24x 1GbE ports switch which all the
components, MediaCenter, ProDrive Workstations, and the NSM-2012 will be
connected. An additional connection should be allocated also to the local NAS
storage in case will be added in futuer.
The MIP-7100 modules should be connected to an external professional synch

Black Burst generator such as ADVC-G4.
Key Benefits:
Scalability
The proposed solution is easily scalable by adding more chassis of the

MediaCenter servers, with the needed amount of additional channels for
Ingest/Playout.
The Ingest/Playout control application, ProDrive, is a license-based

solution that can also be purchased to control the additional servers.
Simplicity
The system proposed has a single building-block, whereby both Ingest

and Playout channels are connected to the same server.
The system components are configured once upon setup. Once

configured the solution is easily operated via the relevant UI.
Reliability
25
Page 410 of 461

The MediaCenter video server is designed for real-time operations and
has been installed with many tier-1 customers across the world.
Its unique file system, which is Linux based is highly reliable and its
performance is rock-solid.
MediaDirectors™ are the core of the Spectrum system, actively managing the
flow of data to and from other Spectrum components, such as MediaStore™
storage arrays and MediaPort™ media I/O modules. MediaDirectors provide the
necessary processing power and interface connections to support a wide range
of configurations and workflows. Each MediaDirector contains processing power
that can be dedicated to either real-time or IP packet processing, as well as a
number of interfaces for both internal and external connectivity, including:
• High-speed connectivity to media I/O modules

• Fibre Channel interfaces to storage arrays
• Ethernet ports for connectivity to external applications and storage devices over
FTP, AFP or CIFS.
Multiple MediaDirector units can be linked together while still sharing a common
file system to create massive scalability of channels or IP bandwidth or both.
MediaDirectors, individually and as a cluster, strictly manage overall system
bandwidth to ensure uninterrupted real-time operations, even under heavy IP file
transfer loads.
MediaDirectors are designed with a Flash®-based real-time OS for fast start up

and diskless operation, eliminating the risk of a system disk failure.
MediaDirectors utilize software RAID file system management for more efficient
recovery of data in the event of a disk drive failure. To ensure system resiliency
and maximum reliability, all MediaDirectors have redundant power supplies and
cooling fans for uninterrupted operation.
26
Page 411 of 461

2.2.6 SPECTRUM COMPONENTS
2.2.6.1 MediaCenter™ System Controllers with Integrated Storage

MediaCenter™ is a multi-channel controller for Spectrum media servers that
combines integrated storage with MediaPort connectivity to deliver moderate
channel counts and flexibility at an exceptional value. MediaCenter supports up
to 16 TB of storage, up to three fully populated external MediaPort I/O devices for
four to 12 channels of multi-format record and play, and all Spectrum-compatible
software applications. Like all Spectrum family products, MediaCenter provides
the highest degree of reliability and serviceability through redundant and hot-
swappable components, such as power supplies and disk drives.
2.2.6.2 MediaDeck™ 7000 Integrated Media Server
Figure-7: Media Deck 7000
MediaDeck™ 7000 delivers the broadcast quality and mission-critical reliability of

the world’s leading transmission server in a convenient and cost-effective
package. The integrated system packs up to four video channels, Gigabit
Ethernet connectivity and 3+1 RAID storage into a compact 1-RU chassis. With
MediaDeck 7000, even the smallest broadcast and video production operations
can implement robust server-based ingest and playout operations or
sophisticated file-based workflows for a broad range of video formats. Based on
the proven Spectrum architecture, MediaDeck 7000 is immediately deployable
with over a hundred third-party automation and production applications.
27
Page 412 of 461

2.2.6.3 ChannelPort™ Integrated Channel Playout Module
Spectrum ChannelPort™ speeds the cost-effective deployment of new SD and
HD television channels by integrating clip playback, dynamic branding and
master control switching on a single device. The module makes it easy to add
rich branding elements to video playout using standard graphics applications and
image formats. Support for a broad range of automation systems offers
customers the freedom to choose what’s best for their workflows.
ChannelPort modules provide plug-and-play compatibility with MediaPort 7000

I/O components and MediaDirector 2200 and MediaCenter controllers, so they
can be installed into existing Spectrum infrastructures at any time and scale out
as requirements evolve. ChannelPort may even be installed directly into
MediaPort 7000 or MediaDeck 7000 chassis to conserve rack space and further
ease system installation.
Figure-8: Integrated Channel Port
28
Page 413 of 461

2.2.6.4 MediaStore™ Storage Arrays
MediaStore provides scalable and reliable high-performance disk-based shared
storage for all content stored in the Spectrum system. MediaStore storage arrays
contain up to 16 high-performance Fibre Channel disk drives with several disk
capacity options that allow broadcasters to further tailor a system to their needs.
Since all of the disk subsystem management is provided in software by
MediaDirectors, including all file system and RAID information, there is no
hardware controller required, allowing the disk drives to be arranged in a simple
Switched Bunch of Disks (SBOD) configuration.
Spectrum supports advanced pre failure storage diagnostics, allowing operators

to proactively replace drives before critical errors might occur. User-configurable
alerts and notifications further enable broadcasters to maintain and manage
MediaStore storage systems. Independent and redundant hot-swappable power
supplies with automatic failover, hot-swappable disk drives, hot spares and
integrated fans all combine to offer the highest level of hardware resiliency.
MediaStores support 7 TB of usable capacity in a single 16-disk array when

equipped with 600 GB drives. One to 24 arrays may be linked in a single
Spectrum system, creating a shared pool of storage as large as 168 TB.
Configurations with 300 GB and 450 GB drives are also supported. Storage
capacity can be added at any time without disrupting on-air operations.
Deterministic Fibre Channel connectivity between MediaStores and the rest of
the system ensures guaranteed bandwidth required for real-time media
operations.
29
Page 414 of 461

2.2.6.5 MediaPort™ I/O Modules
Spectrum MediaPort I/O modules perform system-wide encoding and decoding
for real-time ingest and playout of content. The modules attach in manageable
increments so that systems can be configured to meet exact requirements for
channel count and video compression formats. When expansion is needed,
additional MediaPorts can be added without taking down the system. MediaPorts
for different media formats can be combined within a single system, including
support for both SD and HD at the same time. Every channel can be individually
controlled by an automation system or a hardware controller.
Video, audio and timecode information is stored as data on the Spectrum.

MediaPorts accurately capture and replay all information contained in the video
stream — including VBI and VANC. The modules support up to 16 channels of
embedded audio, fully supporting even the most demanding multi-language
broadcasting requirements.
MediaPorts support a broad range of formats, channel counts and record/play

capabilities. The flexible MediaPort 7000 series offers a wide range of features
and formats through modules to create a Spectrum system that supports both
current and future requirements. Up to two modules fit in a MediaPort 7000
chassis. MediaPort 7100 and 7300 modules support DV and MPEG-2 SD and
HD functionality, and MediaPort 7600 modules support DV, MPEG-2 and AVC-
Intra.
30
Page 415 of 461

2.2.6.6 System Manager (NSM-2012)
NSM-2012 is a windows-based User Interface with access via a Browser used

for configuring, monitoring, and managing Spectrum family of components. The
User Interface consists of a set of dynamic HTML pages which display in a web
browser running on the SystemManager platform or client PC Web Browser
Support: Internet Explorer 6.0 or later, and any browser compatible with DOM,
Java Script, and HTML standards.
SystemManager Platform
Client PC
Figure-9: NSM-2012 System Manager
31
Page 416 of 461

2.2.6.7 ProDrive
Fully integrated, cost effective, software control platform for Spectrum &
MediaDeck controls the Harmonic Server over your IP network using the mature
and comprehensive APIs. Quick to install, configure, learn and use.
Figure-10: ProDrive Playout
Clip Preparation Functionality:
Load & Review All Server Content

− Navigate all clips on the server (even while still recording) and load
on a review port for manipulation
Jog & Shuttle Through Clips
− Navigate through clips using familiar jog & shuttle functionality
Change Clips In & Out Points
− Mark new in & out points to remove handles, perform simple
compliance edits etc.
Automatically Create New Sub-clips
32
Page 417 of 461

− Automatically create new sub-clips based on new in & out points
entered in the application. Content is then immediately available for
playout
Playout Functionality:
Clip Playout
− Load clips on to your playout channel or simply add them to the list
of currently playing content
Playlist Creation & Manipulation
− Create and edit complex playlists containing any of the content in
your Omneon Server, including clips that are still recording
Common Playlist Functionality
− Add Loop and Bounce functionality to any clip in your Playlist, or
the entire playlist. Add new events to the playlist even while the list
is playing
Playlist Import & As Run Export
− Import your playlist from another application and export As Run
logs from ProDrive to ensure what was supposed to go to air went
to air
33
Page 418 of 461

2.2.6.8 Spectrum Media Server Solutions
As the established market leader in video server and storage technologies,

Spectrum™ provides the ideal platform for producers and television
professionals to streamline their operation and
implement file-based workflows. Spectrum is used by
broadcasters worldwide to support efficient tapeless
television operations, while ensuring maximum
reliability and flexibility. Broadcasters of all sizes have
deployed Spectrum systems to achieve a range of
objectives:
Migrate from analog to digital to comply with national regulations.
Transition from tape to disk to improve operational efficiency.
Upgrade from SD to HD to improve broadcast quality.
Expand from single channel to multi-channel operations to address

increased market demand.
By combining expertise in broadcast media technologies with the best

practices of information technology, Spectrum delivers cost-effective, open
and flexible media servers that meet the demanding requirements of
broadcast environments.
MODULAR ARCHITECTURE
The Spectrum media server system is designed around a modular architecture

that allows for maximum configuration flexibility and adaptability to future
changes. Every system can be precisely tailored to each customer unique
requirements, and new channels, more storage even more system bandwidth
can be added at any time. Because major elements of a Spectrum system are
contained within independent components, reliability and fault tolerance are
34
Page 419 of 461

maximized. In the unlikely event of a failure of one component, the rest of the
system can continue to operate uninterrupted.
Spectrum System Components
MediaPort
MediaPort
Ethernet MediaDirector
Ethernet MediaCenter
Fiber
Channel
MediaStore
Figure-11: Spectrum Solutions
SMART SCALABILITY™
With Spectrum’s unique modular architecture, adding storage or channels is as

simple as plugging in a new component. Spectrum media servers are designed
with Smart Scalability™, ensuring that the investment is always protected.
Virtually every function of the system is independently scalable, so users are not
locked into an architecture that doesn’t fit evolving needs. Smart Scalability
allows an initial system configuration to precisely match a customer’s
requirements, and then grow in smart, manageable increments. In many cases,
these upgrades and additions can be performed on a system without taking it off
the air.
FLEXIBILITY TO FIT ANY WORKFLOW
As the industry’s leading media server platform, Spectrum is deployed in

hundreds of broadcast facilities throughout the world, supporting every type of
broadcast workflow, including:
35
Page 420 of 461

Transmission, live studio production and news production.
Small facilities requiring just a few channels to the largest transmission

and production environments.
International broadcasters with multiple language requirements.
Spectrum flexibility starts with the broadest support for multiple video
formats and file wrappers. Users can choose the components that match
their requirements, rather than having to adjust to a limited selection of
video formats. In addition to broad media format support, Spectrum
provides a wide range of powerful media processing functions needed
across many different types of facilities, including:
Back-to-back playback of clips of different formats.
Playback of SD and HD clips on the same timeline.
Integrated up/down/crossconversion.
Up to 96 channels of audio per video clip, and API-based track stacking

for multi-language applications.
Aspect ratio signaling to downstream equipment.
Full VBI and VANC support
Platform flexibility extends to the applications used to drive broadcast operations.

Spectrum leverages industry-standard media wrappers (including QuickTime and
MXF) as well as open networking protocols (including FTP, AFP and CIFS) to
enable direct access to content by any file-based media application. Combined,
these features give broadcasters the freedom to choose from the widest range of
best-of-breed applications for an end-to-end solution.
36
Page 421 of 461

ROCK-SOLID RELIABILITY
Media servers are complex and incorporate a huge number of both moving and
non-moving parts, all of which are susceptible to failure. The measure of
reliability for a media server is not how rarely a component fails but rather what
happens to the overall system when a component does fail. Spectrum media
server systems are designed specifically to eliminate all single points of failure,
and isolate potential failure points so that if one component does go down, it
does not disrupt operations across the rest of the system. Reliability benefits
include:
• Disconnection of a media I/O module causes only that unit to stop operating
until replaced or reconnected, while no other component in the system is
affected.
• In a system constructed with multiple MediaDirector system control units, the

failure of one does not disrupt file system access by all others.
• Redundant Fibre Channel cabling to the disk storage arrays ensures continuous
operations even in the event of a broken or disconnected cable.
• Failure of a disk drive does not result in loss of content or even a dropped
frame; and with software-based smart data rebuild procedures, the exposure to a
second failure is significantly reduced compared to hardware-based RAID
systems.
The isolation of component failures to minimize overall system vulnerability is a

key architectural advantage of the Spectrum system, lowering the risk of a
catastrophic failure since the impact of a failed component is limited to only a
portion of the system. Components are also hot-swappable, so they can be
quickly replaced while the system remains operational.
37
Page 422 of 461

2.2.7 PSM-9100 Mux Video Stream Processing Module
Figure-12: Video Stream Processing Module
38
Page 423 of 461

The Video/Stream Processing module is based on 1+1 Harmonic Prostream-
9100 mux, processing and scrambling platform. Each Prostream-9100 receives 4
VBR local encoded ch’s from Electra-9200 encoders and 18 clear ch’s received
from satellites by DTA IRD’s, which combined of 12 x MPEG-4 CBR Regional
ch’s and additional 6x International ch’s (assuming MPEG-2/4 SD encoding).
Those 18 programs are transcoded with Prostream ACE to MPEG-4 SD VBR
using Divitrack-MX license. Each Prostream-9100 equipped with 2 x ACE
transcoding cards support transcoding of up to 15 MPEG-4 SD or 5 MPEG-4 HD
ch’s per each.
The PSM-9100 also uses DiV_IP pool license to dynamically controls the
statistical multiplexing of the 4 local SDI ch’s encoded by Electra-9200 encoder.
Each mux equipped with main and backup copper GbE inputs and performs
multiplexing, statistical Multiplexing (DTMX for transcoded ch’s and DiviTrack_IP
for local encoded ch’s) and scrambling. Each PSM-9K mux will be configured to
feed out one single MPTS Mux carry 22 ch’s over ASI TS output connected
directly to Enensys ASI Guard Seamless switch who taking care automatically to
switch between faulty to backup mux upon indicating ETR-290 urgent alarm
without affecting on mux TS output and DTT transmitter synchronization.
The ASI Guard switch feed out the Main mux TS over exact 2 x similar ASI TS
outputs and feeds the 1+1 Enensys PLP/MPLP NN6 T2-Gateway SFN adaptor
uses for MIP insertion and synchronization between Main HE to the DVB-T2
transmitters located in the 100 x remote transmitter sites.
The NN6-T2 Gateway is a DVB-T2 Gateway that encapsulates one or several

MPEG-2 Transport Streams into a DVB-T2 multiplex, inserts synchronization
data to allow Single Frequency Network broadcasting, allocate data into the
different Physical Layer Pipes (PLP) and generates T2-MI packets over ASI or
IP. The NN6-T2 Gateway is the central body of the operational DVB-T2 network
as it provides in-band control and signaling to all the DVB-T2 modulators. When
using Multiple PLP (Physical Layer Pipes) to provide service-specific robustness,
39
Page 424 of 461

the NN6-T2 Gateway enables all the modulators to generate the same data in a
deterministic manner.
Running at the head-end, the NN6-T2 Gateway encapsulates the MPEG-2 TS
stemming from a typical DVB-T multiplexer into DVB-T2 Base Band frames. It
outputs the resulting DVB-T2 multiplex using the T2-MI (Modulator Interface)
protocol through ASI or IP over a single PID which cannot be decoded by regular
IRD/STB.
ENENSYS' patented technology, T2Guard, is the unique 1+1 redundancy
mechanism that guarantees a seamless switch-over in SFN and MFN modes to
avoid any TV black-out during switch-over operation between two redundant T2
Gateways. The T2Guard applies with two T2Gateways that are redundant with
ASI or IP Guard ENENSYS' seamless switch. The T2- Gateway located in the
HE and the DVB-T2 modulators located in all the DVB-T2 transmitter sites
equipped with built in GPS receiver which gives an accurate synch clock with
1xPPS and 1x10MHz outputs. External GPS Antenna is connected to each of the
T2- Gateways and DVB-T2 modulators where located.
The T2-MI TS from ASI Guard switch is feeding both 1+1 DVB-S2 modulators for
Satellite uplink distributing 22 encoded ch’s to the 100 DVB-T2 Remote
Transmitter sites.
In the proposed topology the Prostream-9100 performs the following:
Multiplexing - allowing to multiplexing all IP input transport streams using

the Prostream full connectivity and feed it out via IP output.
Scrambling - Prostream family has a built-in Scrambling capability. In this

proposal the Prostream-9100 performs the Scrambling on all required
services and output a single encrypted (single CAS license) MPTS over IP
output.
40
Page 425 of 461

DiviTrack_IP – The Prostream equipped with single DiviTrack IP
statistical multiplexing pool license enable the multiplex to control
dynamically the video bit rate of each of the local encoded services
according to the complexity of the content. Each PSM-9K is capable to
process of up to 64 VBR services (in a single StatMux group or up to 8
StatMux groups according to quoted licenses).
Divitrack_MX - The Prostream equipped with internal single Divitrack_MX

statistical multiplexing pool license enable the multiplex to control
dynamically the video bit rate of each of the transcoded ch’s according to
the complexity of the content.
Audio Leveling – Optional Audio Level Adjustment solution is based on
Jünger Level Magic™ technology integrated on the ACE processing card
and requires audio transcoding and leveling licenses (not part of this
quotation).
EPG, SMS and DVB CAS are not part of Harmonic equipment, will be provided
by AUCOM, located in separated racks and require onsite integration. The EPG
generator is connected to main and backup Prostream-9100 mux’s via the traffic
switches, the DVB CAS is connected directly to both PSM-9K via IP Ethernet port
taking care to encrypt the required services before encapsulating by the
Modulators.
41
Page 426 of 461

2.2.8 Harmonic Prostream-9100 MUX
Figure-13: Prostream-9100
As an ever-increasing quantity of media is consumed through an ever-increasing

variety of services including mobile, connected TV, VOD and OTT — content
owners and service providers need an efficient solution for delivering rich video
content to multiple devices. They also need to contain costs. The Harmonic
ProStream® 9100 with ACE® helps overcome these challenges with the
industry’s highest-density solution for the processing and transcoding of SD and
HD video and audio for broadcast and multiscreen distribution.
The latest evolution of Harmonic’s ProStream platform, the 1-RU ProStream

9100 with ACE delivers superior video quality and the flexibility to support
multiple complex digital processing applications, such as digital turnaround, any-
to-any audio and video transcoding, and live adaptive streaming. It addresses
current broadcast and multiscreen I/O formats — and scales easily to
accommodate future formats.
ProStream 9100 with ACE feature an ultrahigh-density architecture that

dramatically reduces the amount of rack space required to meet growing
processing and transcoding requirements. System flexibility and workflow
versatility are achieved with modular audio/video processing modules and next-
generation, high capacity IP processing cards. Low power consumption, high
reliability and simplified serviceability result in a best-in-class, multiformat
platform that offers superior video quality and OPEX.
42
Page 427 of 461

High Performance, High Efficiency High-performance data throughput is a
cornerstone function of the ProStream 9100. The platform’s next generation GbE
I/O module delivers 1 Gb of IP throughput for the multiplexing and scrambling of
up to 250 services.
ProStream 9100 also accommodates up to four ACE audio/video processing

modules per chassis. This processing power offers high density and helps users
maximize the value of their assets by enabling any-to-any transcoding of:
• 60 SD or 20 HD MPEG-2 or MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) broadcast services per

RU
• Up to 20 SD/HD multiscreen inputs and 80 output profiles per RU
• Dolby® E, Dolby Digital (AC-3), Dolby Digital Plus (E-AC-3), AAC, HE-
AAC and MPEG-1 Layer II audio codecs
•
Technical Benefits
Powerful Transcoding
ACE video processing cards enable high-density, any-to-any transcoding of 60

SD or 20 HD MPEG-2 and H.264 broadcast services; up to 20 SD/HD
multiscreen inputs, outputting up to 80 profiles; and all audio codecs on a 1 RU
platform.
Built-In Broadcast Down converting
ProStream 9100 with ACE features integrated HD-to-SD down conversion,

making the launch of differentiated services, such as an all-HD broadcast of the
SD lineup, simple and cost effective.
Optimized Multiscreen Workflows
ProStream 9100 with ACE fits seamlessly into a Harmonic ProMedia™

multiscreen workflow, providing an optimized solution for producing and
preparing content
43
Page 428 of 461

for adaptive bitrate streaming. Multiscreen baseline, main and high profile modes
are supported.
Enhanced Audio Processing
Featuring on-board audio processing and transcoding, ProStream 9100 with ACE
can natively transcode up to three stereo pairs or a single multichannel (codec
dependent), and perform complex audio processing tasks such as transcoding
from MPEG-1 Layer II to AC-3 or AAC+. For U.S. service providers, integrated
Jünger Level Magic™ audio level adjustment enables compliance with the CALM
Act by automatically eliminating audio level changes both within a channel (such
as during commercial breaks) and when switching from one channel to another.
High-Throughput IP Processing
ProStream 9100 IP I/O modules deliver throughput of 1 Gb and support up to

250 multiplexing and scrambling services. Two integrated 10 GbE interfaces
reduce the number of router ports required and enable a simplified IP addressing
scheme. Separate modules are available for ASI and 8VSB input.
Flexible Multiplexing
A complete range of IP, ASI and 8VSB remultiplexing functionality is supported

by ProStream 9100, including PID remapping, PID prioritization and filtering,
DVB-EIT and PSIP table regeneration, PCR generation, TS and mirroring.
Harmonic DiviTrackMX™ technology enables a multichannel, closed-loop, high-
quality 4:1 HD and 16:1 SD “statmux in a box.” Our DiviTrackIP™ option
integrates multiplexing and IP switching by connecting ProStream units and
Harmonic Electra™ encoders across a LAN or WAN, allowing any ProStream in
the network to efficiently manage the encoders’ statmux pools.
Advanced Scrambling
Fully compliant with widely implemented industry protocols, ProStream 9100

scrambling technology delivers stability and reliability. The platform supports
44
Page 429 of 461

DVB SimulCrypt versions 1, 2 and 3, and allows for the simultaneous connection
of up to 30 different conditional access (CA) systems from all leading vendors. It
also supports AES encryption technologies for scrambling and descrambling
applications.
High Reliability, Simplified Serviceability
Maintenance on ProStream 9100 with ACE is simplified with a removable front

panel and hot-swappable processing cards, dual power supplies and fan
assemblies. These thoughtful serviceability features improve system reliability
and reduce the chance for down time — increasing the ability to generate
revenue.
Control and Management
ProStream 9100 with ACE is easily configured and operated through either a
stand-alone web interface or Harmonic’s NMX™ Digital Service Manager video
management system, designed for mass configuring, monitoring and automated
redundancy in centralized or distributed architectures.
Figure-14: Prostream-9100
45
Page 430 of 461

Technical Highlights:
• Up to four audio/video processing modules per chassis, configurable for

broadcast or multiscreen
• High-density transcoding of 60 SD or 20 HD MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 AVC
broadcast channels
• 20 SD/HD inputs with up to 80 OTT multiscreen output profiles
• IP, ASI and 8VSB I/O
• Multiplexing of up to 250 services
• Up to 16 integrated statmux pools
• Advanced remultiplexing, scrambling and descrambling
• Any-to-any audio transcoding
• Integrated Jünger Level Magic™ audio level adjustment
• HD-to-SD downconversion
• Support for Picture-in-Picture and Microsoft Mediaroom applications
• Dual power supplies
Figure-15: Prostream-9100 with ACE Capabilities
46
Page 431 of 461

ProStream-9100 Redundancy:
Port redundancy
GbE port redundancy is available for input over IP (both channels continuously
receive the same input stream) and output over IP (both channels are connected
to the same destination, typically through different IP networks).
GbE ports can be configured as:
Independent Ports - each port receives another feed.

Manual - the GbE ports are working in redundancy mode. Once Manual is
selected, the Active Port list appears. This list allows to set the active port.
Automatic - the GbE ports are working in redundancy mode and with
automatic redundancy switch.
Input Socket Redundancy

This feature lets the multiplexer use two distinct sockets to carry the same
content, to ensure continued service in case one of the sources becomes
unavailable. The multiplexer monitors the primary and the backup transports, and
on detection of a failure on the primary transport (after a configurable Timeout),
the multiplexer switches to the backup transport immediately. If both the primary
and backup sockets fail, the device asserts a Socket Failed alarm, and NMX
initiates a redundancy switch for the source device. Reverting from the backup to
the primary socket occurs automatically.
Output Program Redundancy

For each program in an output transport, one backup program can be defined.
The redundancy switch is triggered by a program underflow:
Any PID - the redundancy switch takes place upon underflow of any of
the service PIDs
All PIDs - the redundancy switch takes place upon underflow of all of
the service PIDs, or in case a video PID or PCR PID is missing.
47
Page 432 of 461

The switch-over from Primary to Backup program is done automatically and
reverting from Backup to Primary is done manually by the user.
Slate Insertion– optional license: If the main service should fail, the device
automatically switches to the redundant service. When no redundant sources to
the main service exist, the device switches to the Slate. When one of the sources
becomes available, the device reverts (automatically) to the main (primary or
backup) service.
Chassis redundancy
1+1, N+1, and N+M device redundancy schemes are supported.
In 1+1 redundancy scheme, multiplexer’s configuration are maintained

synchronized at any time.
48
Page 433 of 461

2.2.9 Satellite Modulation and HE Monitoring Module
Figure-16: Satellite Modulation and HE Monitoring
49
Page 434 of 461

As described in RFP Satellite Distribution diagram, Part-2 Section-6 page 48 of
5, the Satellite modulators and Monitoring HE equipment are located near the
HPA and uplink system, separate from Head End MPEG-4 system. We assume
the distance between the Head End room to the Satellite Modulators is about few
meters, anyway not more than 150 Meters. The SI/Customer shall take care
supplying a quality Data (ASI TS x 2, 75ohms BNC) and Management (RJ-45
Ethernet) cables including wiring between the 2 systems location.
2.2.9.1 Satellite Modulators

The modulators in use are Harmonic SMD-9300 configured with ASI input and
L_band output, QPSK/8PSK modulation schemes and 36 MSymbol rate.
Main and Backup ASI TS’s from the active T2-Gateway output which located in
Main Head End are connected to the ASI inputs for the 1+1 Main and Backup
Modulators via modulation rack ASI input Termination Panel (T/P).
The 1+1 modulators L_band outputs are connected to 2:1 L_band A/B switch
(10943B) which by default feed out the Main L_band output who is connected to
customer HPA via modulation rack L_band T/P.
The SI/Customer shall take care for required quality cabling and wiring of the
active L_band feed to the third party HPA.
Both modulators and L_band switch controls by NMX located in Main HE via
Ethernet, and its management Ethernet ports are connected to Cisco-2960
Management switch.
In case HE NMX indicating failing alarm from main Modulator, it will take care to
switch the L_band switcher to the backup modulator.
Important to emphasize that the 22 channels mux signal after the T2-Gatewy
located in the HE encapsulated to special T2-MI protocol need to be used by the
DVB-T2 SFN modulators located in the 100 DTT Transmitter sites. T2-MI cannot
be decoded by a regular Satellite STB or Professional IRD, until Deframing back
to MPEG TS.
50
Page 435 of 461

2.2.9.2 Harmonic SMD-9300 Satellite Modulator
Figure-17: SMD-9300 Modulator Front View
Figure-18: SMD-9300 Modulator Rear View
The Harmonic SMD-9300 broadcast Satellite modulator is a new generation

DVB-S/S2 and DVB-DSNG modulator specifically designed for broadcast direct
to home, primary distribution to headends, and contribution of television and
radio content. The modulator supports S2 extensions to achieve barrier breaking
efficiency, and can be used with set-top boxes, Harmonic Proview IRDs or
professional satellite demodulators such as Newtec MDM6100 and AZ910.
Maximum symbol rates up to 72 Mbaud and modulations from QPSK up to 64

APSK (S2 extensions), combined with VCM (Variable Coding and Modulation),
allow max throughput in large contribution links. Output of the SMD-9300 is
available I IF or extended L-band (950-2150 MHz), providing a compact and cost
effective solution. A switchable 10-MHz reference signal and optional 24V or 48V
DC for an outdoor BUC is multiplexed on the L-band interface.
The SMD-9300 can be monitored via and controlled via front panel menu or
advanced web based GUI, as well as via Harmonic NMX digital management
system.
Migration from ASI to GBE input and IF to L-band output, or upgrade to S2

extensions, is enabled by simple in field installation of license keys.
51
Page 436 of 461

FEATURES:
Baud Rate range: 0.05-72 Mbaud
Data rates up to 216 Mbps with ASI or TS over IP inputs
IF(70/140) and L-band (950-2150) high power outputs
DVB-S2, DVB-DSNG and DVB-S compliant
S2 Extensions and MODCODs QPSK, 8PSK, 16APSK, 32APSK and

64APSK.
Automatic TS rate adaptation L-band monitoring output
Optional Dual AC power supply
Optional 10MHz reference output
52
Page 437 of 461

2.2.10 Harmonic NMX-7 Management System
NMX 7.0 for Ethiopia DTT tender controls and manages the 22 ch’s head end
equipment located in Addis Ababa, Electra-9200 MPEG-4 encoders, Prostream-
9100 multiplexers, transcoders and scramblers, L_band Modulators, Video
matrixes and L_band switch. The NMX also monitors and indicate alarms from
PVR IRD’s and from SFN T2-Gateway and Guard switch using GPI alarms
converted to SNMP by S410 Asentria converter.
In case of critical alarm indication, NMX takes care to replace the faulty unit with
the standby redundant one switching the required source and file configuration
from the faulty unit to the backup one. The NMX includes EIS FW License
required for DVB Scrambling. Additional NMX uses as a backup.
Harmonic’s NMX Digital Service Manager™ is a powerful suite of software that

allows operators to have full control of their complete network. It defines a new
category of tools that simplify and improve the efficiencies of service providers
operations as well as increase the availability of their services. NMX Digital
Service Manager provides a simple and intuitive interface for creating, modifying
and managing service line-ups. The underlying equipment is automatically
configured to accommodate the required operating parameters. NMX is based
upon a true distributed client-server architecture offering an unprecedented level
of flexibility and scalability.
NMX allows for creating a specific login and password for each user, as well as
assigning different access levels (from monitoring only up to administration). Any
action undertaken by any user or by the system itself is logged in a file - this to
ease troubleshooting in case of a problem. Administrator can also monitor who is
connected to NMX at any time, and disconnect anyone if necessary. As multiple
users may try to access the same Network Group at the same time, it is possible
to lock its configuration to ensure a second operator will not make changes on
53
Page 438 of 461

his side. Then only the main operator is allowed change configuration while other
ones can just monitor the system.
In 2010, NMX was already present in more than 2100 Headends, managing over
100,000 channels managed.
NMX is designed for 24x7 operation and can run on a single computer or be
distributed across multiple servers for maximum availability. Service and
configuration data are stored in a reliable, industrial-strength database. NMX
provides multilevel security, ensuring full control of operational privileges. In
addition, a comprehensive audit trail and consolidated alarm log pinpoint
hardware or operational problems. Harmonic provides the NMX management
platform to monitor, manage and configure Harmonic elements within the
proposed solution.
Figure-19: NMX-7 GUI
54
Page 439 of 461

2.2.10.1 NMX Sizing and Scalability
NMX server and application are validated for operating with a maximum number
of equipment and/or streams. Harmonic is constantly working to improve
capacities; current limitations are
2000 streams. A stream is defined as any PID that the system is required
to flow, including video, audio, data, and PSI/SI tables,
250 devices. A device is defined as a single chassis with its own
management IP address (therefore a quad-channels encoder is defined as
a single device).
Actual limitation is the first of these two limits reached on a single server.
In addition, different parts of a system managed by a single NMX server are
grouped into different Network Groups. Each Network Group is made of a
maximum of 70 devices and/or 1000 streams.
Size of the proposed system allows controlling it from a single redundant pair of
server which will leave some margin for future extension. In case the system
would grow a lot, another server pair(s) would be required. Addition of new
server is not service affecting.
System Management Key benefits and advantages of NMX include:
User Friendly
Cut, Copy and Paste functions
Wizard based setup
Batch driven automation tools
Spreadsheet tools
55
Page 440 of 461

Service-based User Interface
Intuitive for daily operation
Manage and monitor services, as well as the underlying hardware
Service level or PID level manipulation
Cut-and-paste editing
Service-based alarms
Service tracking across topology
Virtual service management
Extraction of service information
Completely flexible private descriptor generation (more information in a

specific chapter below)
Topology management
Graphical view of network and devices
Any-to-Any network, 3 Pane view
Geographical background maps
Multi-level maps
Component backplane views
Cut, Copy and Paste replication
Template-based topologies
Offline and Online operation
56
Page 441 of 461

Fault Management
Manual or automatic redundancy switching
Router based, path based or IP-based redundancy switching
Backup encoder pools (in Any-to-Any)
GPI (contact closure) 3rd party platform monitoring tool
SNMP based monitoring of 3rd party platforms
Alarm configuration
Monitoring and alarm logging.
Highlighting affected services and hardware
Standard PERL scripting tools for automatic emails, pagers or SMS

messaging on fault conditions
SNMP based alarm forwarding (typically towards SNMP aggregators or

umbrella NMS systems)
Correlation of alarms from 3rd party platforms for redundancy purposes
Security Management
Full user administration tools for multi-user environments
Multi-level access privilege
Access can be geographically limited
Lockouts can manage secure modifications in multi-user environment
Comprehensive audit trail
57
Page 442 of 461

NMX User password – this feature allows the user to set a password for
the NMX User account which is the default account NMX uses to access
the SQL database. The password will be encrypted by NMX.
Logging to Proxy sites from the super server has been improved to allow
different users to carry different credentials on different proxy sites. The
user will be prompted for a username/password if his login account does
not exist or the password on the proxy site is different than the one he is
currently using.
Table support
MPEG-2, DVB, ATSC compliant
PSI/SI generation
Flexible descriptor generation including private/custom descriptors
Accepts PSI/SI and PSIP from external sources
Distributed Management
Management and monitoring of geographically distributed networks
Peer-to-peer server interaction
Aggregating servers – allow to view entire network from one point
Remote client support
Software Management
Storage and distribution of software for easy update
Background download
Distribution of software across distributed networks
58
Page 443 of 461

Monitoring Solutions
Integrated with multiple Monitoring solution vendors
Integrated with multiple analyzers for real-time MPEG analysis
Interfaces to external management or operation systems
Southbound: SNMP based alarm forwarding and accessible MIB
Northbound: HTTP/XML commands interface for a 3rd party system to

modify any parameter of the services configuration
Supported devices
Full control (management, operations and alarms) of Electra’s and

Prostream’s
3rd party devices controlled over SNMP (AV & IP routers, Modulators…)
2.2.10.2 Automation
With NMX automation server, it is possible to preset configuration changes and
schedule them for execution at specific times with the GUI client:
Services configuration changes: Adding or removing a service, a PID

modifying any parameter such as a PID number, bit rate, video resolution;
modify the configuration of VBR pools (all or one service to CBR, total
pool bitrate modification)…
Scrambling configuration changes: Set a service to clear or to scramble,
modify a CA descriptor…
SDI/ASI switches crosspoints changes
These change pre-configurations are called command batches. You can execute
a batch manually right away, or you can have the GUI client schedule execution
for a later time. Another way to execute a batch is via an external control system,
not supplied by Harmonic, referred to as a third-party system, either by GPI
contact closures or TCP connections.
59
Page 444 of 461

The interface presents several configurable timelines showing, by category,
when batches are scheduled in the time. Several views allow choosing the scale
of the timeline (hour, day, week…).
The number of batches that can be scheduled depends on the performance of

the server and on the complexity of the batch but it can typically easily reach
several hundred per day.
Custom
Views Executions logs
Adjustable
timeline
Stored
batches DB
Figure-20: NMX Automation
2.2.10.3 NMX Redundancy

Although the system is designed to continue to operate in case of NMS failure,
NMX servers are proposed in a 1:1 hot/warm redundancy scheme ensuring a
high quality of service. Any change made on the database of the main NMX is
automatically replicated on backup unit to avoid data loss. Backup NMX PC
continuously pings the primary, and when no response is given it launches its
own Domain Manager and begins management of the system. This operation is
not service-affecting; however, in case NMX embedded Automation Server is
60
Page 445 of 461

used to run pre-defined batches, these ones can be delayed or even cancelled
during that process.
Redundancy switching time depends on the size of the system. It is composed of
Detection time: about 30 seconds,

Application start, database load and connection to equipment: varies
based on size of the system. It is then difficult to provide accurate
numbers before the NMX map is complete and without testing. However,
Harmonic estimates that 5 minutes would be a reasonable time.
Operation
For easier operation, remote client applications (additional license fee) and the
associated hardware can be added to the offer upon request, allowing any
operator to connect to the whole system from any location sharing a network
connection with the servers. NMX can support a maximum of 25 simultaneous
client connections (licenses required).
61
Page 446 of 461

2.2.11 Head End Monitoring System Module
Figure-21: Head End Monitoring System
62
Page 447 of 461

The HE monitoring system equipment except the LCD monitor is located in the
Satellite Distribution rack together with the Modulators.
An RF downlink signal is received in the uplink site connected to Modulators rack

“RX” Termination Panel and splitted using 1:2 passive L_band, connected to 2 x
PVR-7100 IRD’s each equipped with single L_band input, dual IP outputs, T2-MI
Deframing license, Multi Channel Decryption license and MPEG-2/4 SD/HD
decoding licenses. The required CAMs and Smart Cards to be provided by the
customer.
After TS Deframing from T2-MI to MPEG TS and descrambling of the encrypted

services, IP outputs from both IRD’s directed to DVB Mosaic which is part of the
DVBControl software toolset, enables a powerful mosaic overview for multiple
services coming from single or Multiple TS’s.
2.2.11.1 DVB Mosaic

Different Service components can be used:
Video (SD/HD)
Audio
DVB-Subtitles (SD/HD)
Teletext (Subtitles, Newsflash, Interrupted, Subpages)
Images
Clocks
Beside visualization of all Services, different measurements can be enabled:
Freeze detection
Black detection
Silence detection
Concurrent Silence + Freeze detection
Input lost detection
PID lost detection
Service lost detection
Encryption detection
63
Page 448 of 461

Aspect Ratio Detection
ETR-290 Level 1 Detection
All of these measurements can be customized for different parameters on

different levels:
Application preferences
Input configuration
Channel configuration
Audio configuration
All measurements errors and clearing will be logged, but can also be signaled via
multiple communication routes:
Border visualization
Audio alerts
SNMP traps
Email sending
SMS sending
Syslog
iPhone and Android notification
DVBMonitor integration
64
Page 449 of 461

DVB Mosaic – Screen Shots Examples:
Figure 22: DVB Mosaic Scree Shots
65
Page 450 of 461

2.2.12 Regional Earth Station and Monitoring Module
Figure-23: Regional Earth Station
66
Page 451 of 461

Eleven Regional Earth Stations located in different parts of the country are
planning to broadcast from 1 up to 4 MPEG-4 SD/HD local programs to the
national head end placed in Addis Ababa, through a Satellite Contribution
Network and after being multiplexed and streamed in to a package of 21SD
+1HD programs in the national head end, shall again transmitted to the digital
DVB-T2 transmitters via Satellite distribution network as 22 ch’s MCPC mux
which will down link for feeding each transmitter site.
In each of the 11 Regional sites Harmonic has designed a cost effective and
professional encoding and modulation automatic redundant system without need
of expensive NMS management system and combined of the following main
parts:
Harmonic wired rack with SD/HD 75 ohms BNC input Termination Panel,
where customer 4xSD/HD-SDI sources to be connected to.
Avenue-9125 SD/HD-SDI 3RU frame active Distribution Amplifier (DA)

combined of a chassis with dual power supplies and 2 x Dual ch’s cards
which distributes exact 4 input SDI sources to both ELC-9K main and
ELC-9K backup accordingly. This solution ignores the necessity of using
SD/HD-SDI matrix which should be controls by NMS in case of faulty
encoder.
1+1 Electra-9200 CBR MPEG-4 SD/HD redundant encoders configured to

encode 3SD + 1HD programs with flexibility to upgrade anytime the
SD/HD licenses in field for any other combination per customer request.
The MCPC ASI TS output from both encoders feed Harmonic 1+1 DVB-S2
professional Satellite Modulators.
The 1+1 Harmonic SMD-9300 modulators equipped with QPSK/8PSK and

15 Mbaud licenses as well as dry contact relay GPI output alarm and
L_band output connected to the L_band switch located after.
67
Page 452 of 461

The M61114 is Newtec 2:1 automatic L_band switch comes with 2 x GPI
cables connected to both main and backup modulators. In case of urgent
alarm from active main modulator, its dry contact relay changes state,
indicating fault alarm via the GPI cable connected to the L_band switch
which immediately switched out the backup modulator L_band output
instead of the faulty modulator. System L_band output is connected to
Harmonic rack L_band out Termination Panel. SI/Customer shall take care
to connect this L_band output to the third party vendor HPA and to the 3.8
Meters uplink Dish.
Cisco-2960X-24 management switch is connected to the management

ports of SD/HD splitter, encoders, modulators and L-band switch, able the
user to configure the relevant equipment via web based management.
Scrambling – no mentioning found in RFP regarding scrambling of the 4

distributed programs, therefore we assume FTA TS is required, but in
case required, Harmonic has a cost effective solution able to scramble
those programs and to descramble them after reception in national head
end without a need to use expensive CAS system.
NMS – since proposed a cost effective and automatic redundant solution,

no need of Management system which presented as Optional only.
In each Regional site downlink of the uplinked signal takes place in order
to decode and monitor the uplinked signal.
68
Page 453 of 461

2.2.12.1 AVENU-9125 Active SD/HD-SDI DA
Figure 24: Avenu 3RU Frame Chassis
Figure 25: Avenu Dual Channel Module
69
Page 454 of 461

The Avenue 9125 module is a two channel video distribution amplifier that
handles 3 Gb/s and 1.5 Gb/s high definition, standard definition and ASI video
signals.
It automatically detects and operates at 270 Mb/s for standard definition (525 or
625) signals and at 1.5 Gb/s or 3 Gb/s for high definition signals. It also can be
used with DVB-ASI signals.
The 9125 has automatic cable equalization and reclocking. The module can be
used in either the 3RU or 1RU Avenue frame.
Input signal presence and bit rate can be monitored through the Avenue Control
System and it is also indicated by LED indicators on the front edge of the
module. On loss of signal, the 9125 can generate an alarm that is monitored
through Avenue PC.
Features:
3G/HD/SD/ASI Distribution Amplifier
Supports all HD, SD and ASI standards
Two channels of distribution per module
Auto-senses standard definition or high definition input
Reclocked outputs
Auto EQ
Alarm on loss of signal
Passes embedded audio
70
Page 455 of 461

2.2.12.2 Monitoring system in Regional Earth Station
The Regional site monitoring system is simple and cost effective able the user to
monitor all 4 downlinked programs in parallel on 2RU smart rack mount video
monitor. The sys is combined of the following main parts:
PVR-7100 IRD Decoder equipped with single L_band input, IP and ASI TS
outputs, MPEG-2/4 SD/HD Decoding license and CV/A, SD/HD-SDI
outputs. The IP or ASI TS output is connected to 4 x SD/HD-SDI screens,
rack mount monitor (2RU size). The PVR receives the FTA uplink stream
and feed it out as MCPC MPEG-4 transport stream over IP or/and ASI
output.
The Wohler MPEG-2443 is a 2RU 4-Screen, 4.3” MPEG, ASI, 3G/HD/ SD-
SDI and HDMI rack mounted Video Monitor. Its feed by PVR-7100 IRD
IP/ASI TS output, perform MPEG-4 decoding and present 4 programs on
4 screens in parallel, able the user to immediately indicated a problem on
one or more of the uplinked services and to take care to analyze and fix.
In addition, it is able to connect and analyze specific channel who
decoded by the PVR-7100 professional IRD thanks to 2443 video monitor
supports SD/HD-SDI input as well.
71
Page 456 of 461

2.2.12.3 Wohler MPEG-2443 4-Screen Video Monitor
Figure 26: Wohler Video Monitor Front/Rear View
This 2RU rack-mounted MPEG/Video/Audio monitor is the new benchmark in

LCD monitors for broadcast and professional video applications requiring support
for both file-based and traditional baseband sources.
The monitor has 480 x 272 screen resolution, antiglare TFT screens, and fully
digital signal processing. It supports H.264/MPEG-4 Part 10, also known as
AVC/H.264 or Advanced Video Coding. It also supports H.262/MPEG-2 Part 2.
These are decoded from MPEG-2 TS (Transport Stream) containers in ASI or IP
transport interfaces. The TS container format can be either 188 bytes or 204
bytes.
Error correction bytes are not used. It does not decode encapsulated transport
streams in other formats, such as QuickTime (MPEG4/ H.264).
The MPEG-2443 also supports 3G/HD/SD-SDI and HDMI.
All video formats are scaled to native screen resolution in the highest quality
using precision scaling and gamma correction to produce the best images
available.
72
Page 457 of 461

2.2.13 DVB-T2 SFN Transmitter site
Figure-27: DVB-T2 SFN Transmitter Site
73
Page 458 of 461

The state government of Ethiopia plans to deploy DVB-T2 digital terrestrial TV
transmission system using existing 74 analog upgraded to digital TV transmitter
sites, located at different part of the country and additional 26 completely new
DVB-T2 transmitter sites in UHF band and turnkey solution.
Those 100 transmission systems intend to receive from national head end a
MCPC mux package of at least 22 different channels which can include SDTV
and HDTV programs with total package bit rate adapted to the available bit rate
of the DTT digital Channel in use.
A typical transmitter site combined of the following main parts:
Satellite Dish Antenna who receives the 22 channels uplink MCPC signal
distributed by national head end. Using existing and new Dishes supplied
by third party vendor.
1:2 L_band splitter who splits the received signal which finally connected
to rack L_band Termination Panel. The racks for required transmitter sites
are not providing by Harmonic. The L_band splitter to be provided by
SI/Customer.
Main and Backup Harmonic PVR-7100 DTA IRD’s each fed with same RF
L_band input splitted by the L_band splitter and convert the T2-MI RF mux
signal to ASI output TS x 2 which connected to both main and backup
PVR-7K ASI seamless switches located after. Both Main and Backup Rx.
IRD’s are in Active/Active mode.
Main and Backup Harmonic PVR-7K ASI Seamless switches are fed by
main and backup PVR-7100 Rx. IRD’s ASI out which connected to main
and backup ASI input ports accordingly. Both PVR-7K ASI seamless
switches configured to feed out 2 similar ASI outputs which directed from
main ASI active input.
In case of failure in Main PVR-7100 Rx. IRD, the switch is recognizing
and taking care immediately switching to it’s the backup ASI input, without
affecting on the DTT transmitter.
74
Page 459 of 461

In case of main PVR-7K ASI seamless switch fault, the main DVB-T2
exciter is taking care by itself switching to the backup ASI-2 input port
which coming from the backup PVR-7K seamless switch.
Both PVR-7K main and backup ASI outputs are connected to rack ASI
output Termination Panel and from there to the 1+1 Exciters/ Transmitters.
Management switch – Cisco-2960 management switch is connected to the

Ethernet management ports of the 2xPVR-7100 Rx. IRDs and to the
2xPVR-7K ASI seamless switches, able the user to configure the units
with web management control and external Lap/PC.
Note: The required wired racks and monitoring equipment for transmitter
sites are not provided by Harmonic.
75
Page 460 of 461

Conclusion
In conclusion, the proposed solution can provide an industry-tested head-end

system, Regional Earth Stations and Transmitter sites, which meets customer
present and future requirements.
Harmonic is committed to continue and develop the capabilities of our equipment

in order to permit our customers to stay in the forefront of new technologies and
services. Our policy is to adhere to existing and evolving industry standards,
while providing flexible solutions for specific customer needs. We have a
successful record of supplying our products within schedule, to the full
satisfaction of our customers. For this reason, Harmonic clients have continued
to use Harmonicas their digital video networking vendor of choice for subsequent
projects and expansions.
We are confident, based on experience and our ability to work with our clients,
that we will meet your request for a head-end system thus ensuring a successful
long-term relationship.
We look forward to working with you on this project.
76
Page 461 of 461

Technical Response - ETHIOPIA Tender 141001v2 PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Technical Response - ETHIOPIA Tender 141001v2 PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

DVB-T2 N e t w o r k Proposal

The Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia Public Procurement and Property

Subject of Procurement: Procurement of Design, Supply,

Procurement Reference Number PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006

©2014 GatesAir, Inc. Proprietary and Confidential.

The Americas France

Quincy, IL, USA, 62301 300 Tampines Avenue 5

Tel: 217-222-8200 #06-04 Tampines Singapore 529653

GatesAir.com Page 2 of 461

GatesAir.com Page 3 of 461

4. VOD Presentation

GatesAir Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale

Broad, Solutions-Based Portfolio

Meeting Customer Requirements

I. Head End System

a. The first cluster is 28 transmitters with 4X28 R&S DVB-T exciters

III. Supplying of 26 new Complete DVB-T2 Transmitter Systems

Contribution Signal Network

Video Head-End (VHE)

The network is configured outline in four (4) sections:

Robustness and Efficiency of Transmitters

On a technical and operational point of view, High

GatesAir provides a single, integrated approach, thus

Procurement of Design, Supply, Installation, Testing

Procurement Reference Number: PPPDS/INSA/ICB/PG/37/12/2006

Technical Specification + Technical Offer + Compliance Sheet

Public Body: Public Procurement and Property Disposal Service.

A. The Bidders are requested to complete the template, as follows:

Model 7.3 KXC 2 set 7.3 Meter Vertex Model 7.3 Comply

7 Statistical PSM‐9100 2 Prostream‐9100 mux Comply

9 DVB‐T2 Gateway T2‐Gateway , 2 Using Enensys T2‐Gateway Comply

10 ASI Switch ASI Guard SW ‐ 1 Using ASI Seamless switch to Comply

12 CA System (with NAGRA NAGRA is offering a cardless Compliant:

4) Present / Following: Yes

18 Transport Stream DEKTEC 1 Convenient, compact USB comply

3 DVB‐T2 Exciter GATESAIR 74*2 New GatesAir DVB‐T2 Comply

4 Set‐Top‐Box (STB) 100 DVB T2 STB with Nagra Comply

2 ASI Switch Not Required 0 Not required in our cost Comply

3 DVB‐S2 SMD‐9300 2 DVB‐S2 Mod’s , Comply

4 IF Switcher 10943B 1 2:1 L_band A/B Switch Comply

5 L‐ band patch L_B T/P 1 L_B T/P for saving cost. P/P Comply

6 Earth Station SUPERIOR 11 Earth Station UP LINK 3.8M Comply

3 kW DVB‐T2 GATEAIR 26*2 Maxiva Series ULXT6‐T2, Comply

2 DVB‐T2 GATESAIR 26*2 Maxiva Series M2X DVB‐T2 Comply

3 Integrated PVR‐7100 2 DTA Receiver decoder with Comply

4 RF Analyzer with PIE rack 26 Gates will provide a complete Comply

7 Standby Diesel (US 26 United Generator Generator Comply

9 C‐Band antenna (US 26 3.7 Meter Downlink QTY 26 Comply

Name Paul Anderson

Duly authorized to sign the bid for and on behalf of GatesAir

Dated on 7th day of November, 2014

4. Transmission Site General Consideration

4.2. Coverage of the Country

Provide nationwide coverage (approximately 100% of coverage)

Frequencies and power level are under ERTA management.

4.3. Proposed Site Equipments

4.3.1. Upgrading Site

4.3.2. New Sites Equipment

4.3.1. Electrical Power

4.3.2. Power Distribution and Wires

4.3.2.1. Surge Suppressors /Surge Arrestors

Single phase 110V-240V

Three phase 400V